# messages en français - denemo fr.po # Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the denemo package. # Matthew Hiller . # Bernard Choppy . # Benoît Rouits . # Éloi Rivard , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: denemo 1.0.2-rc1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: denemo-devel@gnu.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 13:20-0600\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-04 12:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Éloi Rivard \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" #: ../src/articulations.c:281 msgid "General" msgstr "Général" #: ../src/articulations.c:319 msgid "String" msgstr "Corde" #: ../src/articulations.c:334 msgid "Organ" msgstr "Orgue" #: ../src/articulations.c:353 msgid "Brass" msgstr "Cuivre" #: ../src/articulations.c:365 msgid "Woodwind" msgstr "Vent" #: ../src/articulations.c:433 ../src/generated/entries.h:366 msgid "Articulation" msgstr "Articulation" #: ../src/audiofile.c:86 msgid "" "No audio recording has been made.\n" "See Playback Controls - Record Button" msgstr "" #: ../src/audiofile.c:88 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing is recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/barline.c:36 msgid "Ordinary" msgstr "Ordinaire" #: ../src/barline.c:38 ../src/barline.c:46 msgid "Double" msgstr "Double" #: ../src/barline.c:40 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" #: ../src/barline.c:42 msgid "Open Repeat" msgstr "Début Répétition" #: ../src/barline.c:44 msgid "Close Repeat" msgstr "Fin Répétition" #: ../src/barline.c:76 ../src/generated/entries.h:318 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:295 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Barline" msgstr "Insérer barre de mesure" #: ../src/barline.c:82 msgid "Select desired barline" msgstr "Choisir le type de barre de mesure" #: ../src/barline.c:98 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" #: ../src/barline.c:108 ../src/printview.c:1568 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:30 #: ../actions/Simple.scm:12 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Abandonner" #: ../src/bookmarks.c:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement" msgid "No bookmarks are present in this movement" msgstr "Ajoute une mesure vide à chaque portée du morceau." #: ../src/bookmarks.c:120 msgid "Goto Bookmark" msgstr "Aller au signet" #. * #. * Array of different Notehead types #. #: ../src/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/changenotehead.c:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:18 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../src/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/changenotehead.c:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:1 msgid "Cross" msgstr "Croix" #: ../src/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/changenotehead.c:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:1 msgid "Diamond" msgstr "Diamant" #: ../src/changenotehead.c:23 ../src/changenotehead.c:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic" msgstr "Harmonique" #: ../src/changenotehead.c:107 msgid "Change Notehead" msgstr "Changer la tête de note" #: ../src/changenotehead.c:111 msgid "Select Notehead Type" msgstr "Choisir le type de tête de note" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:35 msgid "Treble" msgstr "Sol" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:36 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Fa4" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:37 msgid "Alto" msgstr "Ut3" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:38 msgid "Treble Octava bassa" msgstr "Sol octaviée" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:39 msgid "Tenor" msgstr "Ut4" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:40 msgid "Soprano" msgstr "Ut2" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:41 msgid "Bass Octava bassa" msgstr "Fa octaviée" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:42 msgid "French" msgstr "Sol1" #. probably a bad idea, the menu includes inserting clef changes at the cursor... #: ../src/clefdialog.c:133 ../src/scorelayout.c:1575 msgid "Set Clef" msgstr "Définir la clé" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:133 msgid "Insert clef change" msgstr "Insérer un changement de clé" #: ../src/clefdialog.c:138 msgid "Select desired clef" msgstr "Choisir la clé" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:455 #, c-format msgid "This movement is now number %d in the score" msgstr "Ce morceau est maintenant le n° %d de la partition" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:461 msgid "There is no previous movement to swap with" msgstr "Il n'y a pas de morceau antérieur à intervertir" #. give info about removing matching context #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:481 ../src/staffops.c:423 msgid "A context is set on this staff" msgstr "Un contexte est défini pour cette portée" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You will need to alter the staff->properties->context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?" msgid "You will need to alter the staff → properties → context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?" msgstr "Vous devrez modifier la propriété « Contexte » de cette portée et de la précédente. Continuer ?" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:497 msgid "Split off voices from this staff first" msgstr "Scinde les voix de cette portée d'abord" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:500 msgid "There is no previous staff to swap with" msgstr "Il n'y a pas de portée précédente à intervertir" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:521 msgid "There is no voice below this one on this staff" msgstr "Il n'y a pas de voix inférieure sur cette portée" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:530 msgid "There is no voice below this one to split from" msgstr "Il n'y a pas de voix inférieure à scinder" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:557 msgid "There is no staff above to move this staff into" msgstr "Il n'y a pas de portée supérieure où déplacer l'actuelle" #. is interactive #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:593 msgid "This is the first voice" msgstr "Cette voix est la prèmière" #. is interactive #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:637 msgid "This is the first staff" msgstr "Ceci est la première portée" #. is interactive #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:677 msgid "This is the last voice" msgstr "Cette voix est la dernière" #. is interactive #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:753 msgid "This is the last staff" msgstr "Ceci est la dernière portée" #: ../src/commandfuncs.c:2754 msgid "Timer left running" msgstr "" #: ../src/draw.c:517 msgid "" "Crescendo end without a corresponding start\n" "removing the crescendo end" msgstr "" #: ../src/draw.c:529 msgid "" "Diminuendo end without a corresponding start\n" "removing the diminuendo end" msgstr "" #: ../src/draw.c:1205 msgid "Playback Start" msgstr "Début de lecture" #: ../src/draw.c:1208 msgid "Playback End" msgstr "Fin de lecture" #: ../src/drawstemdir.c:26 msgid "⬆stem" msgstr "⬆hampe" #: ../src/drawstemdir.c:29 msgid "⬆⬇stems" msgstr "Hampes ⬆⬇" #: ../src/drawstemdir.c:32 msgid "⬆stems" msgstr "Hampes ⬆" #: ../src/dynamic.c:58 ../src/dynamic.c:62 msgid "Insert Dynamic" msgstr "Insérer une nuance" #: ../src/exportabc.c:86 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}C" msgstr "%{erreur, prise par défaut de%}Do" #: ../src/exportabc.c:125 ../src/exportlilypond.c:368 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}treble" msgstr "%{erreur, prise par défaut de}sol" #: ../src/exportabc.c:349 #, c-format msgid "%% ABC file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% Fichier LilyPond généré par Denemo version " #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:141 msgid "" "This scorelayout is purely for continuous typesetting, and will change as you edit the score.\n" "To get a real score layout turn off continuous typesetting in the Print View and typeset using Part, Movement or Typeset (Default Layout) buttons." msgstr "" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:155 ../src/exportlilypond.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Switch to Layout \"%s\"" msgstr "Passer à la mise en page « %s »" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:174 msgid "Create Standard Score Layout" msgstr "Crée une mise en page standard" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:227 msgid "Score Layout Options" msgstr "Options de mise en page" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:236 msgid "Temporary Score Layout" msgstr "Mise en page temporaire" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:328 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}c" msgstr "%{erreur, prise par défaut de%}do" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:1513 #, c-format msgid "%% LilyPond file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% Fichier LilyPond généré par Denemo version " #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2047 msgid "The score has been altered so that this LilyPond text is out of date - ignoring request" msgstr "" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2373 msgid "No textbuffer" msgstr "" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2664 msgid "Could not open output file for writing" msgstr "" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2713 msgid "Filename does not have extension" msgstr "" #. g_debug("populate called with %p\n", menu); #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2799 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Object" msgid "Find Current Object" msgstr "Éditer" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2799 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection" msgid "Move the text cursor in this window to the object that the Denemo cursor is on" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au début du morceau sans altérer la sélection." #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2800 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert LilyPond" msgid "Insert LilyPond Text" msgstr "Insertion de code LilyPond" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2800 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgid "Insert LilyPond text at the cursor position" msgstr "Insérer/Éditer un changement d'armure au curseur" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text" msgid "Typeset this LilyPond text" msgstr "Convertir en texte LilyPond" #: ../src/exportlilypond.c:2802 msgid "Typesets the current LilyPond text, which will display in the Print View window. Any errors are shown below in the errors pane." msgstr "" #: ../src/external.c:71 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Could not parse command line: %s\n" msgid "Could not parse command line: %s" msgstr "Impossible de lire la ligne : %s\n" #: ../src/fakechord.c:166 msgid "There is no object here to attach a fakechord to." msgstr "" #: ../src/fakechord.c:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Chord Symbols" msgid "Chord Symbol Deletion" msgstr "Symboles d'accord" #: ../src/fakechord.c:175 msgid "Delete all Chord Symbols from this staff?" msgstr "" #: ../src/figure.c:107 msgid "No current object to attach a figure to" msgstr "" #. WARNING this array has to match the FileFormatNames enum above which is used to index it!!!!!!!!!" #: ../src/file.c:75 msgid "Denemo XML format (*.denemo)" msgstr "Format Denemo XML (*.denemo)" #: ../src/file.c:76 msgid "Denemo XML format (*.dnm)" msgstr "Format Denemo XML (*.dnm)" #: ../src/file.c:77 msgid "Lilypond (*.ly)" msgstr "LilyPond (*.ly)" #: ../src/file.c:78 msgid "PDF (*.pdf)" msgstr "PDF (*.pdf)" #: ../src/file.c:79 msgid "PNG Image format (*.png)" msgstr "Format d'images PNG (*.png)" #: ../src/file.c:80 msgid "ABC (*.abc)" msgstr "ABC (*.abc)" #: ../src/file.c:81 msgid "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" msgstr "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" #: ../src/file.c:82 msgid "CSound Score File (*.sco)" msgstr "Partition CSound (*.sco)" #: ../src/file.c:83 msgid "MusicXML file (*.mxml, *.xml)" msgstr "MusicXML file (*.mxml, *.xml)" #: ../src/file.c:139 msgid "Close without Saving" msgstr "Fermer sans sauvegarder" #: ../src/file.c:182 #, c-format msgid "The score %s has unsaved changes" msgstr "La partition %s présente des modifications non enregistrées" #: ../src/file.c:182 ../src/utils.c:1419 msgid "(Untitled)" msgstr "(Sans titre)" #: ../src/file.c:183 msgid "Save changes?" msgstr "Enregistrer les modifications ?" #: ../src/file.c:216 #, c-format msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed" msgstr "Le chargement de fichier récemment utilisé %s a échoué." #: ../src/file.c:472 msgid "You have a Script defined" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:472 msgid "Use this script every time this file is opened?" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:562 msgid "Could not create .denemo/templates for you personal templates" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:602 msgid "No examples directory in installation" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:616 msgid "No templates directory in installation" msgstr "" #. Open the last visited directory, if any. #: ../src/file.c:861 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed" msgid "Load of file %s failed" msgstr "Le chargement de fichier récemment utilisé %s a échoué." #: ../src/file.c:985 msgid "File save failed" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:1081 msgid "Export As " msgstr "Exporter" #: ../src/file.c:1095 ../src/generated/entries.h:229 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:215 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Enregistrer sous" #: ../src/file.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "A file with the name %s already exists" msgstr "Un fichier portant le nom %s existe déjà." #: ../src/file.c:1174 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2393 ../src/view.c:2468 msgid "Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Voulez-vous le remplacer ?" #: ../src/file.c:1203 ../src/view.c:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No selection to print" msgid "No selection text available" msgstr "Pas de sélection à imprimer" #: ../src/file.c:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order." msgid "Could not interpret selection as LilyPond notes" msgstr "Tri de la sélection en ordre ascendant." #: ../src/file.c:1229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Incipit from Selection" msgid "Paste from Selection" msgstr "Incipit" #: ../src/file.c:1229 msgid "Paste this music into your score?" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.c:1250 msgid "Can only paste LilyPond text into the last tab, sorry" msgstr "" #. GtkFileFilter *filter; #: ../src/fluid.c:199 msgid "Choose SoundFont File" msgstr "Choisir un fichier de banque sonore." #. ******* generated automatically from generate_source. See generate_source.c #: ../src/generated/entries.h:2 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:1 msgid "Cursor Left" msgstr "Aller à gauche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:2 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:1 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur d'un objet à gauche, modifiant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:3 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:2 msgid "Move Cursor Left" msgstr "Aller à gauche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:3 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection" msgstr "Déplace le curseur d'un objet à gauche, sans modifier la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:4 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:3 msgid "Cursor Down" msgstr "Aller en bas" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:4 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:3 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step down" msgstr "Déplace le curseur d'un degré vers le bas." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:5 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:4 msgid "Cursor Up" msgstr "Aller en haut" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:5 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:4 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step up" msgstr "Délace le curseur d'un degré vers le haut." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:6 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:5 msgid "Cursor Right" msgstr "Aller à droite" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:6 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:5 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur d'un objet à droite, modifiant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:7 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:6 msgid "Move Cursor Right" msgstr "Aller à droite" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:7 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:6 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection" msgstr "Déplace le curseur d'un objet à droite, sans modifier la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:8 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:7 msgid "To Mark" msgstr "À la marque" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:8 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:7 msgid "Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la marque sans altérer la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:9 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:8 msgid "Swap Ends of Selection" msgstr "Intervertir les fins de la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:9 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:8 msgid "Swaps the active end of the selection" msgstr "Intervertit les fins actives de la sélection." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:10 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:9 msgid "To Selection Start" msgstr "Au début de la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:10 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:9 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au premier objet de la sélection sans l'altérer. Retourne #f s'il n'y a pas de sélection." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:11 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:10 msgid "Push Position" msgstr "Empiler la position" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:11 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:10 msgid "Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack" msgstr "Ajoute la position du curseur sur une pile." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:12 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:11 msgid "Pop Position" msgstr "Dépiler la position" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:12 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:11 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there" msgstr "Retire une position de la pile, et y déplace le curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:13 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:12 msgid "Pop and Push Position" msgstr "Dépiler et rempiler une position" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:13 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:12 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position" msgstr "Retire une position de la pile, y ajoute la position courante, puis déplace le curseur à la position dépilée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:14 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:13 msgid "Hide/Show Menus" msgstr "Masquer ou afficher les menus" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:14 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:13 msgid "Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu." msgstr "Masquer ou montrer les menus, panneaux etc. Les éléments affichés sont cochés dans le menu « Affichage »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:15 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:14 msgid "Staff Up" msgstr "Portée Supérieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:15 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:14 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur vers la portée supérieure en étendant la sélection " #: ../src/generated/entries.h:16 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:15 msgid "Staff Down" msgstr "Portée inférieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:16 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:15 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur vers la portée inférieure en étendant la sélection " #: ../src/generated/entries.h:17 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:16 msgid "Move to Staff Up" msgstr "Aller à la portée supérieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:17 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:16 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection" msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection. On the top staff it adds space above the staffs." msgstr "Déplace le curseur vers la portée supérieure sans altérer la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:18 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:17 msgid "Move to Staff Down" msgstr "Aller à la portée inférieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:18 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:17 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur à la portée inférieure sans altérer la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:19 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:18 msgid "Measure Left" msgstr "Mesure précédente" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:19 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:18 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au premier objet de la mesure suivante, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:20 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:19 msgid "Measure Right" msgstr "Mesure suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:20 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:19 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au premier objet de la mesure précédente, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:21 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:20 msgid "Move to Measure Left" msgstr "Aller à la mesure précédente" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:21 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:20 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au premier objet de la mesure suivante, en n'altérant pas la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:22 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:21 msgid "Move to Measure Right" msgstr "Aller à la mesure suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:22 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:21 #, fuzzy msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au premier objet de la mesure précédente, en n'altérant pas la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:23 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:22 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to A" msgid "Change/Append A" msgstr "Transformer en La" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:23 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:22 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:24 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to B" msgid "Change/Append B" msgstr "Transformer en Si" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:24 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:23 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:25 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:24 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to C" msgid "Change/Append C" msgstr "Transformer en Do" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:25 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:24 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:26 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:25 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to D" msgid "Change/Append D" msgstr "Transformer en Ré" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:26 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:25 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:27 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:26 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to E" msgid "Change/Append E" msgstr "Transformer en Mi" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:27 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:26 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:28 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:27 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to F" msgid "Change/Append F" msgstr "Transformer en Fa" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:28 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:27 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:29 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:28 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change to G" msgid "Change/Append G" msgstr "Transformer en Sol" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:29 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:28 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:30 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:29 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Up" msgstr "Octave supérieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:30 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:29 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right." msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave higher" msgstr "Afficher la note sélectionnée sans ligature à droite." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:31 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:30 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Down" msgstr "Octave inférieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:31 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:30 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:66 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu:\n" #| "Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..." msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave lower" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en …" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:32 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:31 msgid "WholeNote" msgstr "Ronde" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:32 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:31 msgid "Insert 𝅝" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅝" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:33 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:32 msgid "HalfNote" msgstr "Blanche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:33 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:32 msgid "Insert 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:34 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:33 msgid "QuarterNote" msgstr "Noire" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:34 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:33 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:35 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:34 msgid "EighthNote" msgstr "Croche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:35 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:34 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:36 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:35 msgid "SixteenthNote" msgstr "Double croche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:36 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:35 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:37 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:36 msgid "ThirtysecondNote" msgstr "Triple croche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:37 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:36 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:38 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:37 msgid "SixtyfourthNote" msgstr "Quadruple croche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:38 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:37 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:39 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:38 msgid "OneHundredTwentyEighthNote" msgstr "Cent vingt-huitième" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:39 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:38 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:40 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:39 msgid "TwoHundredFiftySixthNote" msgstr "Deux cent cinquante-sixième" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:40 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:39 msgid "Insert 𝅥" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅥" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:41 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:40 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:356 msgid "Insert a 𝄻" msgstr "Insérer une 𝄻" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:41 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:40 msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:42 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:41 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:361 msgid "Insert a 𝄼" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄼" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:42 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:41 msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄼" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:43 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:42 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:366 msgid "Insert a 𝄽" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄽" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:43 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:42 msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄾" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:44 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:43 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:371 msgid "Insert a 𝄾" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄾" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:44 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:43 msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄾" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:45 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:44 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:376 msgid "Insert a 𝄿" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄿" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:45 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:44 msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄿" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:46 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:45 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:381 msgid "Insert a 𝅀" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:46 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:45 msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:47 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:46 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:386 msgid "Insert a 𝅁" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅁" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:47 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:46 msgid "Insert 𝅁 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅁" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:48 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝄻" msgid "Insert a 𝄻 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer une 𝄻" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:48 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:47 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:49 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝄼" msgid "Insert a 𝄼 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄼" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:49 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:48 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄼 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:50 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝄽" msgid "Insert a 𝄽 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄽" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:50 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:49 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄽 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:51 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝄾" msgid "Insert a 𝄾 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄾" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:51 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:50 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄾 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:52 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝄿" msgid "Insert a 𝄿 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄿" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:52 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:51 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄿 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:53 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅀" msgid "Insert a 𝅀 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:53 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:52 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅀 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:54 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:53 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅁" msgid "Insert a 𝅁 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅁" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:54 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:53 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅁 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:55 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅂" msgid "Insert a 𝅂 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅂" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:55 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:54 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅂 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:56 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅃" msgid "Insert a 𝅃 Spacer" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅃" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:56 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:55 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅃 invisible" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:57 ../src/generated/entries.h:341 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:56 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:313 msgid "Toggle Rest Mode" msgstr "(Dés)activer le mode silence" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:57 ../src/generated/entries.h:58 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:59 ../src/generated/entries.h:63 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:64 ../src/generated/entries.h:65 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:66 ../src/generated/entries.h:88 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:89 ../src/generated/entries.h:90 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:91 ../src/generated/entries.h:92 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:93 ../src/generated/entries.h:94 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:95 ../src/generated/entries.h:96 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:97 ../src/generated/entries.h:98 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:99 ../src/generated/entries.h:100 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:101 ../src/generated/entries.h:102 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:103 ../src/generated/entries.h:104 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:105 ../src/generated/entries.h:106 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:107 ../src/generated/entries.h:108 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:109 ../src/generated/entries.h:110 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:111 ../src/generated/entries.h:112 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:113 ../src/generated/entries.h:114 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:115 ../src/generated/entries.h:116 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:117 ../src/generated/entries.h:118 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:119 ../src/generated/entries.h:120 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:121 ../src/generated/entries.h:122 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:123 ../src/generated/entries.h:124 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:125 ../src/generated/entries.h:126 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:127 ../src/generated/entries.h:128 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:129 ../src/generated/entries.h:130 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:131 ../src/generated/entries.h:132 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:133 ../src/generated/entries.h:134 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:135 ../src/generated/entries.h:136 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:137 ../src/generated/entries.h:138 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:139 ../src/generated/entries.h:140 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:141 ../src/generated/entries.h:142 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:143 ../src/generated/entries.h:144 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:145 ../src/generated/entries.h:146 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:147 ../src/generated/entries.h:148 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:149 ../src/generated/entries.h:150 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:151 ../src/generated/entries.h:152 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:153 ../src/generated/entries.h:154 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:155 ../src/generated/entries.h:156 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:157 ../src/generated/entries.h:158 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:159 ../src/generated/entries.h:160 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:161 ../src/generated/entries.h:162 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:163 ../src/generated/entries.h:164 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:165 ../src/generated/entries.h:166 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:167 ../src/generated/entries.h:168 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:169 ../src/generated/entries.h:170 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:171 ../src/generated/entries.h:172 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:173 ../src/generated/entries.h:174 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:175 ../src/generated/entries.h:176 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:177 ../src/generated/entries.h:178 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:179 ../src/generated/entries.h:180 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:181 ../src/generated/entries.h:182 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:183 ../src/generated/entries.h:184 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:185 ../src/generated/entries.h:199 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:56 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:57 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:58 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:62 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:63 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:64 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:65 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:87 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:88 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:89 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:90 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:91 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:92 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:93 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:94 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:95 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:96 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:97 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:98 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:99 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:100 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:101 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:102 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:103 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:104 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:105 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:106 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:107 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:108 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:109 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:110 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:111 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:112 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:113 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:114 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:115 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:116 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:117 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:118 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:119 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:120 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:121 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:122 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:123 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:124 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:125 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:126 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:127 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:128 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:129 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:130 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:131 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:132 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:133 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:134 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:135 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:136 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:137 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:138 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:139 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:140 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:141 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:142 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:143 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:144 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:145 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:146 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:147 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:148 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:149 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:150 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:151 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:152 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:153 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:154 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:155 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:156 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:157 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:158 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:159 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:160 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:161 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:162 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:163 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:164 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:165 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:166 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:167 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:168 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:169 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:170 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:171 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:172 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:173 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:174 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:175 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:176 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:177 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:178 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:179 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:180 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:181 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:182 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:183 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:184 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:198 msgid "No Tooltip yet" msgstr "Pas encore d'infobulle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:58 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:57 msgid "Toggle Blank Mode" msgstr "(Dés)activer le mode vide" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:59 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:58 msgid "Insert Duplet" msgstr "Insérer un duolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:60 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:59 msgid "Insert Triplet" msgstr "Insérer un triolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:60 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:59 msgid "Inserts a Start Triplet object and an End Tuplet object and places the cursor between these two" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:61 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:60 msgid "Start Triplet" msgstr "Démarrer un triolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:61 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:60 msgid "Inserts an Start Triplet object, which makes the notes following take 2/3 of their written duration. Later in this measure there should be an End Tuplet object." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:62 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:61 msgid "End Tuplet" msgstr "Fin de n-olet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:62 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:61 msgid "Inserts an End Tuplet object, which terminates a tuplet started earlier in this measure." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:63 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert Quadruplet" msgstr "Insérer un quartolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:64 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:63 msgid "Insert Quintuplet" msgstr "Insérer un quitolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:65 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:64 msgid "Insert Sextuplet" msgstr "Insérer un sextolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:66 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:65 msgid "Insert Septuplet" msgstr "Insérer un septolet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:67 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:66 msgid "Add note" msgstr "Ajouter une note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:67 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:66 msgid "" "Add a note to the current chord\n" "The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" "Ajoute une note à l'accord courant.\n" "La position du curseur détermine quelle note ajouter." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:68 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:67 msgid "Remove note" msgstr "Supprimer une note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:68 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove a note from the current chord" msgid "Remove a note from the current chord, based on the cursor position" msgstr "Supprimer une note de l'accord actuel" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:69 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:68 msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "Diéser" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:69 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:68 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor" msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor" msgstr "Lier ou délier la note sous le curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:70 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:69 msgid "Flatten" msgstr "Bémol" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:70 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete the object at the cursor" msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor" msgstr "Supprimer l'objet sélectionné" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:71 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:70 msgid "Sharpen Next Note" msgstr "Dièse sur la note suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:71 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:70 msgid "Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Dièse la prochaine note entrée. La barre de statut affiche l'état courant." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:72 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:71 msgid "Flatten Next Note" msgstr "Bémoliser la note suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:72 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:71 msgid "Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Bémolise la prochaine note entrée. La barre de statut affiche l'état courant." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:73 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:72 msgid "StemUp" msgstr "Tige vers le haut" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:73 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:72 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up." msgstr "Change un objet « Hampe neutre » en « Hampe supérieure »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:74 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:73 msgid "StemDown" msgstr "Tige vers le bas" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:74 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:73 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down." msgstr "Change un objet « Hampe neutre » en « Hampe inférieure »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:75 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Dot" msgstr "Ajouter un point" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:75 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height." msgid "Lengthen the chord, note or rest at the cursor by dotting it." msgstr "Transforme le silence sélectionné en silence polyphonique à la hauteur du curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:76 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Remove Dot" msgstr "Supprimer le point" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:76 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor." msgid "Reduce the dotting of the chord note or rest at the cursor." msgstr "Supprime le code LilyPond de l'accord sélectionné par le curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:77 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:76 msgid "Tied note" msgstr "Note liée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:77 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:76 msgid "Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied" msgstr "Insérer une copie liée de la note courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:78 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:77 msgid "Toggle Tie" msgstr "Lier ou délier la note sous le curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:78 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:77 msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor" msgstr "Lier ou délier la note sous le curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:79 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:78 msgid "Delete Object" msgstr "Supprimer l'objet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:79 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:78 msgid "Delete the object at the cursor" msgstr "Supprimer l'objet sélectionné" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:80 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:79 msgid "Delete Previous Object" msgstr "Supprimer le précédent" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:80 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:79 msgid "Delete to the left of the cursor." msgstr "Supprimer l'objet à gauche du curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:81 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:80 msgid "Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en précédent" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:81 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:80 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en précédent dans toutes les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:82 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:81 msgid "Insert Measure After" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en suivant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:82 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:81 msgid "Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en suivant dans toutes les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:83 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:82 msgid "Staff Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en précédant dans la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:83 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:82 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en précédant dans la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:84 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:83 msgid "Staff Insert Measure After" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en suivant dans la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:84 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:83 msgid "Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure" msgstr "Insérer une mesure vide en suivant dans la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:85 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:84 msgid "Staff Append Measure" msgstr "Ajout de mesure sur la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:85 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short." msgid "Append an empty measure at the end of the current staff" msgstr "Ajout de mesures vides aux portées trop courtes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:86 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:85 msgid "Staff Delete Measure" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure sur la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:86 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:85 msgid "Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure actuelle dans cette portée seulement" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:87 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:86 msgid "Delete Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure courante dans toutes les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:87 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:86 msgid "Delete the current measure in all staffs" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure courante dans toutes les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:88 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:87 msgid "Shrink Measure" msgstr "Rétrécir les mesures" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:89 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:88 msgid "Widen Measures" msgstr "Élargir les mesures" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:90 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:89 msgid "Shorter Staffs" msgstr "Portées plus courtes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:91 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:90 msgid "Taller Staffs" msgstr "Portées plus petites" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:92 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:91 msgid "New Treble Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé de Sol" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:93 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:92 msgid "New Bass Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé de Fa" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:94 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:93 msgid "New G8 Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé de Sol8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:95 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:94 msgid "New Alto Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé d'Ut3" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:96 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:95 msgid "New Tenor Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé d'Ut4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:97 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:96 msgid "New Soprano Clef" msgstr "Nouvelle clé d'Ut1" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:98 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:97 msgid "Set Treble Clef" msgstr "Clé de Sol" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:99 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:98 msgid "Set Bass Clef" msgstr "Clé de Fa" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:100 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:99 msgid "Set G8 Clef" msgstr "Clé de Sol8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:101 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:100 msgid "Set Alto Clef" msgstr "Clé d'Ut3" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:102 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:101 msgid "Set Tenor Clef" msgstr "Clé d'Ut4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:103 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:102 msgid "Set Soprano Clef" msgstr "Clé d'Ut2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:104 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:103 msgid "Insert 2/2 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 2/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:105 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:104 msgid "Insert 3/2 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 3/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:106 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:105 msgid "Insert 4/2 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 4/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:107 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:106 msgid "Insert 4/4 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 4/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:108 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:107 msgid "Insert 3/4 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 3/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:109 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:108 msgid "Insert 2/4 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 2/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:110 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:109 msgid "Insert 6/4 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 6/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:111 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:110 msgid "Insert 3/8 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 3/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:112 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:111 msgid "Insert 6/8 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 6/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:113 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:112 msgid "Insert 12/8 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 12/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:114 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:113 msgid "Insert 9/8 Time" msgstr "Insérer une métrique 9/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:115 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:114 msgid "Set 2/2 Time" msgstr "Métrique 2/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:116 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:115 msgid "Set 3/2 Time" msgstr "Métrique 3/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:117 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:116 msgid "Set 4/2 Time" msgstr "Métrique 4/2" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:118 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:117 msgid "Set 4/4 Time" msgstr "Métrique 4/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:119 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:118 msgid "Set 3/4 Time" msgstr "Métrique 3/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:120 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:119 msgid "Set 2/4 Time" msgstr "Métrique 2/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:121 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:120 msgid "Set 6/4 Time" msgstr "Métrique 6/4" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:122 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:121 msgid "Set 3/8 Time" msgstr "Métrique 3/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:123 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:122 msgid "Set 6/8 Time" msgstr "Métrique 6/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:124 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:123 msgid "Set 12/8 Time" msgstr "Métrique 12/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:125 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:124 msgid "Set 9/8 Time" msgstr "Métrique 9/8" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:126 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:125 msgid "Insert Cmaj" msgstr "Insérer Do majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:127 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:126 msgid "Insert Gmaj" msgstr "Insérer Sol majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:128 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:127 msgid "Insert Dmaj" msgstr "Insérer Ré majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:129 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:128 msgid "Insert Amaj" msgstr "Insérer La majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:130 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:129 msgid "Insert Emaj" msgstr "Insérer Mi majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:131 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:130 msgid "Insert Bmaj" msgstr "Insérer Si majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:132 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:131 msgid "Insert F# Major" msgstr "Insérer Fa♯ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:133 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:132 msgid "Insert C# Major" msgstr "Insérer Do♯ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:134 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:133 msgid "Insert F Major" msgstr "Insérer Fa majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:135 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:134 msgid "Insert Bb Major" msgstr "Insérer Si♭ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:136 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:135 msgid "Insert Eb Major" msgstr "Insérer Mi♭ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:137 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:136 msgid "Insert Ab Major" msgstr "Insérer La♭ Majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:138 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:137 msgid "Insert Db Major" msgstr "Insérer Ré♭ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:139 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:138 msgid "Insert Gb Major" msgstr "Insérer Sol♭ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:140 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:139 msgid "Insert Cb Major" msgstr "Insérer Do♭ majeur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:141 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:140 msgid "Insert A Minor" msgstr "Insérer La mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:142 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:141 msgid "Insert E Minor" msgstr "Insérer Mi mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:143 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:142 msgid "Insert B Minor" msgstr "Insérer Si mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:144 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:143 msgid "Insert F# Minor" msgstr "Insérer Fa♯ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:145 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:144 msgid "Insert C# Minor" msgstr "Insérer Do♯ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:146 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:145 msgid "Insert G# Minor" msgstr "Insérer Sol♯ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:147 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:146 msgid "Insert D# Minor" msgstr "Insérer Ré♯ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:148 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:147 msgid "Insert A# Minor" msgstr "Insérer La♯ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:149 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:148 msgid "Insert D Minor" msgstr "Insérer Ré mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:150 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:149 msgid "Insert G Minor" msgstr "Insérer Sol mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:151 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:150 msgid "Insert C Minor" msgstr "Insérer Do mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:152 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:151 msgid "Insert F Minor" msgstr "Insérer Fa mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:153 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:152 msgid "Insert Bb Minor" msgstr "Insérer Si♭ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:154 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:153 msgid "Insert Eb Minor" msgstr "Insérer Mi♭ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:155 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:154 msgid "Insert Ab Minor" msgstr "Insertion de La♭ mineur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:156 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:155 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to C Major" msgstr "Définir Do majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:157 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:156 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to G Major" msgstr "Définir Sol majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:158 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:157 msgid "Set D Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Ré majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:159 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:158 msgid "Set A Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir La majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:160 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:159 msgid "Set E Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Mi majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:161 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:160 msgid "Set B Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Si majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:162 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:161 msgid "Set F# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Fa♯ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:163 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:162 msgid "Set C# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Do♯ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:164 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:163 msgid "Set F Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Fa majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:165 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:164 msgid "Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Si♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:166 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:165 msgid "Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Mi♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:167 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:166 msgid "Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir La♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:168 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:167 msgid "Set Db Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Ré♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:169 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:168 msgid "Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Sol♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:170 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:169 msgid "Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Do♭ majeure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:171 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:170 msgid "Set A Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir La mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:172 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:171 msgid "Set E Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Mi mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:173 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:172 msgid "Set B Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Si mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:174 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:173 msgid "Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Fa♯ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:175 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:174 msgid "Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Do♯ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:176 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:175 msgid "Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Sol♯ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:177 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:176 msgid "Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Ré♯ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:178 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:177 msgid "Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir La♯ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:179 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:178 msgid "Set D Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Ré mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:180 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:179 msgid "Set G Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Sol mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:181 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:180 msgid "Set C Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Do mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:182 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:181 msgid "Set F Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Fa mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:183 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:182 msgid "Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Si♭ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:184 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:183 msgid "Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir Mi♭ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:185 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:184 msgid "Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Définir La♭ mineure comme armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:186 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:185 msgid "Set Mark" msgstr "Définir une marque" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:186 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:185 msgid "" "Sets the start point for a selection,\n" "the end point of the selection is unaltered" msgstr "Définit le point de départ de la sélection. Le point final reste inchangé." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:187 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:186 msgid "Unset Mark" msgstr "Supprimer la marque" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:187 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:186 msgid "Gets rid of the selection." msgstr "Oubli de la sélection." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:188 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:187 msgid "Set Point" msgstr "Définir un point" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:188 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:187 msgid "Extends the selection to the current cursor position" msgstr "Extension de la sélection jusqu'à la position du curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:189 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:188 msgid "Begin Slur" msgstr "Début de liaison de phrasé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:189 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:188 msgid "Insert/delete begin slur on this note" msgstr "Insertion ou suppression d'un début de liaison de phrasé sur cette note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:190 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:189 msgid "End Slur" msgstr "Fin de liaison de phrasé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:190 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:189 msgid "Insert/delete end slur on this note" msgstr "Insertion ou suppression d'une fin de liaison de phrasé sur cette note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:191 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:190 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Crescendo" msgid "Start Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Début crescendo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:191 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:190 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a crescendo." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:192 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End Crescendo" msgid "End Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Fin crescendo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:192 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a crescendo." msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:193 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Diminuendo" msgid "Start Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Début diminuendo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:193 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:192 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a diminuendo." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:194 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End Diminuendo" msgid "End Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Fin diminuendo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:194 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument." msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a diminuendo." msgstr "Joue la note ou l'accord sélectionné avec l'instrument de la portée courante." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:195 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:194 msgid "Grace Note Off/On" msgstr "Petites notes (Off/On)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:195 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:194 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an appogiatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en appogiatures, ou rétablissement si la note est une appogiature." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:196 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:195 msgid "Acciaccatura Off/On" msgstr "Appogiatures brèves (Off/On)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:196 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:195 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en appogiature brève, ou rétablissement si la note est une appogiature brève." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:197 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:196 msgid "Force Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "Forcer les altérations de précaution" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:197 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:196 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor" msgid "Give a cautionary accidental to the note at the cursor" msgstr "Imprime un ♮ sur la note courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:198 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:197 msgid "Change Pitch" msgstr "Éditer la hauteur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:198 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right." msgid "Changes the pitch of the note at the cursor to the cursor height" msgstr "Afficher la note sélectionnée sans ligature à droite." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:199 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:198 msgid "Insert Snippet" msgstr "Insérer un fragment" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:200 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:199 #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3072 msgid "Next Snippet" msgstr "Fragment suivant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:200 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:199 msgid "" "Make next snippet\n" "the current snippet.\n" "Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet" msgstr "" "Faire du fragment suivant le fragment courant.\n" "Les notes entrées seront suivies de la même rythmique." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:201 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:200 msgid "Append Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Ajouter une mesure sur toutes les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:201 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:200 msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement" msgstr "Ajoute une mesure vide à chaque portée du morceau." #. (cons (_ "Edit") 'edit) #: ../src/generated/entries.h:202 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:201 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:40 msgid "Execute Scheme" msgstr "Exécuter du code Scheme" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:202 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:201 msgid "Execute the scheme code from the scripting window" msgstr "Exécute le code scheme à partir de la fenêtre de script" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:203 msgid "File" msgstr "Fichier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:203 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating, saving, loading, exporting, importing, typesetting and printing musical scores" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Créer, sauver, charger, exporter, importer, rendus et impressions de partitions musicales." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:204 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Signets" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:204 msgid "Creating, saving places in musical scores" msgstr "Crée, enregistre des endroits dans les partitions musicales." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:205 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modal" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:205 msgid "Different keyboard and MIDI entry modes" msgstr "Différents claviers et modes d'entrées MIDI" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:206 ../src/generated/entries.h:367 #: ../src/scorelayout.c:746 ../src/scorelayout.c:949 ../actions/denemo.scm:155 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:27 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Édition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:206 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "General editing commands" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commande générales d'édition" #. #. * Note entry settings #. #: ../src/generated/entries.h:207 ../src/prefdialog.c:500 msgid "View" msgstr "Affichage" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:207 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Control which tools are to be shown" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Contrôle de l'affichage des outils." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:208 msgid "Staffs/Voices" msgstr "Portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:208 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that manipulate Staffs and voices on staffs.\n" "Commands that apply to the current staff." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes de manipulation des portées et voix.\n" "Commandes n'agissant que sur la portée courante." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:209 ../src/staffpropdialog.c:219 msgid "Staff Properties" msgstr "Propriétés de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the properties of the current staff" msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for properties of the current staff." msgstr "Éditer les propriétés de la mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:210 ../src/scorelayout.c:1612 msgid "Voices" msgstr "Voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:210 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Things that manipulate Voices, that is separately stemmed and beamed parts that will be typeset on the same staff.\n" "Keep them displayed on separate staffs for editing purposes at least.\n" "The typesetter will amalgamate them for you.\n" "See also commands for hiding rests and moving notes and rests to avoid collisions in the Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Manipulation des voix, c'est à dire les parties séparément liées et ligaturées qui seront rendues sur la même portée.\n" "À afficher sur des portées différentes au moins à fin d'édition.\n" "Le moteur d'aperçu les fusionnera.\n" "Voir aussi les commandes pour masquer les silences et déplacer les notes et silences pour éviter les collisions dans le menu « Notes et silences »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:211 msgid "Movements" msgstr "Morceaux" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:211 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that apply to the current movement in your score.\n" "Movements in a score could be songs in a song book etc\n" "Any piece of continuous music." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes agissant sur le morceau courant de la partition.\n" "Les morceaux peuvent être des chansons d'un recueil de chansons etc." #. if upbeat is present #: ../src/generated/entries.h:212 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:91 msgid "Help" msgstr "Aide" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:212 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Information and help for Denemo" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Informations et aide au sujet de Denemo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:213 msgid "Input" msgstr "Entrée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:213 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose whether to get input audio (e.g. microphone) or MIDI controller (e.g. MIDI keyboard)\n" "or just from the pc keyboard." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Choix d'une entrée audio (ex : microphone) ou contrôleur MIDI (ex : clavier) ou simplement le clavier ordinateur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:214 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:202 msgid "Shift Accidentals Sharpwise" msgstr "Augmentation des altérations" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:214 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:202 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper" msgstr "Rajoute un dièse au jeu d'altérations." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:215 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:203 msgid "Shift Accidentals Flatwise" msgstr "Diminution des altérations" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:215 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:203 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter" msgstr "Rajoute un bémol au jeu d'altérations." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:216 ../src/generated/entries.h:370 msgid "Playback" msgstr "Lecture" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Music playback. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and playback end (red bar).\n" "There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the cursor to the end." msgstr "" "Lecture musicale. La musique est lue du marqueur de début (barre verte) au marqueur de fin (barre rouge).\n" "Les contrôles de lectures (voir « Affichage → contrôles de lecture ») rendent plus simple la délimitation, ainsi que la lecture en boucle, le choix du tempérament etc. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser ce menu pour jouer toute la pièce du curseur à la fin." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:217 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:204 msgid "Empty Score" msgstr "Partition vierge" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:217 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:204 msgid "Start a new musical score" msgstr "Ouvre une partition vierge" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:218 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:205 msgid "New" msgstr "Nouveau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:218 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:205 msgid "Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice." msgstr "Ouvre une partition vierge pour un instrument donné." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:219 ../src/generated/entries.h:220 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:206 msgid "Open" msgstr "Ouvrir" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:219 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Open a previously edited score, or a source file for transcription" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ouvre une partition précédemment éditée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:220 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:206 msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing" msgstr "Ouverture d'un fichier de partition musicale." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:221 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:207 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Lilypond" msgstr "Importer un fichier LilyPond" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:221 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:207 msgid "Import a Lilypond file" msgstr "Importer un fichier LilyPond" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:222 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:208 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Midi" msgstr "Importer un fichier MIDI" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:222 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:208 msgid "Import a Midi file" msgstr "Importation d'un fichier MIDI." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:223 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:209 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:1 msgid "Import MusicXml" msgstr "Importer un fichier MusicXML" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:223 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:209 msgid "Import a MusicXml file" msgstr "Importation d'un fichier MusicXML" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:224 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:210 msgid "Add Staffs" msgstr "Ajouter des portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:224 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:210 msgid "Add staffs from a Denemo file" msgstr "Ajouter une portée à partir d'un fichier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:225 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:211 msgid "Add Movement" msgstr "Ajouter un morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:225 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:211 msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file" msgstr "Ajout de morceaux à partir d'un fichier Denemo" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:226 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:212 msgid "Change Properties" msgstr "Éditer les propriétés" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:226 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:212 msgid "Change properties of this movement" msgstr "Éditer les propriétés de ce morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:227 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:213 msgid "Open In New" msgstr "Ouvrir dans un nouvel onglet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:227 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:213 #, fuzzy msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab)" msgstr "Ouvre un fichier de partition musicale dans un nouvel onglet." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:228 ../src/generated/entries.h:239 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:214 msgid "Save" msgstr "Enregistrer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:228 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:214 msgid "Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "Enregistrement de la partition. La partition est sauvegardée au format XML." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:229 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:215 msgid "Save the score under a new name" msgstr "Enregistrement de la partition sous un nouveau nom." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:230 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:216 msgid "Create Copy" msgstr "Enregistrer une copie" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:230 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:216 msgid "Save a copy of the score" msgstr "Enregistrement d'une copie de la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:231 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:217 msgid "Open Template" msgstr "Ouvrir un modèle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:231 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:217 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in template file" msgstr "Ouverture d'une nouvelle partition à partir d'un modèle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:232 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:218 msgid "Open Example" msgstr "Ouvrir un fichier d'exemple" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:232 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:218 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in example" msgstr "Nouvelle partition à partir d'un exemple existant." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:233 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:219 msgid "Open Custom Template" msgstr "Ouvrir un modèle personnalisée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:233 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:219 msgid "Start a new score from one of your own template files" msgstr "Ouverture une nouvelle partition à partir d'un de vos modèles" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:234 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:220 msgid "Save Template" msgstr "Enregistrer la perspective" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:234 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:220 msgid "Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores" msgstr "Enregistre la partition comme un modèle à réutiliser comme point de départ d'autres partitions." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:235 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:221 msgid "New Tab" msgstr "Nouvel onglet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:235 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:221 msgid "Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)" msgstr "Création d'un espace de travail (onglet contenant une partition vide)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:236 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:222 msgid "Insert Movement Before" msgstr "Insérer un morceau avant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:236 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:222 msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one" msgstr "Insérer un morceau précédent l'actuel" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:237 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:223 msgid "Insert Movement After" msgstr "Insérer un morceau après" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:237 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:223 msgid "Insert a new movement after the current one" msgstr "Insérer un morceau suivant l'actuel" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:238 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:224 msgid "New Movement" msgstr "Nouveau morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:238 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:224 msgid "Create a new movement, usign any default template" msgstr "Création d'un nouveau morceau, en utilisant n'importe quel modèle par défaut." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:239 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Save the score\n" "Besides saving for later you can save the score for use as a template for future works, or save under a new name etc\n" "The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Enregistrement de la partiton.\n" "En plus de la sauvegarde classique, vous pouvez définir de nouveaux modèles, ou sauvegarder sous un nouveau nom etc.\n" "La partition est sauvegardée sur le disque sous un format XML." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:240 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:225 msgid "Save Parts" msgstr "Enregistrer les portées séparément" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:240 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:225 msgid "Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format" msgstr "Enregistrer en morceaux : chaque portée est enregistrée dans un fichier séparé au format LilyPond." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:241 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:226 msgid "Export Lilypond" msgstr "Exporter au format LilyPond" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:241 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:226 msgid "Export the score as a lilypond file" msgstr "Exportation de la partition au format LilyPond." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:242 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:227 msgid "Export PDF" msgstr "Exporter au format PDF" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:242 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:227 msgid "Export the score as a PDF document file" msgstr "Exportation de la partition au format PDF." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:243 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Export PNG" msgid "Export Score as PNG" msgstr "Exporter au format PNG" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:243 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:228 msgid "Export the score as a PNG image file" msgstr "Exportation de la partition au format PNG." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:244 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:229 msgid "Export MIDI" msgstr "Exporter au format MIDI" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:244 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:229 msgid "Export the score as a MIDI file" msgstr "Exportation de la partition au format MIDI." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:245 ../src/generated/entries.h:250 #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:234 ../src/printview.c:2368 msgid "Print" msgstr "Imprimer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:245 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for typesetting and then printing the music.\n" "A part, movement, full score or various reduced scores can be typeset.\n" " See also the Score Layout view for further options." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour le rendu puis l'impression de la partition.\n" "Une partie, un morceau, toute la partition ou des sous-parties peuvent être visualisées.\n" "Voir aussi la vue « Mise en page » pour plus d'options." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:246 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:230 msgid "Print Preview" msgstr "Rendu final" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:246 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:230 msgid "" "Typesets the score\n" "If you have a score layout selected it will use that\n" "otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.\n" "Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.\n" "Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a .pdf document." msgstr "" "Rendu de la partition\n" "Si vous avez sélectionné une mise en page, elle sera utilisée,\n" "sinon tous les morceaux, portées et paroles adopteront la mise en page par défaut.\n" "Soyez patients ! La génération prend un peu de temps.\n" "Une fois terminée, vous pouvez la consulter et l'imprimer ou l'enregistrer en .pdf." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:247 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:231 msgid "Print Selection" msgstr "Imprimer la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:247 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:231 msgid "Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer" msgstr "Affiche le rendu final de la sélection dans votre lecteur PDF." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:248 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Extend Selection" msgid "Export Selection as PNG" msgstr "Étendre la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:248 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:232 msgid "Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer" msgstr "Affiche un extrait dans votre visionneur d'images" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:249 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:233 msgid "Print Movement" msgstr "Imprimer le morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:249 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:233 msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Calcule le rendu du morceau et ouvre une fenêtre d'impression." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:250 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:234 msgid "Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Calcule de rendu du morceau en utilisant LilyPond et ouvre une fenêtre d'impression." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:251 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:235 msgid "Print Part" msgstr "Aperçu de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:251 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:235 msgid "Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor)." msgstr "Calcule le rendu de la partie courante et ouvre une fenêtre d'impression." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:252 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:236 msgid "Close Score" msgstr "Fermer la partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:252 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:236 msgid "Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open" msgstr "Ferme la partition courante. Les autres partitions (onglets) restent ouverts." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:253 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:237 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Quitter" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:253 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:237 msgid "Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time." msgstr "Quitte le programme - ferme les onglets un à un." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:254 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:238 msgid "Undo" msgstr "Annuler" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:254 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:238 msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the current score." msgstr "Annule les dernières actions sur la partition courante." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:255 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:239 msgid "Redo" msgstr "Restaurer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:255 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:239 msgid "Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone" msgstr "Restaure une action annulée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:256 msgid "Select" msgstr "Sélectionner" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:256 msgid "Selecting stretches of notes" msgstr "Sélection d'un ensemble de notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:257 msgid "Extend Selection" msgstr "Étendre la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:257 msgid "Extend the selection" msgstr "Étendre la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:258 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:240 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Copier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:258 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:240 msgid "Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "Copie la musique sélectionnée dans le presse papier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:259 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:241 msgid "Cut" msgstr "Couper" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:259 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:241 msgid "Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "Coupe la musique sélectionnée dans le presse papier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:260 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:242 msgid "Paste" msgstr "Coller" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:260 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:242 msgid "Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned" msgstr "Colle la musique enregistrée dans le presse papier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:261 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:243 msgid "Paste LilyPond notes" msgstr "Coller au format LilyPond" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:261 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:243 msgid "" "Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard\n" "This will import music written as LilyPond syntax\n" "You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes (control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command." msgstr "" "Colle les notes LilyPond à partir du presse-papier.\n" "Cela importera de la musique écrite avec la syntaxe LilyPond.\n" "Ouvrez le fichier LilyPond dans un éditeur de texte, copiez l'ensemble de notes (Ctrl + C usuellement) puis utilisez cette commande." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:262 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:244 msgid "Score Properties" msgstr "Propriétés de la partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:262 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window" msgid "Change built-in properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window" msgstr "Édite quelques propriétés de la partition actuelle. Ceci va démarrer une fenêtre de dialogue." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:263 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:245 msgid "Save Selection" msgstr "Sauvegarder la sélection" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:263 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:245 msgid "Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working" msgstr "Enregistre les notes sélectionnées. Peut ne pas marcher." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:264 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:246 msgid "Change Preferences" msgstr "Préférences" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:264 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:246 msgid "" "Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.\n" "Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones" msgstr "" "Définit et enregistre vos préférences sur le fonctionnement de Denemo au démarrage.\n" "Les utilisateurs avertis pourront éditer le fichier .denemo-XXXX/denemorc pour les fonctionnalités manquantes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:265 msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..." msgstr "Personnaliser…" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:265 msgid "Set actions to take in response to keypresses" msgstr "Définit les actions à effectuer lorsque des touches du clavier sont activées." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:266 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:247 #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1644 ../src/view.c:3103 msgid "Save Command Set" msgstr "Sauvegarder le jeu de commandes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:266 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:247 msgid "Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default" msgstr "Enregistre le jeu de commandes et les raccourcis courants comme celui par défaut." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:267 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:248 msgid "Manage Command Set" msgstr "Gestionnaire de commandes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:267 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:248 msgid "View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Affiche l'aide, modifie et enregistre les raccourcis clavier." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:268 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:249 msgid "Swap Staffs" msgstr "Inverser les portées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:268 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:249 msgid "" "Swap this staff with the one higher up.\n" "Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another staff\n" "these may need re-making." msgstr "" "Intervertit cette portée avec la supérieure.\n" "Soyez prudents si vous avez inséré des instructions pour déplacer une voix vers une autre, elles auront sans doute besoin d'être mises à jour." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:269 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:250 msgid "Split Voices" msgstr "Scinder les voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:269 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:250 msgid "Split off the next voice as a separate staff" msgstr "Faire de la voix suivante une portée séparée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:270 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:251 msgid "Join Voices" msgstr "Fusionner les voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:270 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:251 msgid "Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff" msgstr "Faire de cette portée une voix de la portée précédente." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:271 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:252 msgid "Swap Movements" msgstr "Intervertir les morceaux" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:271 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:252 msgid "Swap this movement with the one before" msgstr "Intervertir ce morceau avec le précédent" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:272 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:253 msgid "Voice Up" msgstr "Voix supérieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:272 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:253 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Aller à la voix ayant le numéro le plus grand, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:273 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:254 msgid "Voice Down" msgstr "Voix inférieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:273 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:254 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Aller à la voix ayant le numéro le plus petit, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:274 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:255 msgid "Move to Voice Up" msgstr "Aller à la voix supérieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:274 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:255 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection" msgstr "Aller à la voix ayant le numéro le plus grand, en n'étendant pas la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:275 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:256 msgid "Move to Voice Down" msgstr "Aller à la voix inférieure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:275 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:256 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection" msgstr "Aller à la voix ayant le numéro le plus petit, en n'étendant pas la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:276 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:257 msgid "Add Staff Before" msgstr "Insérer une portée avant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:276 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:257 msgid "Inserts a new staff before the current staff" msgstr "Insérer une portée précédente" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:277 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:258 msgid "Add Staff After" msgstr "Insérer une portée après" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:277 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:258 msgid "Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff" msgstr "Insérer une portée suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:278 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:259 msgid "Add Initial Staff" msgstr "Insérer une portée en début de partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:278 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:259 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the top of the score" msgstr "Insérer une portée en début de partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:279 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:260 msgid "Add Last Staff" msgstr "Ajouter une portée en fin de partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:279 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:260 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the end of the score" msgstr "Insérer une nouvelle portée en fin de partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:280 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:261 msgid "Delete Staff Before" msgstr "Supprimer la portée précédente" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:280 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:261 msgid "Deletes the staff before the current staff" msgstr "Supprimer la portée précédente" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:281 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:262 msgid "Delete Current Staff" msgstr "Supprimer la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:281 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:262 msgid "Deletes the current staff" msgstr "Supprimer la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:282 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:263 msgid "Delete Staff After" msgstr "Supprimer la portée après" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:282 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:263 msgid "Deletes the staff after the current staff" msgstr "Supprimer la portée suivante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:283 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:264 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Voice" msgstr "Ajouter une voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:283 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:264 msgid "Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs" msgstr "Ajoute une nouvelle voix (partie) à la portée actuelle. Il est un peu compliqué de changer de voix. Il est suggéré d'utiliser « Fusionner les portées »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:284 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Staff Properties" msgid "Built-in Staff Properties" msgstr "Propriétés de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:284 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the properties of the current staff" msgid "Change the built-in properties of the current staff" msgstr "Éditer les propriétés de la mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:285 msgid "InsertMenu" msgstr "Menu insertion" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:285 ../src/generated/entries.h:348 #: ../src/generated/entries.h:383 msgid "Insert" msgstr "Insérer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:286 ../src/scorelayout.c:766 msgid "Clef" msgstr "Clé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:286 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Clef" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Clé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:287 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:266 msgid "Initial Clef" msgstr "Clé Initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:287 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:266 msgid "Change the initial clef of the current staff" msgstr "Changer la clé initiale de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:288 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:267 msgid "Clef Change" msgstr "Changement de clé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:288 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:267 msgid "Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor" msgstr "Insérer un changement de clé au curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:289 msgid "Keys" msgstr "Armure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:289 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the key signature or insert a change of key signature\n" "Sharpen or flatten a key signature or\n" "hide it on printing" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Définition de l'armure ou insertion d'un changement d'armure.\n" "Dièse ou bémolise une armure.\n" "La masque au rendu." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:290 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:268 msgid "Initial Key" msgstr "Armure initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:290 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:268 msgid "Set the initial key signature of the current staff" msgstr "Définit l'armure initiale de la portée courante" #. GUI setup #: ../src/generated/entries.h:291 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:269 #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:340 msgid "Key Signature Change" msgstr "Changement d'armure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:291 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:269 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:11 msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgstr "Insérer/Éditer un changement d'armure au curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:292 msgid "Time Signatures" msgstr "Métrique" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:292 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the time signature, insert or edit a change of timesignature,\n" "hide a time signature on printing.\n" "Control whether to use numerical or traditional styles." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Définit la métrique initiale, insère ou modifie des changements de métrique, masque une métrique au rendu.\n" "Sélectionne l'affichage numérique ou traditionnel de métriques." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:293 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:270 msgid "Inital Time Signature" msgstr "Métrique initiale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:293 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:270 msgid "Set the initial time signature of the current staff" msgstr "Définit la métrique initiale de la portée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:294 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:271 msgid "Time Signature Change" msgstr "Changement de métrique" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:294 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:271 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:12 msgid "Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure" msgstr "Insérer un changement de métrique à la mesure courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:295 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:272 msgid "Set Notehead" msgstr "Définir la tête de note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:295 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:272 msgid "Change the type of notehead for the current note" msgstr "Change le type de tête de note de la portée courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:296 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:273 msgid "Auto Stemming" msgstr "Hampes automatiques" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:296 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:273 msgid "Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction" msgstr "Insertion d'un objet à hampe neutre. Après ceci, la direction automatique des hampe est active. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce tag et utiliser les commandes « Diéser », « Hampes supérieures etc. » pour changer la direction des hampes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:297 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:274 msgid "Add Lyric Verse" msgstr "Ajouter un couplet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:297 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:274 msgid "Add a verse of lyrics" msgstr "Ajout d'un couplet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:298 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:275 msgid "Delete Verse" msgstr "Supprimer le couplet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:298 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:275 msgid "Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice" msgstr "Suppression du couplet courant dans la voix courante." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:299 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:276 msgid "Insert/Edit Figured Bass" msgstr "Insérer ou éditer une basse continue" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:299 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:276 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:133 msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgstr "Ajout d'une figure de basse à la note courante. Utilisez le signe « | » pour scinder la durée d'une note afin d'avoir de multiples figures sur une note. Voir la documentation LilyPond pour les autres notations." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:300 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:277 msgid "Delete Figures" msgstr "Supprimer les figures" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:300 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:277 msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff" msgstr "Supprime la basse continue sur la portée courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:301 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:278 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Chord Symbols" msgid "Delete Chord Symbols" msgstr "Éditer les symboles d'accord" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:301 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:278 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff" msgid "Delete the chord symbols on the current staff" msgstr "Supprime la basse continue sur la portée courante" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:302 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:279 msgid "Hide Figures (Print)" msgstr "Masquer les figures (Rendu)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:302 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:279 msgid "Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Masquer la basse continue de la portée actuelle au rendu" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:303 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:280 msgid "Show Figures (Print)" msgstr "Afficher les figures (Rendu)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:303 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:280 msgid "Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Afficher la basse continue de la portée actuelle au rendu" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:304 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:281 msgid "Edit Chord Symbols" msgstr "Éditer les symboles d'accord" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:304 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:281 msgid "Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "Autorise des symboles d'accords à être ajoutés à la note courante. Par exemple « csi:dim7 » pour un Do♯⁷ diminué. Voir la documentation Lilypond pour la notation." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:305 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:282 msgid "Insert Dynamics" msgstr "Insertion de nuances" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:305 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:282 msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position" msgstr "Insère une nuance à la position du curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:306 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:283 msgid "Edit Object" msgstr "Éditer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:306 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:283 msgid "Edit the object at the cursor." msgstr "Édite l'objet sélectionné." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:307 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:284 msgid "Edit Directives" msgstr "Éditer les instructions" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:307 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:284 msgid "Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées à l'accord ou note sélectionné." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:308 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:285 msgid "Edit Staff Directives" msgstr "Instructions de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:308 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:285 msgid "Edit any directives attached to staff." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées à la portée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:309 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:286 msgid "Edit Voice Directives" msgstr "Instructions des voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:309 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:286 msgid "Edit any directives attached to voice." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées à la voix" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:310 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:287 msgid "Edit Score Directives" msgstr "Instructions de la partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:310 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:287 msgid "Edit any directives attached to score." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées à la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:311 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:288 msgid "Edit Movement Directives" msgstr "Instructions du morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:311 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:288 msgid "Edit any directives attached to movement." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées au morceau." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:312 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:289 msgid "Edit Clef Directives" msgstr "Instructions de clé." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:312 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:289 msgid "Edit any directives attached to clef." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées à la clé." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:313 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:290 msgid "Edit Time Signature Directives" msgstr "Instructions de métrique" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:313 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:290 msgid "Edit any directives attached to time signature." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées aux métriques." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:314 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:291 msgid "Edit Key Signature Directives" msgstr "Instructions d'armure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:314 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:291 msgid "Edit any directives attached to key signature." msgstr "Édition des instructions rattachées aux armures." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:315 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:292 msgid "Delete a Directive" msgstr "Supprimer une instruction" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:315 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:292 msgid "Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor." msgstr "Supprimer une instruction rattachée à l'accord ou note sélectionnée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:316 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:293 msgid "Attach Lilypond to Note" msgstr "Attacher du code LilyPond à la note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:316 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:293 msgid "Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the note at the cursor. This can be used for guitar fingerings, cautionary accidentals and much more. See LilyPond documentation." msgstr "Créer ou éditer un texte LilyPond à la note sélectionnée. Peut être utilisé pour les doigtés de guitare, les altérations de précaution et bien plus. Voir la documentation LilyPond." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:317 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:294 msgid "Attach Lilypond to Chord" msgstr "Attacher du code Lilypond à l'accord" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:317 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:294 msgid "Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the chord at the cursor. This can be used for attaching and placing text and much more. See LilyPond documentation." msgstr "Attacher ou éditer du code LilyPond à l'accord sélectionné. Peut être utilisé pour attacher du texte, et bien plus. Voir la documentation LilyPond." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:318 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:295 msgid "Inserts specialized barline at the cursor position. Mostly not working" msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure spécialisée au niveau du curseur. Ne marche pas trop." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:319 ../src/generated/entries.h:364 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navigation" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:319 msgid "Moving the cursor within the current movement, setting bookmarks, seeking things in the score" msgstr "Déplace le curseur dans le morceau actuel." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:320 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:296 msgid "Go to Measure" msgstr "Aller à la mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:320 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:296 msgid "Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure" msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue permettant d'aller à une mesure particulière" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:321 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:297 msgid "Go to Beginning" msgstr "Aller au début" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:321 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:297 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au début de la portée, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:322 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:298 msgid "Go to End" msgstr "Aller à la fin" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:322 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:298 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la fin de la portée, en étendant la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:323 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:299 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice Beginning" msgstr "Aller au début de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:323 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:299 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au début de la portée, sans étendre la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:324 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:300 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice End" msgstr "Aller à la fin de la portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:324 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:300 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la fin de la portée, sans étendre la sélection s'il y a." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:325 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:301 msgid "Next Movement" msgstr "Morceau suivant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:325 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:301 msgid "Go to the next movement" msgstr "Aller au morceau suivant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:326 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:302 msgid "Previous Movement" msgstr "Morceau précédent" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:326 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:302 msgid "Go to the previous movement" msgstr "Aller au morceau précédent" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:327 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:303 msgid "Delete Movement" msgstr "Supprimer un morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:327 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:303 msgid "Delete the current movement" msgstr "Supprimer le morceau courrant" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:328 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:304 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:1 msgid "Play" msgstr "Lecture" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:328 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:304 msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:329 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:305 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:41 msgid "Stop" msgstr "Arrêt" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:329 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Playback" msgid "Stop Playback" msgstr "Lecture" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:330 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:306 msgid "Playback Properties" msgstr "Propriétés de lecture" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:330 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:306 msgid "Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)" msgstr "Vous permet d'éditer les propriétés utilisées lors de la lecture (MIDI)." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:331 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:307 msgid "Browse Manual" msgstr "Parcourir le manuel" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:331 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:307 msgid "Opens a browser on the user manual" msgstr "Ouvrir un navigateur à la page du manuel utilisateur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:332 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:308 msgid "About" msgstr "À propos" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:332 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:308 msgid "Gives the version number etc of this program" msgstr "Indique le numéro de version de ce programme." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:47 msgid "More" msgstr "Plus" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:333 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from disk" msgstr "Vous permet de choisir des commandes et éléments de menus supplémentaires depuis le système de fichier." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:334 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:309 msgid "More Commands" msgstr "Plus de commandes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:334 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:309 msgid "Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items" msgstr "Vous permet de choisir des commandes et éléments de menus standards supplémentaires depuis le système de fichier." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:335 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:310 msgid "My Commands" msgstr "Mes commandes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:335 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:310 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras" msgstr "Vous permet de choisir des commandes et éléments de menus supplémentaires depuis votre propre collection de suppléments." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:336 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:311 msgid "Update Commands from Internet" msgstr "Mettre à jour les commandes depuis Internet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:336 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:311 msgid "" "Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.\n" "Use More Commands after this has finished" msgstr "" "Rafraîchit le jeu de commande disponible depuis denemo.org.\n" "Utilisez « Plus de commandes » après que celle-ci ait terminé." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:337 msgid "Open Recent" msgstr "Ouvrir des fichiers récents" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:337 msgid "Open previously used files" msgstr "Ouvrir les fichiers précédemment utilisés" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:338 msgid "Import File" msgstr "Importer un fichier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:338 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Import the supported file formats" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Importation des formats de fichiers supportés." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:339 msgid "Export As" msgstr "Exporter" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:339 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Export the music to another file format.\n" "These file formats will not support all the features of the score." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Exportation de la partition dans un autre format de fichiers.\n" "Ces formats de fichiers ne supportent pas toutes les fonctionnalités de denemo." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:340 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:312 msgid "Toggle Edit Mode" msgstr "(Dés)activer le mode édition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:340 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:312 msgid "Toggle between current mode and edit mode" msgstr "Intervertit le mode courant et le mode édition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:341 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:313 msgid "Toggle between note entry and rest entry" msgstr "Intervertit le mode courant et le mode silence" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:342 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:314 msgid "Toggle Audible Feedback" msgstr "(Dés)activer le retour audio" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:342 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:314 msgid "Toggle audible feedback on/off" msgstr "Active ou non le retour audio." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:343 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:315 #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1533 msgid "Clear Overlay" msgstr "Nettoyer la surcouche" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:343 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:315 msgid "Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes" msgstr "Nettoie la liste des hauteurs en surcouche de la note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:344 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:316 msgid "Create Snippet" msgstr "Nouveau fragment" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:344 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:316 msgid "Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered" msgstr "Copier la sélection comme un fragment musical (ou modèle rythmique) que les notes entrées suivront." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:345 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:317 msgid "Delete Snippet" msgstr "Supprimer un fragment" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:345 ../src/generated/register_commands.h:317 msgid "Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern" msgstr "Suppression du fragment" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:346 msgid "Classic Mode" msgstr "Mode classique" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:346 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor and inserting notes or rests there" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Déplacement du curseur et insertion de notes et silences." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:347 msgid "Select Note" msgstr "Sélectionner la note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:347 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Déplacement du curseur au plus proche…" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:348 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes: inserting, deleting, etc." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour les notes : insertion, suppression etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:349 msgid "Stem Direction" msgstr "Direction des hampes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:349 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to control the stem up/down" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour contrôler la direction des hampes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:350 msgid "Notehead Types" msgstr "Types de têtes de note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:350 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different types of notehead" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Différents types de têtes de notes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:351 msgid "Tied Notes" msgstr "Notes liées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:351 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating Tied Notes\n" "Do not confuse with slurs!!" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Création de notes liées.\n" "À ne pas confondre avec les liaisons de phrasé !" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:352 msgid "Display Effects" msgstr "Affiche les effets" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:352 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Effects that are only for the Denemo display,\n" "not affecting the printed page." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Effets ne s'appliquant seulement sur l'affichage denemo, mais pas au rendu." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:353 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:99 msgid "Articulations" msgstr "Articulations" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:353 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Articulations" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Articulations" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:354 msgid "Slurs" msgstr "Liaisons de phrasé" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:354 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Slurs\n" "Do not confuse with ties which in print can look the same\n" "Slurs have little ticks at the end in the Denemo display." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Liaisons de phrasé\n" "À ne pas confondre avec les liaisons de prolongation.\n" "Les liaisons de phrasé ont des petites marques sur les bords." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:355 msgid "Grace Notes" msgstr "Petites notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:355 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Grace Notes" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Petites notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:356 ../src/view.c:3962 msgid "Score" msgstr "Partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:356 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that affect the entire piece of music across all movements." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes qui affectent globalement la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:357 msgid "Instruments" msgstr "Instruments" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:357 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instruments" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Instruments" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:358 msgid "Markings" msgstr "Marques" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:358 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings to be applied to the note at the cursor.\n" "Includes articulations, string numbers, chord symbols, arbitrary text ..." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Marques appliquées à la note courante.\n" "Inclue les articulations, numéro de cordes, symboles d'accords, texte…" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:359 msgid "Text/Symbol" msgstr "Texte et symboles" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:359 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Text and symbol Markings" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Marques de textes et de symboles" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:360 msgid "Fingerings etc for Instruments" msgstr "Doigtés etc. pour les instruments" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:360 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings on scores for Instruments" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Marques sur la partition pour les instruments." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:361 msgid "Note Insertion" msgstr "Insertion de note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:361 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting the note ..." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insérer la note." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:362 ../src/view.c:3957 msgid "Lyrics" msgstr "Paroles" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:362 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Lyrics consist of syllables which are placed under or above the notes of the voice they are attached to\n" "You can use the hyphen - and underscore _ to affect the placement\n" "as well as slurs placed over notes. Spaces, tabs or new lines can serve to separate the syllables, it makes no difference which." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Les paroles sont des syllabes qui sont placée au dessus ou au dessous des notes de la voix à laquelle elles sont rattachés.\n" "Vous pouvez utiliser le tiret « - » et le sous-tiret « _ » pour déplacer les notes comme les liaisons au dessus des notes.\n" "L'espace, la tabulation ou le retour charriot peuvent être utilisés pour séparer les syllabes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:363 msgid "Directives" msgstr "Instructions" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:363 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Directives tell Denemo to do something special with the object they are attached to\n" "or at the point in the music they are placed\n" "This can be directing the typesetter to do something special\n" "or issuing MIDI instructions to alter the playback\n" "or even take an action, such as linking to source manuscript when clicked" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Les instructions indiquent à denemo de faire quelque chose de particulier avec l'objet, ou l'endroit du morceau auquel elles sont rattachées.\n" "Ce peut-être des instructions de rendu, de MIDI, ou des choses plus simples, comme un lien hypertexte au manuscrit source." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:364 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor around the piece" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Déplace le curseur le long de la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:365 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Note" msgstr "Insérer une note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:365 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering notes" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Entrer des notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:366 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Marks placed on notes and chords" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Marques placées sur les notes et accords" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:367 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Édition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:368 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:368 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Manipulating measures\n" "Commands that apply to the current measure" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Manipulation des menus.\n" "Commandes à appliquer à la mesure courante." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:369 msgid "Staff" msgstr "Portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:369 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for staffs" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes agissant sur les portées." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:370 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Playing the music via the computer's soundcard.\n" "All or part of the piece can be played controlled by the green and red markers (start and stop playing)\n" "Use the Playback Controls (from the View menu) to set/reset these and to loop play while editing the score" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Joue de la musique via la carte son de l'ordinateur.\n" "Tout ou partie du morceau peut être joué, contrôlé par les marqueurs rouge et verts (début et fin).\n" "Utilisez les bouton de contrôle de lecture (à partir du menu « Affichage ») pour définir la boucle de lecture." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:371 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Duration" msgstr "Sélectionner la durée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:371 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the prevailing duration or rhythm pattern" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Édition de la durée de référence ou le modèle rythmique." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:372 msgid "Append/Edit" msgstr "Ajouter et éditer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:372 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending, Changing, and deleting notes" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout, changement et suppression de notes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:373 msgid "Append/Edit Note" msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer une note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:373 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing notes" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout et édition de notes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:374 msgid "Append/Insert Duration" msgstr "Ajouter ou insérer une durée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:374 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing durations" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajouter ou éditer des durées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:375 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "Curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:375 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Déplacement du curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:376 msgid "Cursor to Note" msgstr "Aller à la note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:376 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to note positions" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Déplacement du curseur aux positions de notes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:377 msgid "Clefs" msgstr "Clés" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:377 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert/change clef, set initial clef, hide a clef on printing,\n" "or display in a different clef" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insérer/changer une clé, définir la clé initiale, masquer une clé au rendu, ou afficher dans une clé différente." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:378 msgid "Chords" msgstr "Accord" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:378 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for creating chords. Note that chord symbols and figured bass are under markings on notes.\n" "See Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour la création d'accords. Notez que les symboles d'accords ainsi que la basse continue sont sous les notes.\n" "Voir le menu « Notes et silences »" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:379 msgid "Add Note" msgstr "Ajouter une note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:379 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to a note or chord at the cursor to make chords" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout de notes à des accords." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:380 msgid "Chords Symbols" msgstr "Symboles d'accords" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:380 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Chord Symbols over music" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout de symboles d'accords au dessus des portées." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:381 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:132 msgid "Figured Bass" msgstr "Basse continue" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:381 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Figured Bass Figures" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout de figures de basse continue." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:382 msgid "Measures" msgstr "Mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:382 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Measures: adding, deleting, navigating etc" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout, suppression, navigation dans les mesures etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:383 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insérer des notes, mesures, portées, armures etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:384 msgid "Add Staff" msgstr "Ajouter une portée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:384 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new staff postioned relative to current staff" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insérer une nouvelle portée relativement à l'actuelle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:385 msgid "Insert Movement" msgstr "Insérer un morceau" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:385 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new movement positioned relative to current movement" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insertion d'un nouveau morceau positionné par rapport au morceau courant." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:386 msgid "Insert at Cursor" msgstr "Insérer au curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:386 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes of a given duration at cursor note height" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insertion de notes d'une certaine durée à l'emplacement du curseur." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:387 msgid "Change" msgstr "Éditer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:387 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing properties of notes, measures, staffs, keysigs etc" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Éditer les propriétés des notes, mesures, portées, armures etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:388 msgid "Notes/Durations" msgstr "Notes/Durées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:388 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless actions on notes/rests" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Actions modales sur les notes et silences." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:389 msgid "Notes/Rests" msgstr "Note et silence" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:389 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes/rests" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour les notes et silences." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:390 msgid "Rest Insertion" msgstr "Insertion de silence" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:390 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless entry of rests" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Entrées modales des silences." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:391 msgid "Educational" msgstr "Éducation" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:391 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Educational Games" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Jeux éducatifs" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:392 msgid "Edit Directive(s)" msgstr "Éditer la(es) instruction(s)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:392 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing directives" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Éditer les instructions." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:393 msgid "Change Note" msgstr "Modifier la hauteur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:393 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en …" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:394 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:48 msgid "Edit Duration" msgstr "Modifier la durée" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:394 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current note" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Éditer la durée de la note actuelle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:395 msgid "Change Rest" msgstr "Éditer le silence" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:395 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current rest" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Éditer la durée du silence actuel" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:396 msgid "Expression Marks" msgstr "Marques d'expression" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:396 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Dynamics, staccato, slurs, ties and other expressive marks" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Nuances, staccato, liaisons etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:397 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:25 msgid "Dynamics" msgstr "Nuances" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:397 msgid "Dynamic markings" msgstr "Notation des nuances" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:398 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:71 msgid "Ornaments" msgstr "Ornement" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:398 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "grace notes etc" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Petites notes etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:399 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autre" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:399 msgid "Lyrics, chord symbols, figured basses etc" msgstr "Paroles, symboles d'accords, basses continues etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:400 msgid "Others" msgstr "Autres" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:400 msgid "Less used actions" msgstr "Actions les moins utilisées" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:401 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoris" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:401 msgid "Customized LilyPond inserts. Store often-used inserts here labelled with what they do" msgstr "Insertion LilyPond personnalisé. Placez ici les insertion souvent utilisées étiquetées par leur fonction." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:402 msgid "Add Favorite" msgstr "Ajouter un favori" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:402 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Add a custom LilyPond insert to favorites menu" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout d'insertion LilyPond personnalisées dans les menu favoris." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:403 msgid "Tuplets" msgstr "N-olets" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:403 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering triplets and other tuplets" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Entrer des triolets et autres n-olets" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:404 ../src/scorelayout.c:599 #: ../src/scorelayout.c:615 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:31 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:154 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/EndVolta.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:8 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Supprimer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu:\n" #| "Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc" msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Deleting notes, measures, staffs, key signatures as well as meta-objects such as imported MIDI or audio recordings." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insérer des notes, mesures, portées, armures etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:405 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:118 msgid "Beaming" msgstr "Ligatures" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:405 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Beaming - controlling which notes are beamed together" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ligature - contrôle quelles notes sont ligaturées ensemble." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:406 msgid "Conditional Directives" msgstr "Instructions conditionnelles" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:406 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For making directives apply only to one score layout or be omitted from one score layout" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Appliquer des instructions à une mise en page seulement, ou à toutes sauf une." #. MIDI tab #: ../src/generated/entries.h:407 ../src/staffpropdialog.c:318 msgid "MIDI" msgstr "MIDI" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:407 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For issuing MIDI instructions during playback at the time indicated by the current cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:408 msgid "PC Keyboard" msgstr "Clavier" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:408 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of entering notes from the computer keyboard." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Choix des modes d'entrée des notes au clavier." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:409 ../src/utils.c:2363 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Souris" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:409 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of using the mouse." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Choix des modes d'utilisation de la souris." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:410 msgid "Print Transposed" msgstr "Afficher la transposition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:410 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Transposing the score when typesetting." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Transposition de la partition au rendu." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:411 msgid "Start/Stop Transposing" msgstr "Démarrer ou arrêter la transposition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:411 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting markers to start/stop transposition when typesetting. The markers affect only the music in the staff/voice they are placed in." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insère des marqueurs de départ et de fin de transposition au rendu. Les marqueurs affectent seulement les portées dans lequel ils sont." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:412 msgid "Inserting Barlines" msgstr "Barres de mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:412 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different sorts of barline (repeat barlines, double bars, end of movement ...)" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Différents types de barres de mesures (reprises, doubles barres, fin de morceau …)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:413 msgid "Seek" msgstr "Rechercher" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:413 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor forwards/backwards to find useful places in the score" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Avancer ou reculer le curseur aux endroits stratégiques de la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:414 msgid "Titles" msgstr "Titres" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:414 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various titling schemes, (main title, movement titles, composer etc) and adding table of contents, critical commentary" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Divers éléments de titrage (titre principal, titres des morceaux, compositeur etc.) et ajout de la table des matières, de commentaires etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:415 msgid "Print Layout" msgstr "Mise en page" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:415 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to affect the layout of the typeset score." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes de mise en page de la partition." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:416 msgid "Capture Score" msgstr "Enregistrement audio de la partition" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:416 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to embed images taken from original manuscripts etc into the score (one for each measure)" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes de manipulation d'images prises des manuscrits originaux etc. et intégrées à la partition (une par mesure)." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:417 msgid "Ossia" msgstr "Ossia" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:417 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating an Ossia staff, which appears with alternative interpretations for a bar or two on typesetting" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Création d'une portée Ossia, apparaissant comme une interprétation alternative pour une mesure ou deux au rendu." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:418 msgid "Bar Numbering" msgstr "Numérotation des barres de mesure" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:418 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for setting how often bar numbers appear in the typeset version of this staff" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes définissant la fréquence d'apparition des numéros de mesures au rendu de cette portée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:419 msgid "Staff Groupings (Braces)" msgstr "Groupement de mesures (accolade)" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:419 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various sorts of brace linking the staffs together. These may be nested, see the Score Layout view for a display of the staff groups created." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Différents types de parenthèses liant les portées ensemble. Elles peuvent être imbriquées. Voir l'affichage de la partition pour un aperçu des groupes créés." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:420 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Note Above Base of Chord" msgstr "Ajouter une note au dessus de la fondamentale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:420 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals above base note" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout de notes à l'accord sélectionné, de plusieurs intervalles au dessus de la fondamentale." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:421 msgid "Add Note Below Top of Chord" msgstr "Ajouter une note sous la fondamentale" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:421 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals below the top-most note" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Ajout de notes à l'accord sélectionné, de plusieurs intervalles au dessous de la fondamentale." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:422 msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:422 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to include other durations in a chord (instead of polyphony - this is specialized stuff!) The note at the cursor height is altered." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes incluant d'autres durées à un accord (à la place d'une polyphonie, qui est quelque chose de spécifique). La note à la hauteur du curseur est modifiée." #. 0 - Open String #: ../src/generated/entries.h:423 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingerings" msgstr "Doigtés" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:423 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Fingerings (numbers) to typeset near to notes" msgstr "" "Menu\n" "Doigtés (chiffres) à rendre près des notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:424 msgid "Transpose Music" msgstr "Transposer" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:424 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Alters the note/chord at the cursor or the selection transposing it by the interval chosen. This alters the music in the score - see other transpose options for transposing the printed output, leaving the music untouched." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Transpose la sélection en un intervalle choisi. Modifie la musique dans la partition - voir les options de transposition pour transposer le rendu, sans toucher à la musique." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:425 msgid "Make a Directive Conditional" msgstr "Créer une instruction conditionnelle" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:425 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Mark the directive at the cursor as applying to just the current score layout, or to exclude the current layout. Use this for example to exclude redundant first and second time markings in parts which don't need them." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Marque l'instruction sélectionnée comme agissant sur la mise en page courante, ou à toutes sauf à la mise en page courante. À utiliser pour exclure les marques de volta redondantes dans les parties où elles ne sont pas nécessaires." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:426 msgid "Single Random Note" msgstr "Note simple aléatoire" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:426 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "To insert random notes at cursor" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insertion de notes aléatoires au curseur" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:427 msgid "Generate Rhythm from String" msgstr "Générer un rythme à partir de texte" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:427 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating rhythms from a sequence of characters." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Création de rythmes à partir de chaînes de caractères" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:428 msgid "Notation Magick" msgstr "Notation Magick" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:428 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Methods of generating music of guided randomness" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Méthodes pour générer de la musique aléatoire de manière guidée." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:429 msgid "Display Zoom" msgstr "Zoom" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:429 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Zooming the Denemo display. Usually Control and mouse wheel are used for this." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Zoomer sur la vue Denemo. La touche Ctrl et la souris sont généralement utilisées pour ces commandes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:430 msgid "Aural Training" msgstr "Entraînement auditif" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:430 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your musical ear" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Jeux pour tester votre oreille musicale." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:431 msgid "Note Reading" msgstr "Lecture de notes" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:431 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your music reading ability. Notice there is (elsewhere) the Checking Pitches feature which lets you test your ability to play via Midi Controller." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Jeux testant votre capacité de lecture de musique. Notez la fonction « Vérification des hauteurs » utilise votre contrôleur MIDI." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:432 msgid "Simple Titling" msgstr "Titrage simple" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:432 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to place titles etc at the start of the music (and each movement if needed). Do not mix with Book Titles." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour placer des titres etc. au début de votre partition (et de chaque morceau si nécessaire). Ne pas confondre avec « Titres de livres »." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:433 msgid "Book Titling" msgstr "Titres de livre" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:433 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to create a title page, table of contents, commentaries, appendices etc." msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commande pour créer une page de titre, une table des matières, des commentaires, des annexes etc." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:434 msgid "Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:434 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu:\n" #| "Commands to control the stem up/down" msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to manipulate the palettes of commands" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Commandes pour contrôler la direction des hampes." #: ../src/generated/entries.h:435 msgid "Spanning" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:435 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to tell the typesetter to start or stop a particular effect. Use these around passages that are to be treated differently, or over which a marking should be placed." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:436 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typeset" msgid "Typesetter" msgstr "Rendu" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:436 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point." msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instructions for the typesetter to do something at the cursor position." msgstr "Permet au moteur de rendu d'effectuer un saut de page à cet endroit" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:437 ../src/view.c:3936 msgid "Object Menu" msgstr "Menu objet" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:437 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for working with the musical object hierarchy." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:438 msgid "Main Menu" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/entries.h:438 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "The top level commands for operating Denemo." msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:318 msgid "Insert A" msgstr "Insérer un La" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:318 msgid "" "Inserts note A before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note La avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:319 msgid "Insert A After" msgstr "Insérer un La après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:319 msgid "" "Inserts note A after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note La après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:320 msgid "Add A" msgstr "Ajouter un La" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:320 msgid "" "Adds note A to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un La à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:321 msgid "Change to A" msgstr "Transformer en La" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:321 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note A\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en La le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:322 msgid "Move to A" msgstr "Aller au La" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:322 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note A" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le La le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:323 msgid "Insert B" msgstr "Insérer un Si" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:323 msgid "" "Inserts note B before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Si avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:324 msgid "Insert B After" msgstr "Insérer un Si après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:324 msgid "" "Inserts note B after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Si après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:325 msgid "Add B" msgstr "Ajouter un Si" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:325 msgid "" "Adds note B to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Si à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:326 msgid "Change to B" msgstr "Transformer en Si" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:326 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note B\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Si le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:327 msgid "Move to B" msgstr "Aller au Si" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:327 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note B" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Si le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:328 msgid "Insert C" msgstr "Insérer un Do" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:328 msgid "" "Inserts note C before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Do avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:329 msgid "Insert C After" msgstr "Insérer un Do après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:329 msgid "" "Inserts note C after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Do après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:330 msgid "Add C" msgstr "Ajouter un Do" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:330 msgid "" "Adds note C to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Do à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:331 msgid "Change to C" msgstr "Transformer en Do" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:331 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note C\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Do le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:332 msgid "Move to C" msgstr "Aller au Do" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:332 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note C" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Do le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:333 msgid "Insert D" msgstr "Insérer un Ré" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:333 msgid "" "Inserts note D before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Ré avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:334 msgid "Insert D After" msgstr "Insérer un Ré après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:334 msgid "" "Inserts note D after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Ré après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:335 msgid "Add D" msgstr "Ajouter un Ré" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:335 msgid "" "Adds note D to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Ré à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:336 msgid "Change to D" msgstr "Transformer en Ré" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:336 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note D\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Ré le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:337 msgid "Move to D" msgstr "Aller au Ré" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:337 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note D" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Ré le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:338 msgid "Insert E" msgstr "Insérer un Mi" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:338 msgid "" "Inserts note E before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Mi avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:339 msgid "Insert E After" msgstr "Insérer un Mi après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:339 msgid "" "Inserts note E after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Mi après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:340 msgid "Add E" msgstr "Ajouter un Mi" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:340 msgid "" "Adds note E to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Mi à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:341 msgid "Change to E" msgstr "Transformer en Mi" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:341 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note E\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Mi le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:342 msgid "Move to E" msgstr "Aller au Mi" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:342 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note E" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Mi le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:343 msgid "Insert F" msgstr "Insérer un Fa" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:343 msgid "" "Inserts note F before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Fa avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:344 msgid "Insert F After" msgstr "Insérer un Fa après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:344 msgid "" "Inserts note F after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Fa après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:345 msgid "Add F" msgstr "Ajouter un Fa" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:345 msgid "" "Adds note F to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Fa à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:346 msgid "Change to F" msgstr "Transformer en Fa" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:346 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note F\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Fa le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:347 msgid "Move to F" msgstr "Aller au Fa" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:347 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note F" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Fa le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:348 msgid "Insert G" msgstr "Insérer un Sol" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:348 msgid "" "Inserts note G before note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Sol avant la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:349 msgid "Insert G After" msgstr "Insérer un Sol après" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:349 msgid "" "Inserts note G after note at cursor\n" "Cursor determines which octave\n" "Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm" msgstr "" "Insertion d'une note Sol après la note sélectionnée.\n" "La position du curseur détermine l'octave.\n" "La note insérer est de durée de référence." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:350 msgid "Add G" msgstr "Ajouter un Sol" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:350 msgid "" "Adds note G to the chord at cursor\n" "Cursor height determines which octave" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un Sol à l'accord sous le curseur.\n" "La hauteur du curseur détermine l'octave." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:351 msgid "Change to G" msgstr "Transformer en Sol" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:351 msgid "" "Changes note at cursor to nearest note G\n" "Rhythm is unchanged" msgstr "" "Transforme la note sous le curseur en Sol le plus proche.\n" "La durée reste inchangée." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:352 msgid "Move to G" msgstr "Aller au Sol" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:352 msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note G" msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le Sol le plus proche" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅝" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅝" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅝" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:353 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:354 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅝" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:354 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:355 msgid "𝅝" msgstr "𝅝" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:355 msgid "Insert a 𝅝" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅝" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:356 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅝." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅝" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅝" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:357 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅗𝅥" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅗𝅥.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅗𝅥 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:359 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:359 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:360 msgid "𝅗𝅥" msgstr "𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:360 msgid "Insert a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:361 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅗𝅥." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:362 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:362 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:363 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:363 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:364 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:365 msgid "𝅘𝅥" msgstr "𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:365 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:366 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:367 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:367 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:368 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:368 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥𝅮.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥𝅮 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:369 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:370 msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:370 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:371 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅮." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:372 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:372 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:373 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:373 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥𝅯.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥𝅯 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:374 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:374 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:375 msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:375 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:376 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅯." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:377 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:377 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:378 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:378 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥𝅰.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥𝅰 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:379 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:379 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:380 msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:380 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:381 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅰." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:382 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:382 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:383 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:383 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥𝅱.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥𝅱 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:384 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:385 msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:385 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:386 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅱." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:387 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:387 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:388 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:388 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅘𝅥𝅲.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅘𝅥𝅲 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:389 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:389 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:390 msgid "𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:390 msgid "Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:391 msgid "Insert a 𝅂" msgstr "Insérer une 𝅂" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:391 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅲." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:392 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a 𝅥" msgid "Insert/Append a 𝅥" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅥 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "" "When appending, appends a 𝅥 \n" "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥 before the current note\n" "If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding)\n" " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅥.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅥 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change a 𝅀" msgid "Change to 𝅥" msgstr "Éditer un 𝅀" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:394 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅥" msgstr "Transformer la note sélectionnée en 𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:395 msgid "𝅥" msgstr "𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:395 msgid "Insert a 𝅥" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅥" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:396 msgid "Insert a 𝅃" msgstr "Insérer un 𝅃" #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:396 msgid "" "Inserts a rest at cursor position\n" "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un silence à la position du curseur.\n" "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅥." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:397 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥" msgid "Set Prevailing Duration to 𝅥" msgstr "Définit la durée dominante à 𝅥." #: ../src/generated/register_commands.h:397 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥 (subsequent notes entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/help.c:27 msgid "GNU Denemo" msgstr "GNU Denemo" #: ../src/help.c:28 msgid "Free and Open Music Notation Editor" msgstr "Éditeur de partitions musicales libre et ouvert" #: ../src/help.c:31 msgid "Denemo Website" msgstr "Site internet de Denemo" #: ../src/help.c:32 msgid "" "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others.\n" "\n" "http://www.denemo.org\n" "\n" "This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU\n" "General Public License and is provided with absolutely\n" "NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details." msgstr "" "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, et autres.\n" "\n" "http://www.denemo.org\n" "\n" "Ce programme est placé sous la licence publique générale GNU(GNU General Public License) et fourni SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE ;Se reporter au fichier COPYING pour les details." #: ../src/help.c:74 #, c-format msgid "Could not find %s in the path" msgstr "N'a pas pu trouver %s dans le chemin" #: ../src/help.c:76 msgid "Please edit the chosen browser in the preferences." msgstr "Éditer le navigateur désiré dans les préférences." #: ../src/help.c:94 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s\n" msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s" msgstr "N'a pas pu lancer le navigateur spécifié : %s\n" #: ../src/importxml.c:2505 ../src/importxml.c:2509 msgid "Obsolete form, use earlier Denemo version to convert" msgstr "Fichier obsolète, utilisez une version précédente de denemo pour le convertir en une version plus récente." #: ../src/importxml.c:2984 msgid "Custom prolog is no longer supported. Use score directive prefix instead" msgstr "" #: ../src/importxml.c:3052 msgid "Erroneous call" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:103 msgid "No name" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "My Label" msgid "No label" msgstr "Mon étiquette" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label :(" msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label" msgstr "Pas d'indication sur ce que ça fait à partir du nom et de l'étiquette :(" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:748 msgid "This should not happen..." msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s" msgstr "La commande « %s » répond au raccourci « %s »." #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1242 ../src/view.c:2175 #, c-format msgid "Lose the shortcut %s for this?" msgstr "Oublier le raccourci %s pour cette commande ?" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1487 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions for your customized commands" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1544 msgid "Cannot access your local .denemo" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1556 msgid "Installation error" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1906 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Commands" msgid "Command" msgstr "Commandes" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1916 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Commandes" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1924 msgid "Hidden" msgstr "Masquée" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1935 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Effacé" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1970 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:1976 msgid "Search in tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:2040 msgid "Built-in, see file denemoui.xml for position" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:2132 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Location: %s\n" "Internal Name: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-custom.c:2156 msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "Raccourcis claviers" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:83 #, c-format msgid "" "The command %s has the shortcut: %s\n" "Delete it first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" #. g_warning("There is a two key binding starting with this"); #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "There is at least one two-key shortcut that starts with: %s\n" "Find them using the Find button\n" "Delete it/those first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:178 msgid "No command has this keyboard shortcut" msgstr "Ce raccourci clavier n'est affecté à aucune commande" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:212 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence for this command" msgstr "Entrez une séquence de raccourcis pour cette commande." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:232 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence whose command you seek" msgstr "Entrez la séquence de raccourcis correspondant à la commande que vous cherchez." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:416 msgid "" "Type search text here. Either the start of a command label,\n" "or part of the text of a tooltip (if the tooltips flag is set).\n" "The search is case insensitive." msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:417 msgid "Search for the next matching command" msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:427 ../src/view.c:3953 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command Manager" msgid "Command Center" msgstr "Gestionnaire de commandes" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:431 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This dialog allows you to set shortcuts for commands. As there are so many commands it is best to launch the dialog from the command that you wish to change.\n" #| "(Do this by right clicking on the menu item of the command\n" #| "this dialog then comes up with the command highlighted).\n" #| "You can set single-key or two-key shortcuts, or mouse shortcuts.\n" #| "You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n" #| "When you are finished you can save the settings as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n" #| "This dialog is also where you can load such a stored command set." msgid "" "This window allows you find and execute commands.\n" "Once you have selected a command the box at the top gives information about that command,\n" "while the panel to the side gives any shortcuts for the command\n" "you can add a selected command to a palette, or set single-key or two-key shortcuts.\n" "You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n" "You can save the shortcuts as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n" "This window is also where you can load such a stored command set." msgstr "" "Cette fenêtre vous permet de définir des raccourcis pour les commandes. Comme il y a énormément de commandes, il est plus intéressant de lancer la fenêtre depuis la commande que vous souhaitez éditer.\n" "Vous pouvez faire ceci en cliquant sur l'entrée menu de la commande, la fenêtre apparaît quand la commande est survolée.\n" "Vous pouvez définir des raccourcis claviers simples ou doubles, ou des raccourcis souris.\n" "Vous pouvez aussi masquer les commandes pour ne pas les afficher dans les menus.\n" "Quand vous avez terminé, vous pouvez faire de vos paramètres ceux par défaut, ou l'enregistrer pour le réutiliser plus tard.\n" "Cette fenêtre est aussi affichée pour le chargement de jeu de commandes." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:448 msgid "Help for Selected Command" msgstr "Aide pour la commande sélectionnée" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:482 msgid "Save as Default Command Set" msgstr "Enregistrer comme le jeu de commandes par défaut" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:484 msgid "Use this to save the changes you have made so that they are used every time you start Denemo. The changes are stored under a directory (folder) called .denemo-* in your home directory. Look in subdirectory actions for Default.commands" msgstr "À utiliser pour enregistrer les paramètres que vous avez définis afin qu'ils soient utilisés chaque fois que vous démarrez Denemo. Les paramètres sont enregistrés dans un dossier appelé « .denemo-* » dans votre répertoire personnel. Default.commands est contenu dans un des sous-répertoires." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:485 msgid "Save as a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Enregistrer comme un jeu de commande personnalisé" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:488 ../src/kbd-interface.c:491 msgid "Load a Standard Command Set" msgstr "Charger un jeu de commandes standard" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:494 msgid "Load a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Charger le jeu de commandes par défaut" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:504 msgid "Add 1-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Ajouter un raccourci clavier simple" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:505 msgid "Create a single keypress (with modifier keys - Control, Shift ... - if needed) as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Création d'un raccourci clavier simple (avec une touche modificatrice : Ctrl, Shift etc. si besoin) pour la commande sélectionnée." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:509 msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Ajouter un raccourci clavier double" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:510 msgid "Create a two keypress sequence as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Création d'un raccourci clavier double pour la commande sélectionnée." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:514 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..." msgid "Find Command for Shortcut" msgstr "Personnaliser…" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:515 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Finds the command (if any) for a Keyboard Shortcut\n" #| "Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for" msgid "" "Finds the command (if any) for a (one key) Keyboard Shortcut\n" "Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for." msgstr "" "Recherche de la commande (si existante) à partir d'un raccourci clavier.\n" "Appuyez sur le bouton puis tapez le raccourci clavier que vous voulez identifier." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:522 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Help for Selected Command" msgid "Execute Selected Command" msgstr "Aide pour la commande sélectionnée" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:523 msgid "" "Executes the currently selected command in the list of commands\n" "Ensure the cursor is in the movement and at the position if needed for the command." msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add note" msgid "Add to Palette" msgstr "Ajouter une note" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:526 msgid "" "Adds the currently selected command in the list of commands to a palette\n" "You can create a new, custom palette, and you can change the label of the button you create by right-clicking on it." msgstr "" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:575 msgid "Setting the Cursor Shape for Mouse Ops" msgstr "Définition de l'icône du curseur." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:585 msgid "" "Cursor Shape 0.\n" "Mouse Operation Right Drag.\n" "Keyboard: None." msgstr "" "Icône du curseur 0.\n" "Opération souris : tirer à droite.\n" "Clavier : aucun." #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:592 msgid "Right Drag" msgstr "Tirer clic droit" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:596 msgid "Mouse Move" msgstr "Déplacement de la souris" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:600 msgid "Left Drag" msgstr "Tirer clic gauche" #: ../src/kbd-interface.c:608 msgid "Cursor Shape #" msgstr "Forme du curseur #" #: ../src/keyboard.c:142 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "named \"" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "nommé \"" #: ../src/keyboard.c:142 msgid "\" located at " msgstr "\" situé à" #: ../src/keyboard.c:142 msgid " in the menu system" msgstr " dans le menu « Système »" #: ../src/keymapio.c:273 msgid "There is no support for loading whole folders of commands yet, sorry" msgstr "" #: ../src/keymapio.c:404 msgid "Return" msgstr "Entrée" #: ../src/keymapio.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate the script %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/keymapio.c:753 #, c-format msgid "Unable to load the script %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/keyresponses.c:32 msgid "Recursive key capture not possible!" msgstr "" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:343 msgid "Change initial key signature" msgstr "Changer l'armure initiale" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:345 msgid "Insert key signature change" msgstr "Insérer un changement d'armure" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:382 msgid "Select desired key signature" msgstr "Choisissez l'armure souhaitée" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:385 msgid "Major" msgstr "Majeur" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:389 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Mineur" #: ../src/keysigdialog.c:401 msgid "Current Staff Only?" msgstr "Seulement la portée actuelle ?" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:208 ../src/lilydirectives.c:216 msgid "You must put the cursor on a chord to attach LilyPond" msgstr "Vous devez sélectionner un accord pour attacher du code LilyPond" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:224 msgid "You must put the cursor on a note to attach LilyPond to the note" msgstr "Vous devez sélectionner une note pour attacher du code Lilypond" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:271 msgid "Error in attach type" msgstr "Erreur de type d'attachement" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:284 ../src/lilydirectives.c:286 msgid "Attach LilyPond" msgstr "Attacher du texte LilyPond" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:284 msgid "Give text to place before the note" msgstr "Entrez le texte à placer avant la note" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Note" msgstr "Attachement LilyPond à la note" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Chord" msgstr "Attachement Lilypond à la note" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to note of chord" msgstr "Entrez le texte Lilypond à ajouter après la note de l'accord" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to chord" msgstr "Entrer le texte Lilypond postfixe à l'accord" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:286 ../src/lilydirectives.c:399 msgid "Give Display text if required" msgstr "Entrez le texte d'affichage si requis" #. FIXME how is this supposed to be done? #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:396 ../src/lilydirectives.c:399 #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1031 msgid "Insert LilyPond" msgstr "Insertion de code LilyPond" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:396 msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert" msgstr "Entrez le texte LilyPond à insérer" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1366 msgid "Repeat the command?" msgstr "Répéter la commande ?" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1382 msgid "Could not get directives list to delete from" msgstr "Impossible de retrouver la liste contentant l'instruction à supprimer" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1405 msgid "Denemo Editor:Newline to update, Esc for Advanced Edit" msgstr "Éditeur Denemo : « Entrée » pour l'édition, « Échap » pour l'édition avancée." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1490 msgid "Cannot delete via this mechanism, sorry" msgstr "Impossible d'effectuer la suppression avec ce mécanisme, désolé." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1573 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s.\n" "(%s)\n" "Left click to run the command or right click for further options" msgstr "" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:1575 #, c-format msgid "This button was created for the Denemo Directive whose tag is %s. Usually you click on it to alter the setting made or perform the action it is labelled with" msgstr "Ce bouton a été créé pour l'instruction Denemo portant le tag « %s ». Vous pouvez généralement cliquer dessus pour altérer le paramètre ou bien effectuer l'action indiquée" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2015 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2141 msgid "Select Directive" msgstr "Choisir une instruction" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2071 msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet marker" msgstr "Choix d'une instruction attachée au marqueur de n-olet" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2082 msgid "Select a directive attached to the stemdir marker" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction attachée au marqueur de direction des hampes." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2103 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2131 #, c-format msgid "Select a directive attached to the note \"%s\"" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction attachée à la note « %s »" #. not exactly on a note, offer any chord directives #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2117 msgid "Select a directive attached to the chord" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction attachée à l'accord" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2139 #, c-format msgid "Select the directive %s on note \"%s\"?" msgstr "Sélectionner l'instruction %s sur la note « %s » ?" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2199 msgid "No object here to edit" msgstr "Pas d'objet à éditer ici" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2251 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing to edit on this stem directive - use controls in Staffs->Voices menu" msgid "Nothing to edit on this stem directive - use controls in Staffs → Voices menu" msgstr "Rien à éditer sur cette instruction de hampe - utilisez les contrôles dans le menu « Portée → Voix »" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This marks the start of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - after the notes there should be a corresponding end of tuplet object.\n" #| "See the Notes/Rests->Tuplets for control over how tuplets print" msgid "" "This marks the start of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - after the notes there should be a corresponding end of tuplet object.\n" "See the Notes/Rests → Tuplets for control over how tuplets print" msgstr "" "Marque le début d'un n-olet (triolets etc.) - un marqueur de fin devrait être placé après les notes.\n" "Voir le menu « Notes et silences → N-olets » pour contrôler leur affichage." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in the same measure as the tuplet start marker.\n" #| "See the Notes/Rests->Tuplets for control over how tuplets print" msgid "" "This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in the same measure as the tuplet start marker.\n" "See the Notes/Rests → Tuplets for control over how tuplets print" msgstr "" "Marque la fin d'un n-olet (triolets etc.) - un marqueur de début devrait être placé avant les notes.\n" "Voir le menu « Notes et silences → N-olets » pour contrôler leur affichage." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2264 msgid "No method for editing this type of object" msgstr "Pas de méthode pour éditer ce type d'objet" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2380 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Could not get contents of %s\n" msgid "Could not get contents of %s" msgstr "Impossible de lire le contenu de : %s\n" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2393 msgid "There is already an edit script for this tag" msgstr "Il y a déjà un script d'édition ici." #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2403 msgid "Wrote edit script file to ~/.denemo/editscripts" msgstr "Script d'édition écrit à ~/.denemo/editscripts" #. for reset #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2436 msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit" msgstr "Instructions d'édition Denemo de bas niveau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2442 msgid "Delete Directive" msgstr "Supprimer une instruction" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2443 msgid "Create Script" msgstr "Créer un script" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2495 msgid " x:" msgstr "x :" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2502 msgid " y:" msgstr "y :" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2510 msgid "Postfix" msgstr "Postfixe" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2511 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Préfixe" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2512 msgid "Display text" msgstr "Afficher le texte" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2513 msgid "Text Position" msgstr "Position du texte" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2514 msgid "Graphic" msgstr "Image" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2515 msgid "Graphic Position" msgstr "Position de l'image" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2516 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Tag" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2517 msgid "LilyPond Grob Name" msgstr "Nom de grob LilyPond" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2518 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme Script" msgid "Scheme Data" msgstr "Script Scheme" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2519 msgid "MidiBytes" msgstr "MidiBytes" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2520 msgid "Override Mask" msgstr "Écraser le masque" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2521 msgid "Minimum pixel width" msgstr "Largeur minimum en pixels" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2522 msgid "Only Applies to Layout" msgstr "Ne s'applique qu'à cette mise en page" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2523 msgid "Ignored by Layout" msgstr "Ingnoré par la mise en page" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2527 msgid "Get Edit Script" msgstr "Obtenir le script d'édition" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2530 msgid "Put Edit Script" msgstr "Définir un script d'édition" #. disabled until website can take uploading again #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2535 msgid "Upload Edit Script" msgstr "Téléverser un script d'édition" #. a check item for showing script window #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2539 ../src/view.c:3201 msgid "Show Current Script" msgstr "Afficher le script courant" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2655 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2729 msgid "Directive Delete" msgstr "Suppression d'instruction" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2655 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2729 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the directive?" msgstr "Voulez-vous réellement suprrimer cette instruction ?" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2683 ../src/palettes.c:203 ../src/print.c:444 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:27 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:39 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:356 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:87 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:24 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Annulé" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2685 msgid "Use the ObjectMenu to modify this object - there are no directives here" msgstr "Utilisez le menu Objet pour modifier cet objet - il n'y a pas d'instruction ici" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2719 msgid "No directives here" msgstr "Pas d'instruction ici" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2724 msgid "No directive selected" msgstr "Pas d'instruction sélectionnée" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2732 ../src/view.c:2277 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:76 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:49 msgid "Operation cancelled" msgstr "Opération annulée" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2742 msgid "Select a score directive" msgstr "Sélectionnez une instruction" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2750 msgid "Select a score header block directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction d'entête de morceau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2758 msgid "Select a score paper block directive" msgstr "Sélectionnez une instruction de bloc papier" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2767 msgid "Select a movement header block directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction d'entête de morceau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2775 msgid "Select a movement layout block directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de mise en page de morceau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2783 msgid "Select a movement control directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de contrôle de morceau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2792 msgid "Select a clef directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de clé" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2801 msgid "Select a key signature directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction d'armure" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2810 ../src/lilydirectives.c:2819 #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2828 msgid "Select a time signature directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de métrique" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2840 msgid "Select a staff directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de portée" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2851 msgid "Select a voice directive" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de voix" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2988 msgid "ScoreDirectives" msgstr "Instructions de portée" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2989 msgid "Score Header Block Directives" msgstr "Instructions de l'entête de partition" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2990 msgid "Score Paper Block Directives" msgstr "Instructions de bloc papier" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2991 ../src/lilydirectives.c:3054 msgid "Movement Header Block Directives" msgstr "Instruction d'entête de morceau" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:2992 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Layout Directives" msgid "Layout Block Directives" msgstr "Instructions de mise en page" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:3052 msgid "Layout Directives" msgstr "Instructions de mise en page" #: ../src/lilydirectives.c:3053 msgid "Movement Directives" msgstr "Instructions de morceau" #: ../src/lyric.c:34 msgid "" "The text of a verse can be typed or pasted here. The space between syllables determines which syllable goes beneath which note(s).\n" "New lines have no special significance for this. Slurs on notes make them take only one syllable. Use the underscore _ for blank syllables and the hyphen - for extending syllables." msgstr "" "Le texte d'un couplet peut être entré ou collé ici. L'espace entre les syllabes détermine quelle syllabe est placée sous quelle note(s).\n" "Les retours chariot n'ont pas de réelle importance ici. Les notes liées ne comptent que pour une syllabe. Utilisez le sous-tiret ( _ ) pour les syllabes vides et le tiret ( - ) pour étendre une syllabe." #: ../src/main.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited, pid = %d, exit status = %d\n" msgstr "Parent : sortie du fils, pid = %d, état de sortie %d\n" #: ../src/main.c:82 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child terminated by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Parent : fils terminé par un signal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/main.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child stopped by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Parent : fils arrêté par un signal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/main.c:92 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited magically, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Parent : fin magique du fils, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/main.c:141 msgid "Process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:141 msgid "path" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:142 msgid "Process scheme commands from system file on file open" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile" msgid "file" msgstr "Profil" #: ../src/main.c:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update the command set on startup" msgid "Process the scheme on startup" msgstr "Mettre à jour le jeu de commandes au démarrage" #: ../src/main.c:143 msgid "scheme" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:144 msgid "Abort on scheme errors" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:145 msgid "Don't log any message" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:146 msgid "Display every messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:147 msgid "Launch Denemo without GUI" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:148 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:149 msgid "Audio driver options" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:149 ../src/main.c:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Pop Position" msgid "options" msgstr "Dépiler la position" #: ../src/main.c:150 msgid "Midi driver options" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:151 msgid "[FILE]..." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ?" msgid " " msgstr "?" #: ../src/main.c:155 ../src/main.c:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "GNU Denemo version " msgid "GNU Denemo version" msgstr "" "\n" "GNU Denemo version" #: ../src/main.c:156 msgid "" "Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n" "It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting.\n" "Denemo is part of the GNU project." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor\n" msgid "" "Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n" "GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor" msgstr "" "\n" "GNU Denemo, un éditeur de partitions musicales libre\n" #: ../src/main.c:176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Version" msgid "Gtk version" msgstr "Version" #: ../src/main.c:177 msgid "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2013 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:178 msgid "This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:179 msgid "This software may be redistributed and modified under the terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:234 msgid "You may need to set GUILE_LOAD_PATH to the directory where you have ice9 installed\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:436 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Could not start Audio input" msgid "Could not start graphical interface." msgstr "Impossible de démarrer l'entrée audio" #: ../src/measureops.c:209 msgid "removemeasures: received request to delete more measures than exist. Junking request." msgstr "removemeasures : reçu demande de suppression de plus de mesures qu'il n'en existe. Poubellisation de la demande." #: ../src/midi.c:941 msgid "Not exiting the previous MIDI capture loop" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:587 msgid "Dragging line separator." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:587 msgid "This will allow the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:606 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse Note Insertion" msgid "Double Click Note Onset" msgstr "Insertion de notes à la souris" #: ../src/mousing.c:606 msgid "" "This represents detected note onsets which occur\n" "before the start of the score.\n" "If they are just noise,\n" "or if you are working on just a portion of the audio that is ok.\n" "Otherwise drag with left mouse button to synchronize\n" "with the start of the score." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:617 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Left Drag" msgid "Left Drag Note Onset" msgstr "Tirer clic gauche" #: ../src/mousing.c:617 msgid "" "This moves the audio to synchronize the start with the score.\n" "You can use the Leadin button for this too." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:619 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Right Drag" msgid "Right Drag Note Onset" msgstr "Tirer clic droit" #: ../src/mousing.c:619 msgid "" "This changes the tempo of the score.\n" "Use this to synchronize the beat after setting the start" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:655 ../src/mousing.c:678 ../src/mousing.c:720 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cursor Left" msgid "Press Left." msgstr "Aller à gauche" #: ../src/mousing.c:655 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure offscreen left. The display is shifted to place that measure on screen." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:678 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure off-screen right. The display is shifted to move the cursor to the middle." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:703 msgid "Double Click on Click Track" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:703 msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:711 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Double" msgid "Double Click." msgstr "Double" #: ../src/mousing.c:711 msgid "This gives information about the object at the cursor. Click on a notehead for information about a note in a chord." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:720 msgid "This moved the cursor to the object position clicked. The cursor height becomes the clicked point." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:732 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initial Clef" msgid "Left on initial Clef." msgstr "Clé Initiale" #: ../src/mousing.c:732 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the only movement" msgid "This pops up the initial clef menu." msgstr "Ce morceau est le seul" #: ../src/mousing.c:744 msgid "Left Click on blue." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:744 msgid "This adds one sharp." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:751 msgid "Left Click on red." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:751 msgid "This adds one flat." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:759 msgid "Right Click on key." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:759 msgid "This pops up the key signature menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:768 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click to edit comment" msgid "Click on Time." msgstr "Cliquer pour éditer le commentaire" #: ../src/mousing.c:768 msgid "This pops up the time signature menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Staff Directives" msgid "Click on Staff Directives." msgstr "Instructions de la portée" #: ../src/mousing.c:785 msgid "This pops up the staff directives menu for editing" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Voice Directives" msgid "Click on Voice Directives." msgstr "Instructions des voix" #: ../src/mousing.c:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout" msgid "This pops up the voice directives menu for editing" msgstr "Éditer les instructions de voix pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/mousing.c:813 msgid "Right Click Appending." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:813 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the only movement" msgid "This pops up the append menu" msgstr "Ce morceau est le seul" #: ../src/mousing.c:854 msgid "Dragged line separator." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:854 msgid "This allows the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:887 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:896 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:905 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:923 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:935 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "" #: ../src/mousing.c:943 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "" #: ../src/mwidthdialog.c:61 msgid "Set minimum measure width" msgstr "Largeur minimale des mesures" #: ../src/mwidthdialog.c:68 msgid "Enter width (in pixels) of measures:" msgstr "Largeur des mesures (en pixels) :" #: ../src/palettes.c:58 ../src/palettes.c:178 msgid "Destroy All Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:58 msgid "Get rid of all palettes permanently?" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:84 msgid "To edit this palette, dock/undock, hide etc, right click on a button and choose Edit Palette." msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give Comment" msgid "Give Limit" msgstr "Laissez un commentaire" #: ../src/palettes.c:136 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:4 msgid "Hide" msgstr "Masquer" #: ../src/palettes.c:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts" msgid "Make Horizontal" msgstr "Désactiver les décalage horizontaux activés" #: ../src/palettes.c:142 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:147 msgid "Make Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:148 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Critical Comment" msgid "Vertical Limit" msgstr "Commentaire critique" #: ../src/palettes.c:154 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Horizontal shift" msgid "Horizontal Limit" msgstr "Décalage horizontal" #: ../src/palettes.c:155 msgid "Set maximum extent vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:155 msgid "Set maximum extent horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:160 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Undo" msgid "Undock" msgstr "Annuler" #: ../src/palettes.c:160 msgid "Dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:161 msgid "Dock this palette in the main display" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:161 msgid "Undock this palette from the main display" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:166 msgid "Hide All Docked" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:167 msgid "Hide all the docked palettes" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:172 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hide Barlines" msgid "Hide All Palettes" msgstr "Masquer les barres de mesure" #: ../src/palettes.c:173 msgid "Hide all the palettes" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:179 msgid "Destroy all the palettes - this will save time at startup, and shorten the palette menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:192 #, c-format msgid "Overwrite script for button \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Get Script" msgid "Re-write Script" msgstr "Obtenir le script" #: ../src/palettes.c:236 #, fuzzy #| msgid "My Label" msgid "Write Label" msgstr "Mon étiquette" #: ../src/palettes.c:236 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu" msgid "Write a label for this button" msgstr "Entrez une étiquette pour le sous-menu" #: ../src/palettes.c:257 msgid "Write Tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:257 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give a version for this edition:" msgid "Write a tooltip for this button" msgstr "Entrez une version pour cette édition :" #: ../src/palettes.c:299 #, fuzzy #| msgid "My Label" msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Mon étiquette" #: ../src/palettes.c:300 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit this element for this layout" msgid "Edit the label of this button" msgstr "Éditer l'élément pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/palettes.c:304 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Text" msgid "Edit Tooltip" msgstr "Éditer le texte" #: ../src/palettes.c:305 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit this element for this layout" msgid "Edit the tooltip of this button" msgstr "Éditer l'élément pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/palettes.c:311 msgid "Copy to another Palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:312 msgid "Copy this button to another palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove note" msgid "Remove from Palette" msgstr "Supprimer une note" #: ../src/palettes.c:317 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove this element from this layout" msgid "Remove this button from this palette" msgstr "Supprime cet élément de la mise en page" #: ../src/palettes.c:321 ../src/view.c:3145 msgid "Get Script" msgstr "Obtenir le script" #: ../src/palettes.c:322 msgid "Places the script that this button executes into the Scheme window" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Put Edit Script" msgid "Put Script" msgstr "Définir un script d'édition" #: ../src/palettes.c:327 msgid "Uses the script in the Scheme Window as the one that this button executes when clicked" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:331 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move to Staff Up" msgid "Move to Start" msgstr "Aller à la portée supérieure" #: ../src/palettes.c:332 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move the Cursor to the end of the measure" msgid "Moves this button to the start of the palette" msgstr "Aller à la fin de la mesure" #: ../src/palettes.c:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move to E" msgid "Move to End" msgstr "Aller au Mi" #: ../src/palettes.c:337 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move the Cursor to the end of the measure" msgid "Moves this button to the end of the palette" msgstr "Aller à la fin de la mesure" #: ../src/palettes.c:341 msgid "Edit this Palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:342 msgid "Edits the palette containing this button" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Duplicate Name" msgid "Palette Name" msgstr "Nom dupliqué" #: ../src/palettes.c:490 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give text for tagline" msgid "Give name for Palette: " msgstr "Entrez le texte du sous-titre" #: ../src/palettes.c:490 msgid "MyPalette" msgstr "" #: ../src/palettes.c:504 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Customize" msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personnaliser" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1404 msgid "flatten " msgstr "bémol" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1413 msgid "sharpen" msgstr "dièse" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1434 msgid "Set the musical temperament (tuning) to be used for playback." msgstr "Définissez le tempérament musical à utiliser à la lecture." #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1523 msgid "Overlay Pitches" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1539 ../src/print.h:13 msgid "Continuous" msgstr "Mise à jour auto." #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Volume" msgid "Click Volume" msgstr "Volume" #. spinners to select silence, threshold, smoothing #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1584 msgid "Pitch Recognition Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1592 msgid "Silence" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1602 msgid "Threshold" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1612 msgid "Smoothing" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1619 msgid "Onset" msgstr "" #. spinners to constrain the note values #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1631 msgid "Note validation criteria" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1639 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Shift Pitch" msgid "Lowest Pitch" msgstr "Changer la hauteur" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1649 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Shift Pitch" msgid "Highest Pitch" msgstr "Changer la hauteur" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1659 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Intro" msgid "Greatest Interval" msgstr "Crée une introduction" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Input device" msgid "Input handling" msgstr "Périphérique d'entrée" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1678 msgid "Disable repeated notes" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1688 msgid "Delay" msgstr "" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1695 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Measure" msgid "Frequency Measurement" msgstr "Sélectionner la mesure" #: ../src/pitchentry.c:1700 msgid "Frequency smoothing" msgstr "" #: ../src/playback.c:117 msgid "Play range in seconds:" msgstr "Fréquence de jeu en secondes :" #. g_list_length (((DenemoStaff *) (gui->movement->thescore->data))->measures); #: ../src/playback.c:128 msgid "Play from time" msgstr "Jouer à partir du temps" #: ../src/playback.c:135 ../src/print.c:572 msgid "to" msgstr "vers" #: ../src/playbackprops.c:57 msgid "Playback properties" msgstr "Propriétés de lecture" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:390 msgid "Preferences - Denemo" msgstr "Préferences - Denemo" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:501 msgid "Highlight the cursor" msgstr "Surligner le curseur" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:503 msgid "Display general toolbar" msgstr "Afficher la barre d'outils générale" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:505 msgid "Display Controls for Incoming MIDI signals" msgstr "Afficher les contrôles pour les signaux MIDI entrants." #: ../src/prefdialog.c:506 msgid "Display Controls for Playback" msgstr "Afficher les contrôles de lecture" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:508 msgid "Display console pane" msgstr "Afficher la console" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:509 msgid "Display lyrics pane" msgstr "Afficher les paroles" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:510 #, fuzzy msgid "Display titles, controls etc" msgstr "Afficher les titres, contrôles etc." #: ../src/prefdialog.c:512 msgid "Display Music Snippets" msgstr "Afficher les fragments" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:513 msgid "Display menu of objects toolbar" msgstr "Afficher la barre de menus d'objets musicaux." #: ../src/prefdialog.c:515 #, no-c-format msgid "% Zoom" msgstr "% de zoom" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:517 #, no-c-format msgid "% of display height per system" msgstr "% de taille d'affichage par système." #. #. * Pitch Entry Parameters #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:522 msgid "Pitch Entry" msgstr "Hauteur de l'entrée" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:524 msgid "Temperament" msgstr "Tempérament" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:524 msgid "Use Overlays" msgstr "Utiliser des surcouches" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:525 msgid "Continuous Entry" msgstr "Entrée continue" #. #. * Preferences to do with commands #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:530 msgid "Command Behavior" msgstr "Comportement de la commande" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:531 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Profil" #. TEXTENTRY(_("Strict"), strictshortcuts) #: ../src/prefdialog.c:533 msgid "Apply commands to selection if present" msgstr "Appliquer les commandes à la sélection" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:534 msgid "Allow Quick Setting of Shortcuts" msgstr "Paramétrage rapide des raccourcis" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:537 msgid "Strict Shortcuts" msgstr "Raccourcis stricts" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:538 msgid "Menu Navigation by Keypress" msgstr "Navigation dans les menus par l'appui de touches" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:539 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Treat Return key as movable shortcut" msgid "Treat Return key as Movable Shortcut" msgstr "Considérer la touche entrée comme un raccourci éditable" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:540 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turn on all tooltips" msgid "Turn on all Tooltips" msgstr "Désactive toutes les infobulles" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:541 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Shortcuts" msgid "Show Shortcuts Used" msgstr "Raccourcis claviers" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:542 msgid "Tooltip timeout in ms. (0 to use system preference)" msgstr "Temps d'affichage des infobulles. (0 pour la valeur par défaut)" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:543 msgid "Tooltip browse timeout in ms" msgstr "Temps d'affichage des infobulles" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:544 msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout in ms" msgstr "Temps d'affichage des infobulles en mode navigation" #. #. * External (Helper) Programs #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:548 msgid "Externals" msgstr "Programmes Externes" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Path to Lilypond" msgstr "Chemin d'accès à LilyPond" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "File/Internet Browser" msgstr "Navigateur de fichier et de pages web" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Lecteur d'images" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "Lecteur audio" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Default Font Specification" msgstr "Police" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Default Save Path" msgstr "Chemin de sauvegarde par défaut" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:550 msgid "Update the command set on startup" msgstr "Mettre à jour le jeu de commandes au démarrage" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:554 msgid "Auto-Typeset" msgstr "Rendu automatique" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:558 msgid "Manually update the typeset score" msgstr "Mise à jour manuelle du rendu de la partition" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:559 msgid "Rate of re-typeset in ms" msgstr "Fréquence de mise à jour en ms" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:560 #, fuzzy msgid "Type: (0=Range, 1=Movement, 2=Whole Score)" msgstr "Type: (0=Gamme, 1=Morceau, 2=Partition)" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:561 msgid "Measures before cursor" msgstr "Mesures avant le curseur" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:562 msgid "Measures after cursor" msgstr "Mesures après le curseur" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:563 msgid "Staffs before cursor" msgstr "Portées avant le curseur" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:564 msgid "Staffs after cursor" msgstr "Portées après le curseur" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:568 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:569 msgid "Re-use last settings on startup" msgstr "Réutiliser les derniers paramètre au démarrage" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:570 msgid "Playback Display Refresh" msgstr "Mettre à jour la vue lecture" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:571 msgid "Page Turn Steps" msgstr "Étapes de saut de page" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:575 msgid "Excerpt Resolution" msgstr "Résolution de l'extrait" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:576 msgid "Enable Thumbnails" msgstr "Activer les miniatures" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:577 msgid "Max recent files" msgstr "Nombre maximum de fichiers récents" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:577 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:577 msgid "Password for Denemo.org" msgstr "Mot de passe sur www.denemo.org" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:581 msgid "Autosave every" msgstr "Sauvegarder chaque" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:590 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "minute(s)" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:594 msgid "Autosave Parts" msgstr "Sauvegarde automatique" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:598 msgid "Audio/MIDI" msgstr "Audio/MIDI" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:600 msgid "Play back entered notes immediately" msgstr "Jouer immédiatement chaque note entrée" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:601 msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel" msgstr "Canal de pitch spelling" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:602 msgid "Pitch Spelling Program" msgstr "Programme de pitch spelling" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:604 msgid "Rhythm Entry for MIDI in" msgstr "Rythmique de l'entrée MIDI" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:606 msgid "% MIDI-in Dynamic Compression" msgstr "% de compression dynamique de l'entrée MIDI" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:632 msgid "Connect to port (left)" msgstr "Connecter au port gauche" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:633 msgid "Connect to port (right)" msgstr "Connecter au port droit" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:657 ../src/prefdialog.c:718 msgid "Output device" msgstr "Périphérique de sortie" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:660 msgid "Sample rate" msgstr "Taux d’échantillonnage" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:661 msgid "Period size" msgstr "Durée" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:662 msgid "Maximum Recording Time (Secs)" msgstr "" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:680 msgid "MIDI backend" msgstr "Backend MIDI" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:694 msgid "Connect input to port" msgstr "Connecter l'entrée au port" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:695 msgid "Connect output to port" msgstr "Connecter la sortie au port" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:717 msgid "Input device" msgstr "Périphérique d'entrée" #. #. * FluidSynth settings #. #: ../src/prefdialog.c:735 msgid "Soundfont" msgstr "Banque de son" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:737 msgid "Choose Soundfont" msgstr "Choisir une banque de sons" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:744 msgid "Enable Reverb on soundfont" msgstr "Activer la réverbération sur la banque de sons" #: ../src/prefdialog.c:744 msgid "Enable Chorus on soundfont" msgstr "Activer le chorus sur la banque de sons" #: ../src/prefops.c:41 msgid "Denemo Upgrade" msgstr "" #: ../src/prefops.c:41 msgid "Re-use your old preferences and shortcuts?" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "String Number" msgid "Spurious line number" msgstr "Numéro de la corde" #: ../src/print.c:330 msgid "" "Could not execute lilypond - check Edit->preferences → externals → lilypond setting\n" "and lilypond installation" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:432 #, fuzzy #| msgid "TypesettingOn" msgid "Denemo Typesetting" msgstr "Rendu désactivé" #: ../src/print.c:436 msgid "Already doing a print" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:436 msgid "Kill that one off and re-start?" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:556 msgid "Print Excerpt Range" msgstr "Afficher la tessiture de l'extrait" #: ../src/print.c:565 msgid "Print from Measure" msgstr "Imprimer à partir de la mesure" #: ../src/print.c:617 #, c-format msgid "" "A PNG file has been created at: %s\n" "If you have an external viewer available (see Edit → Change Preferences → Externals → Image Viewer)\n" "then it will be displayed with that program." msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:640 msgid "Your pdf file has now been created" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:799 msgid "A range of music is selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:799 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Preview" msgid "Print whole file?" msgstr "Rendu final" #: ../src/print.c:803 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the only movement" msgid "This piece has several movements" msgstr "Ce morceau est le seul" #: ../src/print.c:803 msgid "Print this part from all of them?" msgstr "" #: ../src/print.c:823 msgid "No selection to print" msgstr "Pas de sélection à imprimer" #. FIXME set via gub #: ../src/print.h:12 msgid "Manual Updates" msgstr "Mise à jour manuelle" #: ../src/printview.c:260 msgid "Possibly Invalid" msgstr "Possiblement invalide" #: ../src/printview.c:261 msgid "Cursor not moved." msgstr "Curseur non déplacé." #: ../src/printview.c:264 msgid "Check Score." msgstr "Vérifier la partition." #: ../src/printview.c:265 msgid "Cursor may have moved to error point in the score." msgstr "Le curseur a pu se déplacer jusqu'à un point d'erreur dans la partition." #: ../src/printview.c:268 msgid "INVALID!" msgstr "Invalide !" #: ../src/printview.c:269 msgid "LilyPond could not typeset this score." msgstr "LilyPond ne peut pas calculer le rendu de cette partition." #: ../src/printview.c:288 ../src/printview.c:2280 msgid "Current Movement" msgstr "Morceau courant" #: ../src/printview.c:290 msgid "Excerpt Only" msgstr "Extrait seulement" #: ../src/printview.c:816 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends" msgstr "Maintenant, sélectionnez la tête de note où termine la liaison de phrasé" #: ../src/printview.c:816 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends" msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the tie ends" msgstr "Sélectionner maintenant la tête de note où la ligature termine." #: ../src/printview.c:816 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends" msgstr "Sélectionner maintenant la tête de note où la ligature termine." #: ../src/printview.c:821 ../src/printview.c:1827 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Tirez les marqueurs de début et de fin pour indiquer la direction et l'angle de la liaison.\n" "Clic droit quand terminé" #: ../src/printview.c:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n" #| "Right click when done." msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest tie position\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Tirez les marqueurs de début et de fin pour indiquer la direction et l'angle de la liaison.\n" "Clic droit quand terminé" #: ../src/printview.c:821 ../src/printview.c:1827 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to set position/angle of beam\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Tirez les marqueurs de début et de fin pour indiquer la direction et l'angle de la ligature.\n" "Clic droit quand terminé" #: ../src/printview.c:1060 msgid "PDF creation" msgstr "Création de fichiers PDF" #: ../src/printview.c:1084 #, c-format msgid "" "Errno %d:\n" "Could not copy %s to %s. Perhaps because some other process is using the destination file. Try again with a new location\n" msgstr "" "Erreur n°%d :\n" "Impossible de copier %s vers %s. Un autre processus utilise peut-être le fichier de destination. Réessayez à un autre endroit.\n" #: ../src/printview.c:1250 msgid "Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Angle et position de la liaison" #: ../src/printview.c:1250 msgid "Repeat Slur Positioning Hint?" msgstr "Répéter le paramétrage des positions des liaisons ?" #: ../src/printview.c:1261 msgid "Slur Shape" msgstr "Forme de la liaison" #: ../src/printview.c:1261 msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?" msgstr "Répéter la mise en forme de la liaison ?" #: ../src/printview.c:1279 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Slur Shape" msgid "Tie Shape" msgstr "Forme de la liaison" #: ../src/printview.c:1279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?" msgid "Repeat Shaping Tie?" msgstr "Répéter la mise en forme de la liaison ?" #: ../src/printview.c:1518 msgid "Operation Cancelled" msgstr "Opération annulée" #: ../src/printview.c:1535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to replace it?" msgid "Do not know what to repeat" msgstr "Voulez-vous le remplacer ?" #: ../src/printview.c:1547 msgid "" "To tweak the positions of objects (and more) move the mouse until the hand pointer appears\n" "Click on the object and follow the prompts.\n" "For beams, click on the notehead of the note where the beam starts." msgstr "" "Pour ajuster les positions des objets (et plus), déplacez la souris jusqu'à ce que le pointeur « main » apparraisse.\n" "Cliquez sur l'objet et suivez les indications.\n" "Pour les ligatures, cliquez sur les têtes des notes aux extrémités." #: ../src/printview.c:1565 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Appliquer" #: ../src/printview.c:1576 msgid "Help for Tweaks" msgstr "Aide pour les ajustements." #: ../src/printview.c:1577 msgid "This window can be used to tweak the typesetting that LilyPond does in the case that it is not optimal" msgstr "Cette fenêtre peut être utilisée pour paramétrer le rendu LilyPond dans le cas non optimal." #: ../src/printview.c:1581 msgid "Red dots and crosses (Off/On)" msgstr "Points et croix rouges (Off/On)" #: ../src/printview.c:1582 msgid "" "The exact positions of the graphical components of the score will be labelled with red dots\n" "and the control points for curves with red crosses for accurate tweaks\n" "Turn these off before printing!" msgstr "" "La position exacte des éléments graphiques sera annotée de points rouges et des points de contrôle des courbes, avec des croix rouges, pour un paramétrage précis.\n" "À désactiver avant impression" #: ../src/printview.c:1586 msgid "Score Size" msgstr "Taille de la partition" #. never true #: ../src/printview.c:1592 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Reprise" #: ../src/printview.c:2232 msgid "Measures before cursor:" msgstr "Mesures avant le curseur :" #: ../src/printview.c:2241 msgid "Measures after cursor:" msgstr "Mesures après le curseur :" #: ../src/printview.c:2252 msgid "Staffs before cursor:" msgstr "Portées avant le curseur :" #: ../src/printview.c:2260 msgid "Staffs after cursor:" msgstr "Portées après le curseur :" #. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1); #. gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); #: ../src/printview.c:2275 msgid "All Movements" msgstr "Tous les morceaux" #: ../src/printview.c:2277 msgid "If checked the current layout is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Si coché le rendu de la mise en page est rafraîchi à chaque changement" #: ../src/printview.c:2282 msgid "If checked the current movement is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Si coché, le rendu du morceau courant sera recalculé à chaque changement." #: ../src/printview.c:2286 msgid "Cursor Context" msgstr "Contexte du curseur" #: ../src/printview.c:2288 msgid "If checked the range around the current cursor position is re-typeset at every change or when the cursor moves out of range." msgstr "Si coché le champ autour du curseur est recalculé à chaque changement, ou quand le curseur sort du champ." #: ../src/printview.c:2314 msgid "Set background updates on/off." msgstr "Activer ou désactiver les mises à jour en arrière plan." #: ../src/printview.c:2318 msgid "Range" msgstr "Tessiture" #: ../src/printview.c:2319 msgid "Set how much of the score to re-draw." msgstr "Définit quelle partie de la partition sera redessinée." #: ../src/printview.c:2337 msgid "Set background updater on/off. This controls if typesetting is re-done after each change to the music. The amount of the score to be re-typeset can be set via this button." msgstr "Active ou désactive la mise à jour en arrière plan. Cela contrôle si le calcul de le rendu est effectué à chaque changement sur la partition. Le nombre de partition à mettre à jour peut être défini via ce bouton." #: ../src/printview.c:2369 msgid "Pops up a Print dialog. From this you can send your typeset score to a printer or to a PDF file." msgstr "Affiche une fenêtre de dialogue, à partir de laquelle vous pouvez envoyer votre rendu à une imprimante ou vers un fichier PDF." #: ../src/printview.c:2373 msgid "PDF" msgstr "PDF" #: ../src/printview.c:2374 msgid "Exports a pdf file for this layout" msgstr "Exporter un fichier PDF de cette mise en page" #: ../src/printview.c:2378 ../src/scorelayout.c:570 msgid "Typeset" msgstr "Rendu" #: ../src/printview.c:2380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typesets the music using the default score layout. See View->Score Layouts to see other layouts you have created." msgid "Typesets the music using the one of the created layouts. See View → Score Layouts to see the layouts you have created." msgstr "Calcule le rendu de la musique en utilisant la mise en page par défaut. Voir « Affichage → Mises en page » pour voir quelles mises en page vous avez créé." #: ../src/printview.c:2385 ../src/scorelayout.c:1865 ../src/utils.c:1860 msgid "Movement" msgstr "Morceau" #: ../src/printview.c:2386 msgid "Typesets the music from the current movement. This creates a score layout comprising one movement." msgstr "Calcule le rendu du morceau courant. Cela crée une mise en page comprenant un morceau." #: ../src/printview.c:2390 msgid "Part" msgstr "Partie" #: ../src/printview.c:2391 msgid "Typesets the music from the current part for all movements. A part is all the music with the same staff-name. This creates a score layout with one part, all movements." msgstr "Calcule le rendu de la partie courante sur tous les morceaux. Une « partie » rassemble toutes les portées ayant le même nom. Cela crée une mise en page de partition avec une seule partie, répartie sur plusieurs morceaux." #: ../src/printview.c:2395 ../src/scorelayout.c:606 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Rafraîchir" #: ../src/printview.c:2396 msgid "Re-issues the last print command. Use this after modifying the file to repeat the typesetting." msgstr "Rappelle la dernière commande d'impression. À utiliser après modification du fichier pour obtenir le même rendu." #: ../src/printview.c:2407 msgid "Duplex" msgstr "Duplex" #: ../src/printview.c:2408 msgid "Shows pages side by side, so you can see page turns for back-to-back printing\n" msgstr "Affiche les pages côte à côte, afin que vous visualisiez le changement de page avant une impression recto-verso\n" #: ../src/printview.c:2412 msgid "Next" msgstr "Suivant" #: ../src/printview.c:2413 msgid "Move to the next page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Aller à la pages suivante - vous pouvez aussi utiliser le défilement de la souris, et zoomer avec la touche Ctrl" #: ../src/printview.c:2416 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Précédent" #: ../src/printview.c:2417 msgid "Move to the previous page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Aller à la pages précédente - vous pouvez aussi utiliser le défilement de la souris, et zoomer avec la touche Ctrl" #. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset) #. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_vbox), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window)); #: ../src/printview.c:2425 msgid "Denemo Print View" msgstr "Aperçu avant impression" #: ../src/printview.c:2447 msgid "" "This window shows the final typeset score from which you can print or (via print to file) create a PDF document.\n" "This will be continuously updated while you edit the music in the main window.\n" "In this Print View window you can click on a note to move to that place in the main Denemo display window. The right-click to get a menu of \"tweaks\" which you can apply to drag slurs, beams etc if they are not quite right.\n" "Note: It can take some time to generate a beautifully typeset score, especially for a large score on a slow machine so choose just a range to be continually updated in that case, or turn off continuous update." msgstr "" "Cette fenêtre présente le rendu de votre partition, que vous pouvez imprimer ou exporter en PDF.\n" "Elle sera mise à jour continuellement lorsque vous éditerez la partition à partir de la fenêtre principale.\n" "Dans cette fenêtre vous pouvez cliquer sur une note et la déplacer, ce qui aura un effet immédiat dans la fenêtre principale de Denemo. Le clic droit affiche un menu d'outils qui vous permet d'allonger les liaisons, ligatures etc. si elles ne vous conviennent pas.\n" "Note : L'aperçu peut prendre un peu de temps, surtout pour les partitions conséquentes sur de petites machines. Dans ce cas désactivez la mise à jour instantanée." #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:743 msgid "Destroying Customized Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:743 msgid "Remove buttons and other customized scheme on startup?" msgstr "" #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3066 msgid "Paste Current Snippet" msgstr "Coller le fragment courant" #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3067 msgid "" "Pastes the music captured in the currently selected Snippet into the text at the cursor. The music appears here in the LilyPond typesetter syntax between two markers (§). It will print as typeset music embedded in the sentence you are writing.\n" "You can edit the syntax, taking care to leave the markers in position. If you delete one marker be sure to delete the other.\n" msgstr "" "Colle la musique enregistrée dans le fragment sélectionné dans le texte sélectionné. La musique apparait entre deux marqueurs (§) dans LilyPond. Cela sera affiché comme un aperçu intégré dans une phrase que vous écrivez.\n" "Vous pouvez éditer la syntaxe, en faisant attention à laisser les marqueurs en place. Si vous supprimez un marqueur, n'oubliez pas de supprimer le marqueur correspondant.\n" #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted. To see the music snippets you need to check View->Snippets\n" #| "The one selected is in bold black." msgid "" "Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted. To see the music snippets you need to check View → Snippets\n" "The one selected is in bold black." msgstr "" "Faire du fragment suivant celui à coller. Pour voir les fragments musicaux, allez dans « Affichage → Fragments >\n" ".Le fragment sélectionné est en grave noir." #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3133 msgid "Script error, wrong parameter type to d-InfoDialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/scheme-callbacks.c:3396 msgid "Already in a padding dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:207 ../src/scorelayout.c:1072 #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1133 msgid "This button is for changing the score itself, it will not affect this custom layout" msgstr "Ce bouton permet l'édition de la partition elle-même, cela n'affectera pas la mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:343 msgid "New Score Layout" msgstr "Nouvelle mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:343 msgid "Give a name for this new score layout" msgstr "Entrez un nom pour la nouvelle mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:343 msgid "Custom Layout" msgstr "Mise en page personnalisée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Custom Layout" msgid "Customize Layout" msgstr "Mise en page personnalisée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Standard Score Layout" msgid "Replace Standard Layout?" msgstr "Crée une mise en page standard" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:540 msgid "" "This layout will be used in place of the standard one, unless you delete it.\n" "Any new staffs added to the score will not appear in it unless you edit it." msgstr "" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:566 msgid "Actions for this Layout" msgstr "Actions pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:571 msgid "Typeset the score using this layout to determine which movements, parts, titles, page breaks etc should be used" msgstr "Calcule le rendu de la partition en utilisant cette mise en page pour déterminer quels morceaux, parties, titres, sauts de page etc. seront utilisés" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:580 msgid "Edit LilyPond Text of Layout" msgstr "Entrez le texte LilyPond de la mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:581 msgid "Opens the LilyPond window for further editing." msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre LilyPond pour des éditions supplémentaires." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:584 msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "Dupliquer" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:585 msgid "Create a duplicate of this layout." msgstr "Crée un duplicata de cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:593 msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text" msgstr "Convertir en texte LilyPond" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:594 msgid "Converts this layout to LilyPond text for further editing." msgstr "Converti cette mise en page en code LilyPond pour une édition approfondie." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:600 msgid "Discard this customized score layout." msgstr "Annuler cette mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:607 msgid "Re-calculate this layout to incorporate changes made to the score structure." msgstr "Re-générer cette mise en page pour y incorporer les modifications faites dans la structure de la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:611 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Personnaliser" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:612 msgid "Create a layout from this standard layout that you can then modify." msgstr "Crée une mise en page à partir de celle par défaut." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:616 msgid "Discard this standard score layout." msgstr "Annuler cette mise en page personnalisée par standard." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:747 msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout" msgstr "Éditer les instructions de voix pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:752 msgid "" "Delete this voice from the score layout\n" "Note that if it is the first voice the clef time and keysignatures will be deleted too." msgstr "" "Supprime cette voix de la mise en page.\n" "Notez que si c'est la première voix, la clé, l'armure et signature rythmique seront supprimées aussi." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:757 msgid "Initial Signatures" msgstr "Armure initiale" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:761 msgid "Click here to view and edit the clef, key and time signatures of this staff" msgstr "Cliquer ici pour afficher et éditer la clé, l'armure et la signature rythmique de cette portée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:767 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the clef. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Éditer la définition LilyPond de la clé. L'édition n'affectera que cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:772 msgid "Key" msgstr "Armure" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:773 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the key signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Éditer la définition LilyPond de l'armure. L'édition n'affectera que cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:778 msgid "Time" msgstr "Métrique" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:779 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the time signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Éditer la définition LilyPond de la métrique. L'édition n'affectera que cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:789 msgid "The clef, time and key signatures attached to other voices are ignored, only the primary one has effect" msgstr "La clé, l'armure et la signature rythmique des autres voix seront ignorées, seules celles de la voix principale auront effet." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:792 msgid "Music for " msgstr "Musique pour " #: ../src/scorelayout.c:794 msgid "" "The actual notes live here. You can only edit these in the main Denemo display.\n" "However you can place conditional directives that are to be used only when using this layout. For example page breaks just for this layout can be placed at points in the music.\n" "Click here to move the Denemo cursor to the start of this music." msgstr "" "Les notes réelles sont affichées ici. Vous ne pouvez les éditer que depuis l'affichage principal.\n" "Cependant vous pouvez placer des instructions conditionnelles qui ne seront utilisées que dans cette mise en page. Par exemple, des sauts de page ne s'appliquant qu'à cette mise en page peuvent être placées à des endroits de cette partition.\n" "Cliquez ici pour déplacer le curseur au début de la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:800 msgid "Substitute" msgstr "Substitut" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:801 msgid "" "Substitute the music of this staff with the music of another staff.\n" "For example changing \\MvmntIVoiceI to \\MvmntIVoiceII will change the music from that of the first to the second staff. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "" "Substitue les notes de cette portée par celle d'une autre portée.\n" "Par exemple changer \\MvmntIVoiceI par \\MvmntIVoiceII remplacera les notes actuelles par celle de la seconde portée. L'édition n'affecte que cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:817 msgid "Drop this lyric part from the score layout" msgstr "Supprime ce morceau de la mise en page de la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:825 msgid "Move this lyric part above the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Déplace l'élément vers le haut pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:829 msgid "Move this lyric part below the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Déplace l'élément vers le haut pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:907 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:32 msgid "Edit LilyPond" msgstr "LilyPond" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:907 msgid "" "Edit this using LilyPond syntax\n" "The editing applies just to this score layout" msgstr "Éditer la définition LilyPond de la clé. L'édition n'affectera que cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:950 msgid "Edit this element for this layout" msgstr "Éditer l'élément pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:954 msgid "Move this element upwards for this score layout" msgstr "Déplace l'élément vers le haut pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:958 msgid "Move this element downwards for this score layout" msgstr "Déplace l'élément vers le bas pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:962 msgid "Remove this element from this layout" msgstr "Supprime cet élément de la mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:984 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:489 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break" msgstr "Saut de page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:985 msgid "This forces a new page, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Cela force la création d'une nouvelle page. Utile pour éviter les changements de page.\n" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:996 msgid "Blank Page" msgstr "Page vide" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:997 msgid "This prints a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Crée intentionnellement une page vide. Utile pour éviter les changements de page.\n" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1009 msgid "" "This lets you insert your own titles etc just for this layout.\n" "For book titles use \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n" "Simple titles are not placed here, but appear in a header block at the end of the movement.\n" "For other possible uses, see LilyPond manual." msgstr "" "Vous permet d'insérer vos propres titres etc. pour cette mise en page.\n" "Pour l'affichage de titres de livres utilisez \\titledPiece \\markup \"MonNom\"\n" "Les titres simples ne seront pas placés ici, mais apparaîtront dans un bloc d'entête à la fin du morceau.\n" " Pour les autres usages possibles, voir le manuel LilyPond." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1021 msgid "Create Page Break" msgstr "Créer un saut de page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1022 msgid "" "This inserts a page break, useful for avoiding page turns\n" "Move it before the title (using the up arrow) once created!" msgstr "" "Insertion d'un saut de page, utile pour éviter les changements de page.\n" "À placer avant le titre (utiliser la flèche haute) une fois créé." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1026 msgid "Create Blank Page" msgstr "Créer une page vide" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1027 msgid "This inserts a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns when printing on both sides of the paper" msgstr "Insère intentionnellement une page blanche, utile pour éviter un changement de page à l'impression recto-verso." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1032 msgid "This creates a LilyPond comment which you can then edit to give titles etc for this movment, applying just to this layout." msgstr "Cela crées un commentaire LilyPond qui vous pourrez éditer par la suite, pour donner des titres etc. à ce morceaux. Ne s'applique qu'à la mise en page actuelle." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1083 msgid "Movement Titles, Page Breaks etc" msgstr "Titres des morceaux, sauts de page, etc." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1084 msgid "In here are settings for the movement title, page breaks before the movement etc" msgstr "Ici sont les propriétés de titres du morceau, sauts de page avant le morceau etc." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1093 msgid "Create Titles for Movement" msgstr "Créer les titres du morceau" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1095 msgid "Set book titles for this movement in the score" msgstr "Définit les titres de livre pour ce morceau dans la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1098 msgid "Create for Custom Layout" msgstr "Créer pour la mise en page personnalisée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1099 msgid "Create page breaks, blank pages ...for this layout" msgstr "Crée des sauts de pages etc. pour cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1337 msgid "This brace connects together several staffs - you can delete it for a customized layout." msgstr "Cette accolade liera ensemble plusieurs portées - vous pouvez la supprimer dans une mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1355 msgid "Remove this staff brace from these staffs for a customized layout." msgstr "Supprime l'accolade de ces portées dans une mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1362 msgid "Extend this staff group upwards for customized layout." msgstr "Étend ce groupe de portées vers le haut dans une mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1366 msgid "Extend this staff group downwards for customized layout." msgstr "Étend ce groupe de portées vers le bas dans une mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1469 msgid "" "This shows the clef in the Denemo score - the actual clef printed may be modified by Directives attached to it.\n" "You can edit the clef for a custom layout - do this on the first voice on the staff." msgstr "" "Ceci affiche la clé dans la partition denemo - la clé réelle affichée peut être éditée en modifiant les instructions qui lui sont rattachées.\n" "Vous pouvez éditer la clé pour une mise en page personnalisée - ne le faire que sur la première voix de la portée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1473 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) above the preceding staff." msgstr "Déplacer cette portée et toutes ces voix avant la portée précédente." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1477 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) after the following staff." msgstr "Déplacer cette portée et toutes ses voix après la portée suivante." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1482 msgid "Remove this staff (with all its voices) for customized layout." msgstr "Supprime cette portée (et toutes ses voix) dans la mise en page personnalisée." #. things like transpose whole score etc #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1518 ../src/scorelayout.c:1547 msgid "The Staff" msgstr "La portée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1518 msgid "The Staffs" msgstr "Portées" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1520 msgid "This holds the staffs below which are the voices with the music." msgstr "Cela maintient les portées en dessous qui sont des voix de la musique." #. the reason these are outside the staff frame is it makes them appear above the staff #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1538 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Symbols" msgstr "Symboles d'accord" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1547 #, c-format msgid "Staff %d" msgstr "Portée %d" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1555 msgid "" "Click for a menu to position the Denemo cursor on this staff\n" "or to alter this staff for a customized layout" msgstr "Crée un menu pour positionner le curseur Denemo dans cette portée ou modifier cette portée pour une mise en page personnalisée." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1559 msgid "Move Denemo Cursor to this staff" msgstr "Déplace le curseur Denemo à cette portée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1560 msgid "This will move the Denemo Cursor to the start of this staff in this movement" msgstr "Cela déplacera le curseur Denemo au début de cette portée dans le morceau." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1566 msgid "Edit Staff Properties" msgstr "Propriétés de la portée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1567 msgid "" "Edit the properties of the staff to customize this layout\n" "Take care only alter the obvious bits, such as instrument name etc\n" "Injudicious deletion of the LilyPond typesetting characters {<<# etc can make the layout unreadable by the LilyPond typesetter. Just delete the layout if you get stuck." msgstr "" "Éditer les propriétés de cette portée pour personnaliser cette mise en page.\n" "Faites attention à n'éditer que les parties évidentes, telles que le nom de l'instrument etc.\n" "Les suppressions non judicieuses des caractères de rendu LilyPond (« << », « # », etc.) peuvent rendre la mise en page illisible par LilyPond. Supprimez la mise en page si vous êtes bloqués." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1579 msgid "Set the initial clef for this staff in the score" msgstr "Changer la clé initiale" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1581 msgid "Set Staff Group Start/End" msgstr "Définir les débuts et fin du groupe de portées" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1584 msgid "" "The braces { and [ binding staffs together can be set here. Set the start on one staff and the end on a later staff.\n" "This is editing the score, not just customizing a layout.\n" "Refresh the layout view (see under Options for this Layout button at the top) once you have made the changes." msgstr "" "Les accolades et crochets liant les portées peuvent être définis ici. Placez le départ sur une portée, et la fin sur une autre.\n" "Cela édite la partition, pas seulement une mise en page personnalisée.\n" "Rafraîchissez la vue de mise en page (voir le bouton « Options de cette mise en page » en haut) une fois les changements effectués." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1612 msgid "Voice" msgstr "Voix" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1614 msgid "This holds the voice(s) of the staff - the clef, time signature, key signature and music are all here" msgstr "Cela maintient les voix ou les portées, clé, métrique, armure et musique sont tous là." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1713 ../src/scorelayout.c:1865 #, c-format msgid "Movement %d" msgstr "Morceau %d" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1734 msgid "Paper Block" msgstr "Bloc de papier" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1735 msgid "Settings for whole score: includes overall staff size, paper size ...\n" msgstr "Propriétés de la partition : taille des portées, taille du papier…\n" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1741 msgid "the paper block contents" msgstr "Le contenu du bloc papier" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1744 msgid "paper size" msgstr "Taille du papier" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1746 msgid "Global staff size" msgstr "Taille globale de portée" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1755 msgid "Score Titles" msgstr "Titres de la partition" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1758 msgid "" "Titles, layout settings, preferences etc for the whole score.\n" "Includes main title, composer, date, instrumentation, tagline" msgstr "" "Titres, réglages de mise en page, préférences etc. pour la partition.\n" "Cela inclut le titre principal, le compositeur, la date, l'instrumentation." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1766 msgid "Default tagline" msgstr "Sous-titre par défaut" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1788 msgid "Score Directives" msgstr "Instructions de partition" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1789 msgid "Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ..." msgstr "Inclusions de l'indentation avant la première mesure, inclusions de fichiers LilyPond …" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1812 msgid "Score-wide Settings." msgstr "Propriétés de la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1813 msgid "Setting the score title, composer, headers and footers for this layout" msgstr "Définit le titre de la partition, le compositeur, les entêtes et pieds de page pour cette mise en page." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1818 msgid "Create Book Titles" msgstr "Couverture de livre" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1821 msgid "Set book titles for the score" msgstr "Définit la couverture de livre de la partition" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1867 msgid "This contains the layout of the movement- the movement title, and the actual music itself" msgstr "Contient la mise en page de ce morceau - le titre du morceau, ainsi que les notes." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1876 msgid "Delete this movement from the score layout" msgstr "Supprime ce morceau de la mise en page de la partition." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1895 msgid "Header block" msgstr "Bloc d'entête" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1916 msgid "Layout block" msgstr "Bloc de mise en page" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:1937 msgid "Movement Epilog" msgstr "Épilogue du morceau" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:2299 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is a score layout - the brown buttons affect the score itself, not just the layout.\n" "The other buttons will customize the layout\n" "You can have several layouts and use them to print different versions of your score.\n" "Once customized e.g. by adding page breaks, deleting certain parts etc the layout will be saved with your score and can be used for printing from even though you may have made corrections to the music.\n" "Standard layouts are created by invoking the standard print commands - print, print part, print movement etc.\n" "These standard layouts provide a convenient starting point for your customized layouts.Note 1Custom layouts are not saved for further graphical editing, only the typesetting commands are saved, so, unless you are familiar with LilyPond do all your work on the layout in one session.Note 2The first comment in the LilyPond text of the layout holds the name of the layout. If you change it any conditional directives that are for the layout will need refreshing" msgstr "" "Mise en page de la partition - les boutons marrons affectent la partition elle-même, pas simplement la mise en page.\n" "Les autres boutons paramétreront la mise en page.\n" "Vous pouvez disposer de plusieurs mises en page et les utiliser pour produire différentes versions de votre partition.\n" "Une fois paramétrés (c'est à dire en ajoutant des sautes de page, supprimant certaines parties etc.) la mise en page sera enregistrée avec votre partition et pourra être utilisée au rendu même si vous avez apporté des modifications d'ici là.\n" "Les mises en page par défaut sont créées en appelant les commandes d'impression par défaut - imprimer, imprimer une partie, imprimer un morceau etc.\n" "Ces mises en page standard fournissent une bonne base pour paramétrer les vôtres. Note 1 : Les mises en pages personnalisées ne sont pas enregistrées pour les éditions graphiques à venir, seules les commandes de rendu sont enregistrées. De fait, à moins d'être à l'aise avec LilyPond, effectuez tout votre travail de mise en page en une session. Note 2 : Le premier commentaire contenu dans le code LilyPond contient le titre de la mise en page. Si vous le modifiez, toutes les instructions conditionnelles de la mise en page nécessiteront une mise à jour. " #: ../src/scorelayout.c:2797 msgid "" "The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window.\n" "You can safely delete this layout if you no longer need it\n" "(for example if you have made structural changes to the score\n" "not reflected in this layout)." msgstr "" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:2803 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n" #| "This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n" #| "Use the View->LilyPond window to do this.\n" #| "Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout." msgid "" "This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n" "This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n" "Use the View → LilyPond window to do this.\n" "Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout." msgstr "" "Ceci est une mise en page personnalisée, qui a été transformé en instructions pour le moteur de rendu LilyPond.\n" "C'est un formulaire dans lequel les mises en page personnalisées sont enregistrées avec la partition - l'interface graphique n'est plus disponible. Cependant, vous pouvez toujours modifier la mise en page en faisant attention (et avec une certaine compréhension de LilyPond).\n" "Sinon vous pouvez supprimer cette mise en page et en recréer une à partir d'une mise en page par défaut." #: ../src/scorelayout.c:2827 msgid "Custom Scoreblock" msgstr "Bloc de partition personnalisé" #: ../src/scorelayout.c:2919 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Actions for this Layout" msgid "Typesets this layout" msgstr "Actions pour cette mise en page" #: ../src/scoreops.c:114 #, c-format msgid "" "This is the current movement number %d\n" "Click on another button to change movements" msgstr "" #: ../src/scoreops.c:125 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Click to edit comment" msgid "Click to switch to movement number %d" msgstr "Cliquer pour éditer le commentaire" #: ../src/scoreops.c:259 msgid "This is the only movement" msgstr "Ce morceau est le seul" #: ../src/scoreops.c:260 msgid "Delete it and start over?" msgstr "Supprimer et recommencer ?" #: ../src/scoreops.c:272 #, c-format msgid "This is movement #%d" msgstr "Ce morceau est #%d" #: ../src/scoreops.c:273 msgid "Delete entire movement?" msgstr "Supprimer le morceau ?" #: ../src/scoreops.c:313 msgid "No such movement" msgstr "Pas de tel morceau" #: ../src/scoreops.c:325 msgid "No such voice" msgstr "Pas de telle voix" #: ../src/scoreops.c:331 msgid "No such measure" msgstr "Pas de telle mesure" #: ../src/scoreops.c:428 msgid "This is the last movement" msgstr "Ceci est le dernier morceau" #: ../src/scoreops.c:478 msgid "This is the first movement" msgstr "Ceci est le premier morceau" #: ../src/scoreops.c:589 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by Movement titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Une barre de boutons peut généralement être remplie par les titres de morceau et autres boutons générés par l'utilisateur.\n" "Généralement en cliquant sur un bouton vous pouvez éditer le titre ou la valeur, ou bien exécuter l'action du bouton." #: ../src/scoreprops.c:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog" msgid "Custom LilyPond Score Block" msgstr "Entête LilyPond des morceaux" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:58 msgid "" "You will need to edit the LilyPond text to copy these edits from the standard scoreblock.\n" "It might be easier to edit your custom scoreblock directly. Abandon?" msgstr "" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:130 msgid "Score properties" msgstr "Propriétés de la partition" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:142 msgid "Display Layout" msgstr "Mise en page" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:147 msgid "Measure width (pixels):" msgstr "Largeur des mesures (en pixels) :" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:155 msgid "Staff spacing (pixels):" msgstr "Espacement des portées (pixels) :" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:164 ../src/scoreprops.c:183 msgid "Paper Size" msgstr "Taille du papier" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:203 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:419 msgid "Font Size" msgstr "Taille de la police" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:209 msgid "Lilypond Version" msgstr "Version de LilyPond" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:215 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:6 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "Portrait" #: ../src/scoreprops.c:218 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "Paysage" #: ../src/sourceaudio.c:76 msgid "Analysing Audio" msgstr "" #: ../src/sourceaudio.c:228 msgid "Audio is not stereo - expect bad things!" msgstr "" #: ../src/sourceaudio.c:230 msgid "Audio does not have 44100 sample rate: this could be bad" msgstr "" #: ../src/sourceaudio.c:391 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open Source Audio" msgid "Open Audio Source File" msgstr "Ouvrir une piste audio" #: ../src/sourceaudio.c:409 msgid "Could not load the audio file. Note only stereo with sample rate 44100 are supported at present. Use Audacity or similar to convert." msgstr "" #: ../src/source.c:197 msgid "" "To place a link at the Denemo cursor position to a place in this document\n" "right-click on the place in this document.\n" "Later you will be able to re-open the document at this place by right clicking on the link in the Denemo display." msgstr "" #: ../src/staffops.c:311 #, c-format msgid "poly voice %d" msgstr "multivoix %d" #: ../src/staffops.c:313 ../src/view.c:668 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:23 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Sans nom" #: ../src/staffops.c:315 #, c-format msgid "voice %d" msgstr "voix %d" #: ../src/staffops.c:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You will need to alter the staff->properties->context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?" msgid "You will need to alter/delete the matching staff; Proceed?" msgstr "Vous devrez modifier la propriété « Contexte » de cette portée et de la précédente. Continuer ?" #: ../src/staffops.c:489 msgid "" "The staff deleted had a start/end context; if you still have the staff with the matching end/start context\n" " then you should remove it (or its context) now.\n" "See Staff->properties->context\n" "You will not be able to print with miss-matched contexts." msgstr "" #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:319 msgid "MIDI Instrument:" msgstr "Instrument MIDI :" #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:320 msgid "Transposition:" msgstr "Transposition :" #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:321 msgid "Always Full Volume" msgstr "Toujours plein volume" #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:322 msgid "Master Volume:" msgstr "Volume maître :" #. BOOLEANENTRY("Override MIDI Channel/Program", midi_prognum_override); #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:324 msgid "Channel:" msgstr "Canal :" #: ../src/staffpropdialog.c:325 msgid "Program:" msgstr "Programme :" #. no code for this yet - just edit textually #: ../src/timedialog.c:228 msgid "Change initial time signature" msgstr "Changer la métrique initiale" #: ../src/timedialog.c:228 msgid "Insert time signature change" msgstr "Insérer un changement de métrique" #: ../src/timedialog.c:236 msgid "Enter desired time signature:" msgstr "Entrer la métrique souhaitée :" #: ../src/timedialog.c:254 msgid "Current Staff Only" msgstr "Portée actuelle seulement" #: ../src/tomeasuredialog.c:48 msgid "Go to measure" msgstr "Aller à la mesure" #: ../src/tomeasuredialog.c:53 msgid "Go to measure:" msgstr "Aller à la mesure :" #: ../src/tupletops.c:70 msgid "Customize tuplet multiplier" msgstr "Personnaliser le n-olet" #: ../src/tupletops.c:75 msgid "Numerator" msgstr "Numérateur" #: ../src/tupletops.c:84 msgid "Denominator" msgstr "Dénominateur" #: ../src/utils.c:65 msgid "Could not create .denemo for you personal settings" msgstr "" #. FIXME this is only a hint; perhaps we should embed the progress bar in the status line... #: ../src/utils.c:276 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progression" #: ../src/utils.c:277 msgid "" "This indicates the the LilyPond typsetter is still working on setting the Denemo score. This can take a long time, particularly for polyphony where voices must not collide. You can continue editing while the typsetting is taking place.\n" "Kill this window if you want to re-start the typesetting e.g. after fixing a mistake you just spotted." msgstr "" "Cela indique que moteur de rendu LilyPond travaille toujours sur la partition. Cela peut prendre du temps, particulièrement pour les polyphonies où les voix ne doivent pas se chevaucher. Vous pouvez continuer l'édition pendant le calcul du rendu.\n" "Tuez cette fenêtre si vous voulez recalculer le rendu, par exemple pour corriger une erreur que vous venez juste de déceler." #: ../src/utils.c:1450 msgid "Error" msgstr "Erreur" #: ../src/utils.c:1527 #, c-format msgid "Directive for command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1529 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Directive Delete" msgid "Directive tagged: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Suppression d'instruction" #: ../src/utils.c:1531 ../src/utils.c:1732 #, c-format msgid "Menu location for this command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1533 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in prefix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1535 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in postfix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1537 #, c-format msgid "" "The help for the command that created this directive is:\n" "\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1569 msgid "The cursor is in the appending position after " msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1569 msgid "The cursor is on " msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1580 msgid "a chord.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1584 msgid "a one-note chord.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1587 msgid "" "A slur starts from here.\n" "There should be a matching end slur later.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1589 msgid "" "A slur ends here\n" "There should be a matching start slur earlier.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1591 msgid "" "This is tied to the following note or chord.\n" "The following note or chord should have the same pitch" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1593 msgid "This is an acciaccatura note\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1595 msgid "This is an appoggiatura note\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1597 msgid "This note denotes a rhythm - use a MIDI keyboard to add pitches by playing.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1606 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to" msgid "Within the chord the cursor is on the note %s \n" msgstr "Pas de note ou accord auquel attacher une annotation en pied de page" #: ../src/utils.c:1610 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Attach Tied Note" msgid "Attached to this note:" msgstr "Attacher une note liée" #: ../src/utils.c:1615 msgid "This rhythm has extra notes added to it, delete them and use the foot-pedal or Alt key to enter chords with the MIDI controller.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1620 msgid "a rest.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1622 msgid "This rest has a slur start on it, use the Notes/Rests → Slurs menu to remove it" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1624 msgid "This rest has a slur end on it, use the Notes/Rests → Slurs menu to remove it" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1626 msgid "This rest has a tie starting on it, use the Notes/Rests → Ties menu to remove it" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1630 msgid "This rest will not print, just act as a spacer.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1632 msgid "This rest has the grace attribute set: this can be used to avoid a bug in the print view.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Attaches Largo to chord" msgid "Attached to the chord:" msgstr "Attache l'indication métronomique « Largo » à l'accord" #: ../src/utils.c:1639 #, c-format msgid "This starts %d/384 quarter notes into the measure and lasts %d/384 quarter notes.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1641 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond syntax generated is: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1647 #, c-format msgid "" " a Start Tuplet object\n" "Meaning %d notes will take the time of %d notes\n" "until an End Tuplet object.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1650 msgid "Attached to the Start Tuplet:" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1657 #, c-format msgid "" "an End Tuplet object\n" "Note: the Start Tuplet must be in the same measure.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1660 msgid "Attached to the End Tuplet:" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1668 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Clef Change" msgid "a Clef Change object.\n" msgstr "Changement de clé" #: ../src/utils.c:1671 msgid "Attached to the Clef Change:" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1675 msgid "This clef change is non-printing, it just affects the display.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1682 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Time Signature Change" msgid "a Time Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "Changement de métrique" #: ../src/utils.c:1685 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time Signature Change" msgid "Attached to the Time Signature Change:" msgstr "Changement de métrique" #: ../src/utils.c:1689 #, c-format msgid "" "A Time Signature Change should be the first object in a measure\n" "unless you are trying to do something unusual" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1695 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Key Signature Change" msgid "a Key Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "Changement d'armure" #: ../src/utils.c:1698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Key Signature Change" msgid "Attached to the Key Signature Change:" msgstr "Changement d'armure" #: ../src/utils.c:1706 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor" msgid "a Stem Directive, the notes after the cursor %s" msgstr "Lier ou délier la note sous le curseur" #: ../src/utils.c:1706 msgid "will have stems downwards" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1706 msgid "will have stems upwards" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1706 msgid "will have stems up or down as needed" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1709 msgid "Attached to the Stemming Change:" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1724 ../src/utils.c:1726 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit" msgid "a Denemo Directive: (%s)" msgstr "Instructions d'édition Denemo de bas niveau" #: ../src/utils.c:1728 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "The help for the command that created this directive is \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1730 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1730 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgid "" "\n" "Not all layouts\n" msgstr "Imprime toutes les mises en page" #: ../src/utils.c:1730 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Only Applies to Layout" msgid "" "\n" "Only for one Layout\n" msgstr "Ne s'applique qu'à cette mise en page" #: ../src/utils.c:1734 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert" msgid "The LilyPond text inserted is %s%s\n" msgstr "Entrez le texte LilyPond à insérer" #: ../src/utils.c:1739 msgid "" "This Directive is at the end of the music\n" "You may need a closing double bar line - see Directives → barlines" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1744 msgid "The cursor is on an unknown object type. Please report how this happened!" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1752 #, fuzzy #| msgid "𝄻" msgid "Warning " msgstr "𝄻" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Chords" msgid "Chord " msgstr "Accord" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Note" msgid "Note " msgstr "Note" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Rest" msgid "Rest " msgstr "Silence" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Begin Slur" msgid ", begin slur" msgstr "Début de liaison de phrasé" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Extend Slur" msgid ", end slur" msgstr "Étendre la liaison" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 msgid ", tied" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 msgid ", begin cresc." msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 msgid ", end cresc." msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 msgid ", begin dim." msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 msgid ", end dim." msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1802 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Grace Notes" msgid ", grace note" msgstr "Petites notes" #: ../src/utils.c:1826 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Tuplets" msgid "Tuplet %d/%d" msgstr "N-olets" #: ../src/utils.c:1829 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "End Tuplet" msgid "End tuplet" msgstr "Fin de n-olet" #: ../src/utils.c:1832 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Clef Change" msgid "Clef change" msgstr "Changement de clé" #: ../src/utils.c:1835 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Time Signature Change" msgid "Time signature change" msgstr "Changement de métrique" #: ../src/utils.c:1838 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Key Signature Change" msgid "Key signature change" msgstr "Changement d'armure" #: ../src/utils.c:1841 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Score Directives" msgid "Stem directive: %s" msgstr "Instructions de partition" #: ../src/utils.c:1841 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tonal step down" msgid "stem down" msgstr "Degré inférieur" #: ../src/utils.c:1841 msgid "stem up" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1841 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Auto Stemming" msgid "normal stemming" msgstr "Hampes automatiques" #: ../src/utils.c:1844 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Dynamics" msgid "Dynamic: %s" msgstr "Nuances" #: ../src/utils.c:1850 #, c-format msgid "Directive:(%.20s) %.20s%.50s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1850 msgid "Unknown Tag" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1850 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgid "Not all layouts" msgstr "Imprime toutes les mises en page" #: ../src/utils.c:1850 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Only Applies to Layout" msgid "Only for one Layout" msgstr "Ne s'applique qu'à cette mise en page" #: ../src/utils.c:1854 #, c-format msgid "Cursor on an unknown object" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1858 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "Cursor not moved." msgid "Cursor not on any object" msgstr "Curseur non déplacé." #: ../src/utils.c:1891 #, c-format msgid "%d min %.2f sec %.2f %.2f" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1893 #, c-format msgid " Staff %d Measure %d Position %d %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:1893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Append/Edit" msgid "Appending" msgstr "Ajouter et éditer" #: ../src/utils.c:1893 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Note Reading" msgid "Not Appending" msgstr "Lecture de notes" #: ../src/utils.c:2314 #, c-format msgid "Mouse shortcut %s invokes command %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut" msgid "Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Définir un raccourci souris" #: ../src/utils.c:2335 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s invokes command %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2340 #, c-format msgid "Key Presses %s invoke command %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2342 msgid "Single Key Press" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2342 msgid "Two Key Presses" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2351 msgid "Key Press" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2353 #, c-format msgid "" "Key Press %s Is not a shortcut.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2355 msgid "(The menus are now restored in case you are lost.)" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "First Time Bar" msgid "First Key Press" msgstr "Prima volta" #: ../src/utils.c:2360 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s Awaiting continuation" msgstr "" #: ../src/utils.c:2364 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "𝄻" msgid "Mouse %s" msgstr "𝄻" #: ../src/utils.c:2367 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse" msgid "Key + Mouse" msgstr "Souris" #: ../src/utils.c:2368 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "𝄻" msgid "Key Press %s" msgstr "𝄻" #: ../src/view.c:891 #, c-format msgid "Could not make folder %s for the downloaded commands" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:999 msgid "You have made changes to the commands you have" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:999 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?" msgid "Do you want to save the changes?" msgstr "Voulez vous l'enregistrer avec vos commandes par défaut ?" #: ../src/view.c:1019 msgid "MIDI Controller Active?" msgstr "Contrôleur MIDI actif ?" #: ../src/view.c:1019 msgid "" "Please turn off your MIDI keyboard\n" "if you have not already done so" msgstr "Veuillez éteindre votre clavier MIDI si ce n'est pas déjà fait." #: ../src/view.c:1277 msgid "Recording + Play Along" msgstr "Enregistrez + Jouez Avec" #: ../src/view.c:1279 msgid "Recording" msgstr "Enregistrer" #: ../src/view.c:1281 msgid "Play Along" msgstr "Lecture accompagnée" #: ../src/view.c:1283 msgid "Checking Pitches" msgstr "Vérification des hauteurs" #: ../src/view.c:1285 msgid "Listening to Pitches" msgstr "Écoute de hauteurs" #: ../src/view.c:1288 msgid "Adding to a Chord" msgstr "Ajout à un accord" #: ../src/view.c:1290 msgid "Starting a Chord" msgstr "Commence un accord" #: ../src/view.c:1293 ../src/view.c:4554 msgid "Appending/Editing Pitches" msgstr "Ajout/Édition de hauteurs" #: ../src/view.c:1305 msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgstr "Conducteur souris activé" #: ../src/view.c:1307 msgid "Mouse Conductor OFF" msgstr "Conducteur souris désactivé" #: ../src/view.c:1317 msgid "Switch to Normal Playback" msgstr "Passer en lecture normale" #: ../src/view.c:1319 ../src/view.c:4560 msgid "Switch to Play Along Playback" msgstr "Passer en lecture accompagnée" #: ../src/view.c:1334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Beaming" msgid "Stop playing first" msgstr "Fin de ligature" #: ../src/view.c:1339 msgid "Cannot mix audio and MIDI recordings" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:1345 msgid "Cannot mix MIDI recordings with imported MIDI - delete imported MIDI first" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:1349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MIDI Keyboard" msgid "MIDI Recording" msgstr "Clavier MIDI" #: ../src/view.c:1349 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete a Directive" msgid "Delete last recording?" msgstr "Supprimer une instruction" #: ../src/view.c:1394 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing can be recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" #. no selection #: ../src/view.c:1919 msgid "" "No selection to create a music snippet from\n" "See Edit → Select menu for selecting music to snip" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:2120 msgid "Have no way of getting the script, sorry" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:2136 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s\n" "\n" "Information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:2174 #, fuzzy, c-format #| msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s" msgid "The Command %s Responds to this Shortcut" msgstr "La commande « %s » répond au raccourci « %s »." #: ../src/view.c:2204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Could not start Audio input" msgid "Could not create button" msgstr "Impossible de démarrer l'entrée audio" #: ../src/view.c:2236 ../src/view.c:2240 ../src/view.c:2243 ../src/view.c:2245 msgid "Create a new menu item" msgstr "Création d'un nouvel élément de menu" #: ../src/view.c:2236 msgid "Give menu label: " msgstr "Entrer une étiquette pour le menu :" #: ../src/view.c:2236 msgid "My Label" msgstr "Mon étiquette" #: ../src/view.c:2240 msgid "Give explanation of what it does: " msgstr "Explication de ce que ça fait : " #: ../src/view.c:2240 msgid "Prints my special effect" msgstr "Affiche mon effet spécial" #: ../src/view.c:2243 msgid "Do you want the new menu item in a submenu?" msgstr "Voulez-vous le nouvel élément de menu dans un sous menu ?" #: ../src/view.c:2245 msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu" msgstr "Entrez une étiquette pour le sous-menu" #: ../src/view.c:2245 msgid "Sub Menu Label" msgstr "Étiquette de sous menu" #: ../src/view.c:2261 msgid "Duplicate Name" msgstr "Nom dupliqué" #: ../src/view.c:2261 msgid "A command of this name is already available in your custom menus; Overwrite?" msgstr "Une commande portant ce nom est déjà disponible dans vos menus personnalisés. Écraser ?" #: ../src/view.c:2273 msgid "New Command Added" msgstr "Nouvelle commande ajoutée" #: ../src/view.c:2273 msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?" msgstr "Voulez vous l'enregistrer avec vos commandes par défaut ?" #: ../src/view.c:2347 msgid "" "No keyboard modifier keys\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "Pas de touches modificatrices.\n" "Appuyez avec une touche modificatrice pour éditer." #: ../src/view.c:2349 msgid "" "\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "\n" "Appuyez avec une touche modificatrice pour éditer." #: ../src/view.c:2357 msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Définir un raccourci souris" #: ../src/view.c:2373 #, c-format msgid "Setting mouse shortcut for %s" msgstr "Définition du raccourci souris pour %s" #: ../src/view.c:2377 msgid "Choose the mouse button" msgstr "Choisir le bouton de souris" #: ../src/view.c:2384 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:57 msgid "Left" msgstr "Gauche" #: ../src/view.c:2387 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:58 msgid "Right" msgstr "Droite" #: ../src/view.c:2391 msgid "Choose mouse action" msgstr "Choisir une action de la souris" #: ../src/view.c:2397 msgid "Press Button" msgstr "Appuyer sur le bouton" #: ../src/view.c:2400 msgid "Release Button" msgstr "Relâcher le bouton" #: ../src/view.c:2403 msgid "Drag" msgstr "Tirer" #: ../src/view.c:2407 msgid "" "Hold Modifier Keys, Engage Caps or Num Lock\n" "and click here to set shorcut." msgstr "Maintenez appuyée une touche modificatrice, Caps Lock ou Num Lock et cliquez ici pour définir un raccourci." #: ../src/view.c:2468 msgid "There is already an initialization script here" msgstr "Il y a déjà un script d'initialisation ici." #: ../src/view.c:2478 msgid "Wrote init.scm" msgstr "Init.scm a été écrit" #: ../src/view.c:2478 msgid "Shall I execute it now?" msgstr "Dois-je l'exécuter maintenant ?" #: ../src/view.c:2483 msgid "" "Could not create init.scm;\n" "you must create your scripted menu item in the menu\n" "before you create the initialization script for it, sorry." msgstr "" "N'a pas pu créer init.scm.\n" "Vous devez créer votre élément de menu scripté dans le menu avant de pouvoir créer le script d'initialisation pour lui." #: ../src/view.c:2542 ../src/view.c:3149 msgid "Save Script" msgstr "Enregistrer le script" #: ../src/view.c:2542 msgid "Over-write previous version of the script for " msgstr "Écraser la version précédente du script pour " #: ../src/view.c:2542 msgid " ?" msgstr "?" #: ../src/view.c:2553 msgid "No script saved" msgstr "Aucun script enregistré" #: ../src/view.c:2616 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions/bitmaps for your graphics for customized commands" msgstr "" #. FIXME allow fileselector here to change the name #: ../src/view.c:2929 #, c-format msgid "Saving a graphic for use in the %s script" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:2930 msgid "Replace current graphic?" msgstr "" #. Place button in palette #: ../src/view.c:3083 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Place Command on Button Bar" msgid "Place Command in a Palette" msgstr "Placer la commande dans la barre de boutons" #. "drag" menu item onto button bar #: ../src/view.c:3090 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Place Command on Button Bar" msgid "Place Command on the Title Bar" msgstr "Placer la commande dans la barre de boutons" #: ../src/view.c:3097 msgid "Create Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Créer un raccourci souris" #: ../src/view.c:3100 msgid "" "Edit Shortcuts\n" "Set Mouse Pointers\n" "Hide/Delete Menu Item" msgstr "" "Édition des raccourcis\n" "Définition des pointeurs de souris\n" "Masquage/Suppression des éléments de menu" #. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Save Graphic")); #. GtkSettings* settings = gtk_settings_get_default(); #. gtk_settings_set_long_property (settings,"gtk-menu-images",(glong)TRUE, "XProperty"); #. item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock("Save Graphic", gtk_accel_group_new()); #: ../src/view.c:3158 msgid "Save Graphic" msgstr "Enregistrer le graphique" #: ../src/view.c:3164 msgid "Upload this Script to denemo.org" msgstr "Téléverser ce script sur denemo.org" #: ../src/view.c:3172 msgid "Save Script as New Menu Item" msgstr "Enregistrer le script comme un nouvel élément de menu" #. options for getting/putting init.scm #: ../src/view.c:3186 msgid "Get Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Obtenir le script d'initialisation de ce menu" #: ../src/view.c:3192 msgid "Put Script as Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Faire de ce script le script d'initialisation de ce menu" #: ../src/view.c:3383 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Parcourir" #: ../src/view.c:3383 msgid "Opens a dialog for a new file" msgstr "Ouvre une fenêtre de création de nouveau fichier." #: ../src/view.c:3416 msgid "" "You have unsaved work. Hardware problems may cause the program to exit during this task.\n" "Please save first." msgstr "" "Vous avez du travail non enregistré. Des problèmes matériels pourraient forcer le programme à s'arrêter durant cette tâche.\n" "Veuillez enregistrer vos travaux d'abord." #: ../src/view.c:3448 msgid "Could not start Audio input" msgstr "Impossible de démarrer l'entrée audio" #: ../src/view.c:3924 msgid "Tools" msgstr "Barre d'outils" #: ../src/view.c:3924 msgid "Show/hide a toolbar for general operations on music files" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer une barre d'outils pour les opérations générales sur les fichiers musicaux." #: ../src/view.c:3927 ../src/view.c:4373 msgid "Playback Control" msgstr "Contrôles de lecture" #: ../src/view.c:3927 msgid "Show/hide playback controls" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer les contrôles de lecture." #: ../src/view.c:3930 ../src/view.c:4537 msgid "Midi In Control" msgstr "Contrôles de l'entrée MIDI" #: ../src/view.c:3930 msgid "Show/hide Midi Input controls" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer les contrôles de l'entrée MIDI." #: ../src/view.c:3933 msgid "Snippets" msgstr "Fragments" #: ../src/view.c:3933 msgid "" "Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n" "you to store and enter snippets of music and to enter notes using rhythm pattern of a snippet" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la barre d'outils qui vous permet d'enregistrer des fragments de musique, et entrer des notes en suivant un modèle rythmique." #: ../src/view.c:3936 msgid "" "Show/hide a menu which is arranged by objects\n" "The actions available for note objects change with the mode" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer un menu fait pour les objets…nLes actions disponibles pour les objets « notes » changent en fonction du mode." #: ../src/view.c:3939 msgid "LilyPond" msgstr "LilyPond" #: ../src/view.c:3939 msgid "Show/hide the LilyPond music typesetting language window" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la fenêtre de langage de rendu LilyPond" #: ../src/view.c:3942 msgid "Scheme Script" msgstr "Script Scheme" #: ../src/view.c:3942 msgid "Show scheme script window" msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre de script Scheme" #: ../src/view.c:3946 msgid "Typeset Music" msgstr "Calculer le rendu" #: ../src/view.c:3950 msgid "Score Layout" msgstr "Mise en page de la partition" #: ../src/view.c:3966 msgid "Titles, Buttons etc" msgstr "Titres, boutons, etc." #: ../src/view.c:3971 msgid "Allow Quick Shortcut Edits" msgstr "Édition rapide des raccourcis clavier" #: ../src/view.c:3974 msgid "Record Scheme Script" msgstr "Enregistrer un script Scheme" #: ../src/view.c:3978 msgid "" "Audible Feedback\n" "Insert Duration/Edit Note" msgstr "Retour audio à l'insertion ou l'édition de note" #: ../src/view.c:3978 msgid "Gives feedback as you enter durations. N.B. durations are entered in Edit mode" msgstr "Donne un retour quand vous entrez des durées. N.B. Les durées sont entrée en mode « Édition »." #: ../src/view.c:3981 msgid "Read Only" msgstr "Lecture seule" #: ../src/view.c:3988 msgid "No External Input" msgstr "Pas d'entrée extérieure" #: ../src/view.c:3988 msgid "" "Entry of notes via computer keyboard only\n" "Ignores connected MIDI or microphone devices." msgstr "" "Entrée des notes via le clavier de l'ordinateur seulement.\n" "Ignore les périphériques MIDI et microphones." #: ../src/view.c:3991 msgid "Audio Input" msgstr "Entrée audio" #: ../src/view.c:3991 msgid "Enable pitch entry from microphone" msgstr "Activer la capture de la hauteur via le microphone" #: ../src/view.c:3994 msgid "Midi Input" msgstr "Entrée Midi" #: ../src/view.c:3994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit->Change Preferences->Audio/Midi\n" #| "Use View->MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n" msgid "" "Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit → Change Preferences → Audio/Midi\n" "Use View → MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n" msgstr "" "Entrée à partir d'une source MIDI. Définissez d'abord la source en utilisant « Édition → Préférences → Audio/MIDI »\n" "Utilisez « Affichage → Contrôle de l'entrée MIDI » pour contrôler ce que fait l'entrée.\n" #: ../src/view.c:4142 msgid "Menu:" msgstr "Menu :" #: ../src/view.c:4143 msgid "Click here then hover over the menu items to find out what they will do" msgstr "Cliquez ici puis survolez les éléments du menu pour connaître leur fonctionnement." #: ../src/view.c:4145 msgid "" "Left click to execute the command, press a key to assign a keyboard shortcut to the command,\n" "Right click to get a menu from which you can\n" "Create a button for this command, or a two-key keyboard shortcut or more options still" msgstr "Clic gauche pour exécuter la commande, appuyez sur une touche pour définir un raccourci clavier pour la commande. Clic droit pour afficher un menu à partir duquel vous pouvez créer un bouton pour cette commande, un raccourci clavier double, et d'autres options." #: ../src/view.c:4258 msgid "Denemo Main Window" msgstr "Fenêtre principale Denemo" #. menubar = gtk_item_factory_get_widget (item_factory, "
"); #. this triggers Lily... missing action #: ../src/view.c:4346 msgid "This is the Main Menu bar, where menus for the mostly non-musical aspects (saving, printing, setting up input sources etc) are placed. See the Object Menu bar for the commands that edit music" msgstr "Ceci est la barre de menu principale, où sont placés les menus pour les aspects non musicaux (sauvegarde, impression, mise en page, sources d'entrée etc.). Voir le menu objet pour les commandes d'édition de musique." #: ../src/view.c:4350 msgid "This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behavior from that point in the music." msgstr "Ceci est la barre de menu Objet, où sont placés les menus d'édition de la musique. Ils sont rangés hiérarchiquement : Partition, Morceau, Portée (qui contient les voix) puis les objets placés dans les portées : notes, clés, etc. Les instructions couvrent tout ce que vous pouvez entrer entre les notes pour modifier le comportement à un endroit de la partition." #: ../src/view.c:4354 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The highlighted snippet is the prevailing duration, that is the next note entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n" #| "You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command under ObjectMenu->Notes/Rests->Append/InsertDuration->Insert Snippet. You can also select the prevailing snippet using ObjectMenu->Notes/Rests->Select Duration->Next Snippet.\n" #| "You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" msgid "" "You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The highlighted snippet is the prevailing duration, that is the next note entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n" "You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command under ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Append/InsertDuration → Insert Snippet. You can also select the prevailing snippet using ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Select Duration → Next Snippet.\n" "You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez remplir cette barre avec des fragments de musique. Le fragment surligné est le durée de référence, ce qui signifie que la note suivante entrée suivra le modèle rythmique de ce fragment.\n" "Vous pouvez entrer un fragment en cliquant dessus, ou utiliser la commande via « Menu Objet → Notes et silences → Ajouter / Insérer une durée → Insérer un fragment ». Vous pouvez aussi choisir le fragment dominant via « Menu Objet → Notes et silences → Choisir la durée → Fragment suivant ».\n" "Vous pouvez masquer cette barre (afin de faire plus d'espace sur l'écran) en utilisant le menu « Affichage ». Vous pouvez régler vos préférences pour le masquer via « Menu Édition → Préférences → Afficher la barre d'outils de notes et silences »." #. The user should be able to decide toolbar style. #. But without gnome, there is no (ui) to set this option. #: ../src/view.c:4359 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->Display general toolbar" msgid "This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display general toolbar" msgstr "Cette barre d'outils contient quelques commandes conventionnelles. Vous pouvez la masquer (afin de faire plus d'espace sur l'écran) en utilisant le menu « Affichage ». Vous pouvez en faire votre préférence via « Édition → Préférences → Afficher la barre d'outils principale »." #: ../src/view.c:4370 msgid "Controls for playback. The arrows on either side of the PLAY and STOP buttons move the playback start and playback end markers. Loop plays in a loop - you can edit while it plays. You can also record the output and save it as .ogg or .wav file. The temperament used for playing back can be set here." msgstr "" #. create_playbutton(inner, NULL, pb_first, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST); #. create_playbutton(inner,NULL, pb_rewind, GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_REWIND); #: ../src/view.c:4395 msgid "" "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Déplace le point de départ de la lecture (affiché comme une barre verte) plus tôt dans le temps.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #: ../src/view.c:4397 msgid "" "Sets the playback start point (green bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Définit le point de départ de la lecture (affiché comme une barre verte) à la note sélectionnée.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #: ../src/view.c:4398 msgid "" "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Déplace le point de départ de la lecture (affichée comme une barre verte) plus tard dans le temps.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #: ../src/view.c:4399 msgid "Stops the playback. On pressing play after this playback will start where the green bar is, not where you stopped. Use the Play/Pause button for that." msgstr "Arrête la lecture. À l'appui de « Lecture », la lecture commencera à la barre verte, qui n'est pas là où vous l'avez arrêtée. Utilisez le bouton « Lecture / Pause » pour ceci." #: ../src/view.c:4400 msgid "" "Starts playing back from the playback start (green bar) until the playback end (red bar).\n" "When playing it pauses the play, and continues when pressed again." msgstr "" "Démarre la lecture de son point de départ (barre verte) à sont point final (barre rouge).\n" "Met en pause la lecture quand elle est en cours, et la continue sinon." #: ../src/view.c:4401 msgid "" "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo.\n" "Records live performance and/or playback,\n" "save to disk to avoid overwriting previous recordings." msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4402 msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4404 msgid "" "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Déplace le point final de la lecture (affiché comme une barre rouge) plus tôt dans le temps.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #: ../src/view.c:4405 msgid "" "Sets the playback end point (red bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Définit le point final de la lecture (affiché comme une barre rouge) à la note sélectionnée.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #: ../src/view.c:4407 msgid "" "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Déplace le point final de la lecture (affiché comme une barre rouge) plus tard dans le temps.\n" "Les barres rouges et vertes ne sont pas affichées avant le commencement de la lecture, ou que vous ayez défini la métrique." #. create_playbutton(inner,NULL, pb_forward, GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_FORWARD); #: ../src/view.c:4411 msgid "Loop" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4411 msgid "" "The music between the red and green bars is played in a loop.\n" "You can edit the music while it is playing\n" "monitoring your changes." msgstr "" "La musique entre les barres vertes et rouge est jouée en boucle.\n" "Vous pouvez l'éditer pendant la lecture." #: ../src/view.c:4413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgid "Conductor" msgstr "Conducteur souris activé" #: ../src/view.c:4413 msgid "" "With the mouse conductor once you press play the playback progresses as you move the mouse around\n" "With this you can speed up and slow down the playback to listen in detail to a certain passage\n" msgstr "" "Avec le conducteur souris, une fois « Lecture » appuyé, la lecture progresse quand vous bougez la souris.\n" "Avec ceci vous pouvez accélérer et ralentir la lecture et écouter en détail certains passages.\n" #: ../src/view.c:4417 msgid "Panic" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typeset" msgid "Reset" msgstr "Rendu" #: ../src/view.c:4421 msgid "Resets the synthesizer, on JACK it sends a JACK panic." msgstr "Redémarre le synthétiseur. Quand JACK est lancé, envoie un signal « JACK panic »." #: ../src/view.c:4424 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Incipit from Selection" msgid "Set From Selection" msgstr "Incipit" #: ../src/view.c:4424 msgid "Sets the playback range (green and red bars) to the current selection." msgstr "Définition de l'étendue de la lecture (barres verte et rouge) a la sélection courante." #: ../src/view.c:4425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Playback End" msgid "Playback Range" msgstr "Fin de lecture" #: ../src/view.c:4425 msgid "Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback." msgstr "Affiche une fenêtre pour obtenir les temps de départ et de fin de la lecture." #. Tempo #: ../src/view.c:4435 msgid "Tempo:" msgstr "Tempo :" #: ../src/view.c:4436 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute." msgid "Set the (initial) tempo of the movement" msgstr "Défini le tempo initial en noires par minutes." #. create_playbutton(hbox, "Set Tempo", pb_set_tempo, NULL); #. Volume #: ../src/view.c:4451 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:1 msgid "Volume" msgstr "Volume" #. GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(label, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); #: ../src/view.c:4453 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute." msgid "Set the (initial) volume of the movement" msgstr "Défini le tempo initial en noires par minutes." #: ../src/view.c:4470 msgid "Audio Volume Cut" msgstr "Sourdine du volume audio" #: ../src/view.c:4471 msgid "Reduce the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4485 msgid "Audio Volume Boost" msgstr "Boost du volume audio" #: ../src/view.c:4486 msgid "Boost the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4498 msgid "Audio Lead In " msgstr "Entrée audio principale" #: ../src/view.c:4502 msgid "" "Set the number of seconds to clip from the audio, or if negative number of seconds silence before audio plays.\n" "This is useful when the audio track does not begin on a barline." msgstr "" "Définissez le nombre de secondes à découper depuis l'audio, ou entrez un nombre négatif de secondes de silence avant le démarrage audio.\n" "Utile quand la piste audio ne démarre pas sur une barre de mesure." #. Speed #: ../src/view.c:4513 msgid "Slowdown:" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4523 msgid "Slow down the audio output maintaining the pitch" msgstr "" #: ../src/view.c:4535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached to the computer. You may need to select your MIDI device first using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->MIDI looking for MIDI in devices (turn your device on first). When you have a MIDI controller durations are inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown) playing on the controller puts the pitches onto the durations. The Shift and Control and ALT keys can also be used for listening without entering notes, checking pitches entered and entering chords. The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the ALT key and re-press to start a new chord - timing is unimportant, play the chord fast or slow." msgid "Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached to the computer. You may need to select your MIDI device first using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → MIDI looking for MIDI in devices (turn your device on first). When you have a MIDI controller durations are inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown) playing on the controller puts the pitches onto the durations. The Shift and Control and ALT keys can also be used for listening without entering notes, checking pitches entered and entering chords. The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the ALT key and re-press to start a new chord - timing is unimportant, play the chord fast or slow." msgstr "Contrôles gérant l'entrée depuis un contrôleur MIDI (par exemple, un clavier) relié à l'ordinateur. Vous pouvez avoir besoin de sélectionner votre périphérique MIDI via « Édition → Préférences → MIDI », avec votre périphérique allumé. Quand vous avez un contrôleur MIDI, les durées sont insérée sans hauteur (elles apparaissent en marron), jouer sur le contrôleur donne une hauteur aux durées. Les touches Shift, Ctrl et Alt peuvent aussi être utilisées pour l'écoute sans entrer de note, la vérification des hauteurs entrées, et l'entrée d'accords. La pédale peut aussi être utilisée pour les accords. Relâchez la touche Alt et rappuyez dessus pour commencer un nouvel accord. Le timing n'est pas important, jouez l'accord vite ou non." #: ../src/view.c:4555 msgid "This tells you what will happen to a MIDI in event from your controller. Use the Control Shift or ALT keys, or caps lock to affect what will happen." msgstr "Ceci vous informe de ce qui se passera dans le cas d'un événement de l'entrée MIDI produit par votre contrôleur. Utilisez les touches Ctrl, Shift, Alt ou Caps Lock pour éditer la réaction." #: ../src/view.c:4560 msgid "" "When in playalong mode, on clicking Play, the music plays until it reaches the Denemo cursor\n" "From then on you must play the notes at the cursor to progress the playback.\n" "So if you set the cursor on the first note of the part you want to play, then once you have pressed play you can play along with Denemo, with Denemo filling in the other parts and waiting if you play a wrong note." msgstr "" "En mode lecture accompagnée, à l'appui de la touche « Lecture », la musique est jouée jusqu'au curseur Denemo.\n" "Dès lors vous devrez jouer les notes sous le curseur pour faire avancer la lecture.\n" "Donc si vous placez le curseur sur la première note que vous souhaitez jouer, une fois que vous avez appuyé sur « Lecture » vous pouvez jouer avec Denemo. Denemo jouera les autres voix et vous attendra si vous jouez une fausse note." #: ../src/view.c:4562 msgid "Delete the MIDI recording you have made." msgstr "Supprimer l'enregistrement MIDI que vous avec effectué." #: ../src/view.c:4564 msgid "Convert the MIDI recording you have made to notation." msgstr "Convertir votre enregistrement MIDI en notation musicale." #: ../src/view.c:4565 msgid "" "Starts playing and simultaneously records from MIDI in.\n" "Once a recording is made it is played back with the score when you press Play.\n" "It can be deleted with the Delete button or converted to notation with Convert\n" ".A MIDI recording is not saved with the Denemo score." msgstr "" "Démarre simultanément la lecture et l'enregistrement MIDI.\n" "Une fois l'enregistrement terminé, il est joué avec la partition à l'appui de « Play ».\n" "Peut-être supprimé avec le bouton « Suppression » ou converti en durées avec « Convertir ».\n" "Les enregistrement MIDI ne sont pas sauvegardés dans les partitions Denemo." #: ../src/view.c:4610 msgid "" "This is the Denemo Display for the music you have entered. See the print view window for the typeset appearance. The blue lozenge is the Denemo Cursor - it turns Red when when the bar is full or green if you are inserting in a bar. Many commands operate on the object at the Denemo cursor\n" "Overfull/Underfull bars are colored red/blue, use the Upbeat (Anacrusis, Pickup) command if that is intentional.\n" "You can switch to a menu-less view or a page-view using the Esc key. For the paged view you drag the red bar up the page to set how many systems you want showing.\n" "For the paged view you will probably want a smaller zoom - use Control+scroll-wheel on your mouse to zoom the display.Right-click on an object to get a short menu of actions or set the mouse input mode." msgstr "" "Voici l'affichage Denemo pour la musique que vous avez écrite. Il ne donne pas le rendu final de votre partition. Le losange bleu est le curseur Denemo, il passe au rouge lorsque la mesure est pleine et vert si vous ajoutez des objets à une mesure non pleine. Nombre de commandes s'appliquent sur l'objet sélectionné par le curseur Denemo.\n" "Les mesures incomplètes et trop remplies sont colorées respectivement rouges et bleues, utilisez la commande Levée (Anacrouse) si c'est intentionnel.\n" "Vous pouvez passer dans une vue sans menu, ou « vue page » en utilisant la touche « Echap ». Dans la vue page vous pouvez tirer la barre rouge vers le haut pour régler le nombre de portées que vous voulez voir.\n" "Si vous voulez un zoom plus faible, utilisez la touche « Ctrl » combinée à la molette de la souris pour le modifier. Un clic droit sur un menu vous affiche un court menu des actions que vous pouvez effectuer sur cet objet." #: ../src/view.c:4671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This bar shows:\n" #| "Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or flattened)\n" #| "The movement number\n" #| "Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n" #| "Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n" #| "If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the cursor is shown.\n" #| "When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible continuations are shown here." msgid "" "This bar shows:\n" "Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or flattened)\n" "The movement number\n" "Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n" "Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n" "If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the cursor is shown.\n" "If MIDI in controls are visible the current enharmonic range is shown.\n" "When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible continuations are shown here." msgstr "" "Cette barre affiche :\n" "Les ♯ et ♭ en attente, si la note entrée doit être diésée ou bémolisée.\n" "Le numéro du morceau.\n" "La description de l'objet sélectionné.\n" "La position et le statut (ajout ou insertion) du curseur.\n" "Si les contrôles de lectures sont affichés, alors la position temporelle de la sélection est affichée.\n" "Quand la première moitié d'un raccourci clavier double est entrée, les continuations possibles sont affichées." #. Denemo.status_context_id = gtk_statusbar_get_context_id (GTK_STATUSBAR (Denemo.statusbar), "Denemo"); #. gtk_statusbar_push (GTK_STATUSBAR (Denemo.statusbar), Denemo.status_context_id, "Denemo"); #: ../src/view.c:4682 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgid "No MIDI filter" msgstr "Pas de filtre MIDI actif" #: ../src/view.c:4683 msgid "This area shows which MIDI filters are active. It can also be used by commands to pass information to the user" msgstr "Cette zone affiche quels filtres MIDI sont actifs. Des commandes peuvent aussi l'utiliser pour transmettre des informations à l'utilisateur." #: ../src/view.c:4946 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Une barre de boutons peut être remplie par des titres, ainsi que d'autres boutons personnalisés.\n" "Généralement, en cliquant sur le bouton vous pouvez éditer le titre ou la valeur pour l'action du bouton." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text" msgid "Modifying the LilyPond Text" msgstr "Convertir en texte LilyPond" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert" msgid "Give LilyPond to be issued" msgstr "Entrez le texte LilyPond à insérer" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:28 msgid "This directive currently creates no LilyPond via its postfix field, use the Advanced Edit instead" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:30 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Help" msgid "Help " msgstr "Aide" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:33 ../actions/denemo.scm:146 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:7 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancé" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:36 msgid "" "This is a Directive object.\n" "Double click on it to get information about it." msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:252 msgid "Only for the Layout for Part \"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Only Applies to Layout" msgid "Only for Layout \"" msgstr "Ne s'applique qu'à cette mise en page" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgid "For all Layouts" msgstr "Imprime toutes les mises en page" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:259 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:302 msgid "Now drag the control points to make the shape desired - when finished click away from a control point" msgstr "Tirez le point de contrôle pour obtenir la forme désirée. Cliquez ailleurs pour valider." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:263 msgid "Slur Re-shaped" msgstr "Liaison remodelée" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:268 msgid "" "To re-shape curves it is better to have the control points marked.\n" "Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command.\n" "However, as this is not working well for multiple staffs, you can do without -\n" "dismiss this dialog and\n" "simply click on four points: the start of the curve, two points outside along its length and the end point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:279 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the slur\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Sélectionnez le point de contrôle à l'extrémité gauche de la liaison.\n" "Les points de contrôle sont représentés par des croix rouges" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:280 msgid "Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le second point de contrôle de la liaison, la croix rouge suivante à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:281 msgid "Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le troisième point de contrôle de la liaison, la croix rouge suivante à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:282 msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le dernier point de contrôle de la liaison, la dernière croix rouge à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:290 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:325 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n" #| "(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgid "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest (Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "" "Cliquez d'abord la ligne centrale de la portée s'alignant avec les têtes de notes et silences.\n" "(Le positionnement sera effectué en respectant cette hauteur)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Slur Re-shaped" msgid "Tie Re-shaped" msgstr "Liaison remodelée" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:315 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the tie\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Sélectionnez le point de contrôle à l'extrémité gauche de la liaison.\n" "Les points de contrôle sont représentés par des croix rouges" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:316 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgid "Now click second control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le second point de contrôle de la liaison, la croix rouge suivante à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:317 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgid "Now click third control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le troisième point de contrôle de la liaison, la croix rouge suivante à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to the right" msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the tie, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Sélectionnez le dernier point de contrôle de la liaison, la dernière croix rouge à droite." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:335 msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position" msgstr "Restaurer la forme et la position de la liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:335 msgid "Removes your customization of this slur" msgstr "Supprimer les paramètre personnalisés de cette liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position" msgid "Restore Default Tie Shape/Position" msgstr "Restaurer la forme et la position de la liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removes your customization of this slur" msgid "Removes your customization of this tie" msgstr "Supprimer les paramètre personnalisés de cette liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:341 msgid "Hint Slur Position" msgstr "Paramétrage des positions de liaisons" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:341 msgid "Edit Slur Shape" msgstr "Éditer la forme de la note" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:349 msgid "First click on the notehead of the note where the slur starts" msgstr "D'abord, cliquez sur la tête de la note où commence la liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:355 msgid "Not a slur start - cancelled" msgstr "Pas sur un début le liaison. Annulation." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:362 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Slur Shape" msgid "Edit Tie Shape" msgstr "Éditer la forme de la note" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:390 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To re-position stuff attached to notes you need to have the locations of the notes marked with red dots.\n" #| "Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command" msgid "" "To re-position stuff attached to notes accurately you need to have the locations of the objects marked with red dots.\n" "You can use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command. However, since this marking code is only working well for single staffs, you can go ahead without.\n" "To do this dismiss this dialog and guess at where the red spot is on the object." msgstr "" "Afin de repositionner les objets attachés au notes, vous devez marquer les positions des notes avec des points rouges.\n" "Utilisez le menu contextuel pour afficher les positions avant d'appeler cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:394 msgid "" "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n" "(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "" "Cliquez d'abord la ligne centrale de la portée s'alignant avec les têtes de notes et silences.\n" "(Le positionnement sera effectué en respectant cette hauteur)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396 msgid "Now click on the position desired for the object" msgstr "Sélectionnez la position désirée pour l'objet." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:400 msgid "Re-positioned" msgstr "Re-positionné" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:406 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:546 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:549 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:5 msgid "Up" msgstr "Haut" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:406 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:546 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:550 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:5 msgid "Down" msgstr "Vers le bas" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:406 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:546 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:551 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:5 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:412 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:456 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set Padding" msgid "Padding" msgstr "Définir le remplissage" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:412 msgid "Give amount of padding required around this item (in staff spaces)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:419 msgid "Give relative font size: " msgstr "Entrez la taille de police relative :" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:456 msgid "Up/Down" msgstr "Haut/Bas" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:456 msgid "Offset Position" msgstr "Position décalée" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:488 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Line Break" msgstr "Saut de ligne" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:488 msgid "Start a new line here" msgstr "Commencer une nouvelle ligne ici" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:489 msgid "Start a new page here" msgstr "Commencer une nouvelle ligne ici" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:492 msgid "Three Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Trois ligatures à droite (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:492 msgid "Put just three beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place trois ligatures à droite, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:493 msgid "Three Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Trois ligatures à gauche (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:493 msgid "Put just three beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place trois ligatures à gauche, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:496 msgid "Two Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Deux ligatures à droite (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:496 msgid "Put just two beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place deux ligatures à droite, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:497 msgid "Two Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Deux ligatures à gauche (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:497 msgid "Put just two beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place deux ligatures à gauche, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:502 msgid "One Beam Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Une ligature à droite (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:502 msgid "Put just one beam to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place une ligature à droite, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:503 msgid "One Beam Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Une ligature à gauche (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:503 msgid "Put just one beam to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Place une ligature à gauche, ou révoque un précédent appel à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:504 msgid "Chop to One Beam" msgstr "Pas de ligature" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:504 msgid "Reduce the beaming between this and the next note to just one beam" msgstr "Réduit la ligature entre cette note et la suivante à une ligature." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:509 msgid "Chop Gap in Beam" msgstr "Supprimer la ligature" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:509 msgid "Remove the beaming between this and the next note" msgstr "Supprime la ligature liant la note actuelle à la suivante" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:510 msgid "No Beam (Off/On)" msgstr "Pas de ligature (Off/On)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:510 msgid "Leave note/chord un-beamed or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Laisse la note ou accord sans ligature, ou défait un appel précédent à cette commande." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:511 msgid "Change beam angle/position" msgstr "Éditer la position et l'angle de la ligature" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:511 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the beam" msgstr "Vous permet de tirer les extrémités de la ligature" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 msgid "Hint Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Indiquer les" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the slur" msgstr "Permet de tirer la fin d'une liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:516 msgid "Change Slur Shape" msgstr "Changer la forme de la liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:516 msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur" msgstr "Permet de tirer le point de contrôle de la liaison." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Slur Shape" msgid "Change Tie Shape" msgstr "Changer la forme de la liaison" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur" msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the tie" msgstr "Permet de tirer le point de contrôle de la liaison." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:147 msgid "Place above staff" msgstr "Placez en dessus de la portée" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:148 msgid "Place below staff" msgstr "Placez en dessous de la portée" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:149 msgid "Set Relative Font Size" msgstr "Entrez la taille de police relative" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:150 msgid "Offset Position (All)" msgstr "Position de décalage (toutes)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:151 msgid "Offset Position (One)" msgstr "Position de décalage (une)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:152 msgid "Edit Text" msgstr "Éditer le texte" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:153 msgid "Set Padding" msgstr "Définir le remplissage" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:156 msgid "Restore Position" msgstr "Restaurer la position" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:261 msgid "Give a name applying to the whole score" msgstr "Entrez un nom s'appliquant à toute la partition" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:382 msgid "End the selection at a note" msgstr "Terminer la sélection à la note" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:387 msgid "Start the selection at a note" msgstr "Démarrer la sélection à la note" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:790 msgid "Please enter a transpose interval" msgstr "Entrez un intervalle de transposition" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:790 msgid "" "Please enter a transpose interval or two notes in Lilypond syntax.\n" "\n" "Example: m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n" "Or: c' e' for a major third." msgstr "" "Veuillez entrer une intervalle de transposition ou deux notes en syntaxe LilyPond.\n" "\n" "Par exemple : m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n" "Ou bien : c' e' pour une tierce majeure." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum" msgstr "Convertir GM-Drum en User-Drum" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers avaible." msgstr "Conversion de la notation « percussion MIDI » à la notation percussion définie par l'utilisateur. L'utilisateur peut définir sa drummap dans un modèle dans « ~/.denemo/templates » ou bien choisir une autre copie afin d'avoir des drummaps pour les différents batteurs disponibles." #. DeleteMidiRecording #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Imported/Recorded Midi" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:143 msgid "Deletes the MIDI that has been imported or recorded via MIDI in." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Extend Selection" msgid "Delete Selection" msgstr "Étendre la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection." msgstr "Suppression de la sélection ou d'une mesure vide." #. RemoveCustomizedButtons #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:1 msgid "Destroy Button Customization" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes the file that creates customized buttons on the title bar (and any other scheme you have added to the startup script)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete Figures" msgid "Delete in Stages" msgstr "Supprimer les figures" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the object at/before the cursor. For Notes/Chords/Rests it deletes stage by stage. First it removes notes until just a non-printing rest remains, then deletes that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 msgid "Continue Seeking " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Directives" msgid " Directives" msgstr "Instructions" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:21 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tied Notes" msgid " on Notes" msgstr "Notes liées" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Chords" msgid " on Chords" msgstr "Accord" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:73 msgid "Currently only Directives are supported - position the cursor on a notehead for that note or off the noteheads for the chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Similar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:2 msgid "Interactively edit Denemo Directives similar to the one at the cursor. Position the cursor on a particular notehead to edit directives attached to individual notes (such as fingering), otherwise you will edit directives attached at the chord level (such as beaming)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut" msgid "Start Emacs 2-key Shortcut" msgstr "Ajouter un raccourci clavier double" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:2 msgid "Initiates a 2-key sequence, emacs style." msgstr "" #. Goes to the beginning of the selection afterwards #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Paste and Replace Selection" msgstr "Remplacer" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones." msgstr "Colle le presse-papier. Remplace les objets sélectionnés. Cette version de « Coller » crée aussi de nouvelles barres de mesure au lieu d'utiliser celles qui ont été copiées." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" map" msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" Map" msgstr "Recharger la table d'association \"Drum GM to User\"" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:2 msgid "Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User" msgstr "Recharge la table d'association de batterie nécessaire au fonctionnement de DrumGM2User" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection" msgstr "Applique le raccourci clavier aux objets sélectionnés" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection." msgstr "Suivi d'un raccourci clavier : applique le raccourci clavier avec le curseur sur chaque objet sélectionné." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Selected Objects" msgstr "Supprime les objets sélectionnés" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind" msgstr "Supprime tous les objets sélectionnés et laisse une mesure vide derrière." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Select All Staffs" msgstr "Sélectionner toutes les portées" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole movement / All staffs" msgstr "Sélectionne toutes les portées" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete Movement" msgid "Select All Music In Movement" msgstr "Supprimer un morceau" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure" msgid "Creates a selection for all the music in the current movement." msgstr "Sélectionne la mesure courante entière." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Column" msgstr "Sélectionner la colonne" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole column" msgstr "Sélection de toute la colonne." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Selection to Next Empty Measure" msgstr "Sélection jusqu'à la prochaine mesure vide" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff" msgstr "Sélection des éléments présents entre le curseur et la prochaine mesure vide." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Left" msgstr "Sélectionner à gauche" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a selection, move cursor left." msgstr "Création d'une sélection et déplacement du curseur à gauche." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Measure" msgstr "Sélectionner la mesure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure" msgstr "Sélectionne la mesure courante entière." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Right" msgstr "Sélectionner à droite" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a selection, move the cursor right." msgstr "Création d'une sélection et déplacement du curseur à droite." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Staff" msgstr "Sélectionner la portée" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole staff" msgstr "Sélectionne la portée entière" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:4 msgid "The last change was:\n" msgstr "La dernière modification était :\n" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:5 msgid "No change recorded in Undo stack" msgstr "Pas d'annulation possible" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Last Change" msgstr "Dernière modification" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack." msgstr "Affiche les dernières modifications enregistrée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedAugmented" msgstr "Diminué - Augmenté" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented" msgstr "Détermination du caractère augmenté ou diminué de l'accord joué." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedMinor" msgstr "Diminué - Mineur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor" msgstr "Déterminer si un accord joué est diminué ou mineur." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:1 msgid "HalfDiminshed7Diminished7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented" msgid "Determine if the type of diminshed chord sounded" msgstr "Détermination du caractère augmenté ou diminué de l'accord joué." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:1 msgid "Major7Minor7Dominant7" msgstr "Majeur⁷ - Mineur⁷ - Dominant⁷" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine which seventh chord is sounded" msgstr "Déterminer quelle septième de l'accord est jouée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished" msgstr "Majeur - Mineur - Augmenté - Diminué" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished" msgstr "Déterminer si un accord joué est majeur, mineur, augmenté ou diminué." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorAugmented" msgstr "Majeur - Augmenté" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented" msgstr "Déterminer si un accord joué est majeur ou augmenté." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinor" msgstr "Majeur - Mineur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord played is major or minor" msgstr "Déterminer si un accord est majeur ou mineur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C Major" msgid "Ab Major" msgstr "Do majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify Scale Notes that are sounded" msgstr "Identifier les gammes jouées" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Ab Pentascale" msgstr "La♭ pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C Major" msgid "Bb Major" msgstr "Do majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Bb Pentascale" msgstr "Si♭ pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "C Major" msgstr "Do majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C Pentascale" msgid "C-Pentascale" msgstr "Do pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C Major" msgid "Db Major" msgstr "Do majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Db Pentascale" msgstr "Ré♭ pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C Major" msgid "Eb Major" msgstr "Do majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Eb Pentascale" msgstr "Mi♭ pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "F Major" msgstr "Fa majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "F Pentascale" msgstr "Fa pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "F Major" msgid "F# Major" msgstr "Fa majeure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "F Pentascale" msgid "F# Pentascale" msgstr "Fa pentatonique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Note Pitches" msgstr "Vérification des hauteurs de notes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 msgid "Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to next note, else beeps. Note: holding down the shift key on the pc keyboard while playing notes on the MIDI in achieves the same effect instantly, so this filter is largely obsolete." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgid "The Conductor" msgstr "Conducteur souris activé" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Conducts as you press the sustain pedal for each measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:4 msgid "" "The music below is the first of Handel's exercises for figured bass. The staff marked \"Chords\" at the top is a sample (inadequate) realization of the figures.\n" " When you click Start you will be asked if you want to delete this version, and when you say yes you can start creating your own.\n" " The screen becomes green to remind you that your MIDI controller is now expecting you to play the ticked bass note plus chord.\n" " The bass note expected is marked with a tick, play this note plus the chord notes. You can hold down the bass note and change chords over the same bass note.\n" " Note, you must distinguish enharmonic differences (e.g. D-sharp from E-flat), check that the set of accidentals showing in the MIDI-in controls suits the piece you are working on. Press shift-sharpwise or flatwise as needed.\n" " You can hold down the chord while going on to the next bass note so as to carry the chord over.\n" "You can use the sustain pedal to tie the chord you are entering with the chord for the next bass note by putting the pedal down on the chord you want to tie and releasing it after going on to the next bass note.\n" "Putting pedal down before the bass note will tie the last chord to the one you enter next. \n" "You can also use the sustain pedal to place a chord on a rest before a bass note (depress the pedal before striking the bass note).\n" " You can click Start a second time to stop, and you can re-start from any bar you like.\n" " You can edit, playback etc while working, but don't remove or add staffs. You can also use the pitch bend wheel to stop entering chords.\n" " " msgstr "" "La musique ci-dessous est le premier exercice de Handel pour basses continue. La portée marquée « Accords » en haut est un exemple de réalisation des figures.\n" "Quand vous cliquez sur « Démarrer », on vous demandera si vous voulez supprimer cette version. Vous devriez accepter et écrire la vôtre.\n" "L'écran deviendra vert pour vous rappeler que votre contrôleur MIDI attend maintenant que vous jouiez la basse cochée et l'accord.\n" "La note basse attendue est marquée avec une encoche, jouez cette note ainsi que celles de l'accord. Vous pouvez maintenir la note basse appuyée et changer d'accords par dessus la même note basse.\n" "Notez que vous devez distinguer les différences harmoniques (par exemple Ré dièse et Mi bémol), vérifier que l'armure de l'entrée MIDI correspond à celle de la pièce sur laquelle vous travaillez. Utilisez « Bémoliser » et « Diéser » autant que nécessaire.\n" "Vous pouvez maintenir l'accord appuyé tandis que vous passez à la note basse suivante.\n" "Vous pouvez utiliser la pédale de sustain pour lier l'accord que vous entrez avec l'accord de la note basse suivante, en appuyant sur la pédale au moment de l'accord que vous voulez lier, et la relâchant après être passé sur la note basse suivante.\n" "Appuyer sur la pédale avant la note basse liera le dernier accord à celui vous entrerez ensuite.\n" "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la pédale de sustain pour placer un accord sur un silence avant la note basse (relâchez la pédale avant d'entrer la note basse).\n" "Vous pouvez cliquer sur « Démarrer » une seconde fois pour arrêter, et recommencer à la mesure que vous voulez.\n" "Vous pouvez éditer, jouer etc. en travaillant, mais pas ajouter ou supprimer des portées. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la roue de hauteur pour arrêter d'entrer des accords.\n" " " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:30 msgid "You have unsaved work" msgstr "Des travaux en cours n'ont pas été enregistrés" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:1 msgid "Handel's Figured Bass Exercises" msgstr "Exercices de basse continue de Hendel" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to show consecutives." msgstr "Vous permet de jouer en accord les exercices d'entrainement de basse continue de Handel. Une option permet d'afficher vos basses continues consécutivement." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "Vitesse de reconnaissance des noms de notes en clé de Fa" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à lire des notes en clé de Fa." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:1 msgid "Step Counting Exercise" msgstr "Identification d'intervalles" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à détecter le nombre de notes diatoniques entre deux notes." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:1 msgid "Diatonic Interval Detection" msgstr "Détection d'intervalles diatoniques" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à trouver le nom de l'intervalle diatonique entre deux notes." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Line Number" msgstr "Identifier le numéro de la ligne" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the line number in which the note is displayed" msgstr "Identifier le numéro de la ligne sur laquelle une note est affichée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Line and Space Recognition" msgstr "Reconnaissance des lignes et interlignes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à reconnaître les différences entre lignes et interlignes." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "Vitesse de reconnaissance des noms de notes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à nommer les notes de la gamme." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:1 msgid "Solfege Note Name Recognition" msgstr "Reconnaissance des noms de note de solfège" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Recognition" msgstr "Reconnaissance des noms de notes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Space Number" msgstr "Identifier le numéro de l'interlignes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the space number in which the note is display on" msgstr "Identifier le numéro de l'interligne sur laquelle une note est affichée." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Step, Skip, or Same?" msgstr "Conjoint, disjoint ou égal ?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à déterminer si une note évolue par pas ou par sauts." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Trace Note Direction" msgstr "Suivre le mouvement des notes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your note tracking ability" msgstr "%tests votre capacité à suivre une note." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Export As" msgid "Export Audio" msgstr "Exporter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports recorded audio output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LilyPond Errors" msgid "Quick LilyPond Export" msgstr "Erreurs LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports as LilyPond to a file named the same as the .denemo file but with .ly suffix." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.scm:15 msgid "The score has not been saved, so no name or location for the part is defined" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit LilyPond" msgid "Quick LilyPond Part" msgstr "LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:2 msgid "Writes a file containing the music of the current staff in LilyPond format. The filename is the current file name with staff number appended, and .ly." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a Lilypond File" msgstr "Tente d'importer un fichier LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Imports a Midi File" msgstr "Tente d'importer un fichier MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a MusicXml file" msgstr "Tente d'importer un fichier MusicXML" #. SelectMidiImportStrategy #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.scm:6 msgid "Guided Import" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.scm:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Voice" msgid "Automatic Import" msgstr "Voix automatique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MIDI Tempo" msgid "MIDI Import" msgstr "Tempo MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:2 msgid "Import Music from a MIDI file, either guided or (in simple cases) automatically." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.scm:11 msgid "" "You can now insert the notes from the MIDI track into the staff beneath the (top) click track staff.\n" " The MIDI notes detected are displayed above the top staff, and the first is marked ready to be entered.\n" " The Return key will enter the note using the duration calculated from the time until the next note -\n" " override this by playing a duration key 0, 1 .... or clicking a duration button.\n" " Use the Ins key to insert a note in the chord if the MIDI notes are not sequential.\n" " You can use the Navigation commands to move the marked MIDI note around if you need to back up or re-start\n" " (or you can double-click on the MIDI note marker itself - above the blue line at the top - to make it the marked MIDI note).\n" " When you have finished with this MIDI track use the button (or use the Staff->Add Staff->MIDI menu) to load another track. \n" " It is best to work up from the lowest numbered track so that the staffs are in order without having to swap them afterwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open Source Audio" msgid "Open Source MIDI" msgstr "Ouvrir une piste audio" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:141 msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source Audio" msgstr "Ouvrir une piste audio" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens an audio file which will be mixed with the current movement." msgstr "Ouverture d'un fichier audio qui sera attaché au morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.scm:6 msgid "" "Failed to open Default.denemo in your custom templates directory\n" "Have you saved a template called Default yet?" msgstr "" "N'a pas pu ouvrir Default.denemo dans votre répertoire personnel de modèles de partitions.\n" "Avez-vous déjà enregistré un modèle appelé « Default » ?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Default Template" msgstr "Ouvrir le modèle de partition par défaut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder." msgstr "Ouvre le modèle Default.denemo dans le répertoire des modèles personnalisées." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source for Transcribing" msgstr "Ouvrir la source pour transcription" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given bar can be re-displayed when reviewing the score." msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given measure can be re-displayed when reviewing the score." msgstr "Ouverture d'une fenêtre affichant la source facsimile ou manuscript. Les liens vers ce fichier source peuvent être placés dans la partition Denemo afin que la passage de la source pour une mesure donnée puisse être ré-affiché à la relecture de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "You may need to fix this warning:\n" "\"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "\"\n" "before printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking Pitches" msgid "Check and Print" msgstr "Vérification des hauteurs" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the score for errors, if none are found proceeds to typeset and print the current layout." msgstr "" #. let #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preview Four Bars" msgid "Preview Four Measures" msgstr "Aperçu des quatre mesures suivantes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:2 msgid "Print preview of current bar and the next three." msgstr "Affiche l'aperçu de la mesure courante et des trois suivantes." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Accompanist's Score" msgstr "Imprimer la partition d'accompagnement" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement." msgstr "Affiche la partition avec la portée du haut en petite taille, et met des sauts de page avant chaque morceau." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.scm:23 msgid "No Layouts Available?" msgstr "Aucune mise en page disponible ?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgstr "Imprime toutes les mises en page" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score using all the defined score layouts." msgstr "Imprime la partition en utilisant toutes les mises en page définies." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Bass Part Omitting Figures" msgstr "Afficher la partie basse sans les figures" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures." msgstr "Affiche la partie basse sans afficher les figures de basse continue." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.scm:13 msgid "No Book Title, see Score->Titles->Book Titles" msgstr "Pas de titre de livre. Voir « Partitions → Titres → Titres de livres »" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Part with Title Page" msgstr "Aperçu de la portée avec titre" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints part with part name on title page" msgstr "Impression de la partie avec le nom de la partie sur la page titre." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.scm:8 msgid "Full Score" msgstr "Partition entière" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Score and Parts" msgstr "Imprime la partition et des sous-parties" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named after instrument name). Set instrument names before use." msgstr "Crée des mises en pages de partition pour la mise en page courante entière, et des parties (nommées par les instruments). Définissez les noms d'instruments avant." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "Affiche trois parties comme citation pour accompagnement" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints top three parts on one staff as cues." msgstr "Affichage des trois portées du haut dans une seule portée en tant que citation." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "Afficher deux parties comme citation pour accompagnement" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue." msgstr "Affichage des deux portées du haut dans une seule portée en tant que citation." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:1 msgid "Print with Ambitus" msgstr "Imprimer avec l'ambitus" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of the staff" msgstr "Affiche l'ambitus de chaque partie au début de la portée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for All Features" msgstr "Aide pour toutes les fonctionnalités" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window." msgstr "Ouvre une partition avec des exemples expliqués de bon nombre de choses que vous pouvez créer avec Denemo. Cliquez sur les explications dans la vue « Affichage »." #. HelpForReturnKey #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.scm:2 msgid "" "The Return keypress can be used as a special instantly movable shortcut,\n" "you can set it to any menu action you wish by pressing it while you have the item selected\n" "Any one-key shortcut can be set this way, but with Return you do not get told if you are taking the shortcut away from another command.\n" "Also the setting is not saved.\n" "The idea is to set it for your current activity (e.g. applying tenuto marks).\n" "You can make it \"normal\" by setting a preference - see Edit->Preferences->Command Behavior.\n" "Note that the Enter key on the numeric keypad is a separate key (or should be!) and can be used as a shortcut independently" msgstr "" "La touche Entrée peut être utilisée comme un raccourci clavier instantanément reprogrammable, vous pouvez l'assigner à n'importe quelle action du menu en l'appuyant au survol de la commande voulue.\n" "N'importe quel raccourci clavier simple peut être défini de cette manière, mais la touche Entrée ne vous averti pas si vous écrasez un raccourci existant.\n" "Le raccourci n'est pas sauvegardé.L'idée est de la régler pour votre activité courante (par exemple, insérer des marques de tenuto).\n" "Vous pouvez la rendre « normale » par le panneau de préférences → Comportement des commandes.\n" "Notez que la touche Entrée du pavé numérique n'est pas la même que la touche Entrée classique." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Return Keypress" msgstr "Aide pour la touche entrée" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:2 msgid "Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer." msgstr "Ne fait rien d'autre que d'expliquer le fonctionnement de la touche Entrée dans Denemo, et la manière d'en faire un raccourci ordinaire si vous préférez." #. IRC on freenode #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.scm:2 msgid "" "Your browser may take a few moments to start - be patient!\n" " \tWhen it has started you have to type in some anti-spam words\n" " \tand click connect\n" " \tThen you get a page with a place to type your question at the bottom.\n" " \tType hello in there and hit Enter\n" " \tIf no one is there to help you can use the mailing list denemo-devel@gnu.org" msgstr "" "Votre navigateur peut mettre quelques instants à démarrer, soyez patients !\n" "\tUne fois démarré vous devrez entrer quelques mots anti-spam et cliquer sur « Se connecter ».\n" "\tPuis vous verrez une page avec en bas un champ dans lequel entrer votre question.\n" "\tEntrez « hello » et appuyez sur la touche « Entrée ».\n" "\tSi personne n'est présent pour vous aider, vous pouvez utiliser la liste de diffusion : denemo-devel@gnu.org" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:1 msgid "Chat to Other Users" msgstr "Clavarder avec d'autres utilisateurs" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat" msgstr "Lance votre navigateur sur une page vous permettant de clavarder sur le salon Denemo." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:6 msgid "Newbie status is now on - re-start Denemo to see extra tooltips" msgstr "Le mode débutant est activé. Redémarrer Denemo pour voir les infobulles supplémentaires." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:7 msgid "" "Newbie status is now off - re-start Denemo to avoid excessive tooltips.\n" "Note you can also increase the time before the remaining ones appear via the Preferences" msgstr "" "Le mode débutant est désactivé. Redémarrer Denemo pour masquer les infobulles supplémentaires.\n" "Vous pouvez modifier le temps avant affichage des infobulles dans le panneau de préférences." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer les infobulles excessives" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips.\n" #| "Note you can also delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit->Change Preferences->Command Behaviour" msgid "Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips. Note you can also independently delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit->Change Preferences->Command Behavior" msgstr "" "Active ou non votre statut de débutant. Cela affecte les infobulles.\n" "Notez que vous pouvez aussi retarder les infobulles, indéfiniment si vous le souhaitez, via la fenêtre de préférences. Voir « Édition → Préférences → Comportement des commandes »." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:1 msgid "Tutorial" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:2 msgid "Steps through the basic commands" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Default Action" msgstr "Actions par défaut des noms de note" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position." msgstr "Édite les raccourcis qui modifient les notes sélectionnées, ou ajoute une note quand en position d'ajout." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Move Cursor" msgstr "Déplacement du curseur vers les notes" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move the cursor to the nearest note of that name." msgstr "Édite les raccourcis qui déplacent le curseur à la note la plus proche ayant le nom choisi." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.scm:7 msgid "Angry Delete MIDI Filter" msgstr "Suppression agressive de filtre MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Angry Delete" msgstr "Suppression agressive" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect." msgstr "Les notes MIDI entrées fortement suppriment la note précédente avant de prendre effet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.scm:6 msgid "" "This command expects you to play the notes of the current bar together with chords.\n" "It will notate the chords in a new staff above the current staff. You can hold chords over several notes, change chords on one note.\n" "To temporarily switch to listening so as to try out a chord depress the foot pedal.\n" "It will play you two bars of the music at the start and after you have entered the chords.\n" "Use the pitch bend control to go on to the next bar or to try again in the current bar." msgstr "" #. End of ChordsForBar #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Chords for Bar" msgstr "Accords de la mesure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up)." msgstr "Joue le contexte de la mesure courante. Puis vous écoute jouer chaque note de la mesure courante avec les accords ajoutés, note les accords sur une portée au dessus. Quand c'est terminé, rejoue la mesure. Vous permet de répéter (pitch bend en bas) ou d'aller à la mesure suivante (pitch bend en haut)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:39 msgid "y" msgstr "y" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 msgid "Non Empty Chords staff" msgstr "Portée contenant des accords" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:30 msgid "Remove the previous transcription from this measure on?" msgstr "Supprimer la transcription précédente pour cette mesure ?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Chords Over Bass Line" msgstr "Créer des accords par dessus la basse" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note." msgstr "Placer le curseur sur une note basse et appeler cette commande. Cela crée une portée en clé de Sol au dessus de la portée basse. À chaque note jouée sur la portée basse, passe à la portée haute et vous permet d'entrer un accord. Utilisez la roue de Pitch Bend pour arrêter ou démarrer le processus. Maintenez un accord en passant à la note basse suivante pour étendre l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Figured Bass Filter On" msgstr "Filtre de basse continue activé" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:136 msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass." msgstr "Commence à filtrer les événements MIDI. La première note est la basse, laisser appuyé pendant l'entrée des notes pour les figures. La pédale modifie l'harmonie sur la même basse." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:1 msgid "Foot Pedal Conductor" msgstr "Conducteur de pédale" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor." msgstr "Appuyez sur la pédale au début de chaque mesure. Le numéro de barre est affiché et la pulsation est interpolée en fonction de la signature rythmique. Deux appuis rapides arrêtent le conducteur." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiAdvanceOnEdit.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Advance on Edit" msgstr "Avancement MIDI à l'édition" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiAdvanceOnEdit.xml.h:2 msgid "Advances the cursor on MIDI note entry. Use in Edit mode." msgstr "Avance le curseur à l'entrée de notes MIDI. À utiliser en mode édition." #. MidiFilterOff #. Our own Reset, this makes the filter toggle off/on #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.scm:3 msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgstr "Pas de filtre MIDI actif" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Filter Off" msgstr "Filtre MIDI désactivé" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active." msgstr "Désactiver tous les scripts de filtres MIDI." #. FIXME warn or seek next note #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:55 msgid "Checking Chords Filter" msgstr "Vérification du filtre d'accord" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:86 msgid "No active MIDI Filter" msgstr "Pas de filtre MIDI actif" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Chords (On/Off)" msgstr "Vérifier les accords (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Advances through the current movement as you play the notes, stopping for wrong or missing notes in MIDI in." msgstr "Avance dans le morceau courant au fur et à mesure que vous jouez les notes, s'arrête aux notes fausses ou manquantes par l'entrée MIDI." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Default Action" msgstr "Action par défaut de la souris" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with caps-lock does nothing.." msgstr "Le clic gauche positionne le curseur. Le clic droit permet l'édition. Le clic gauche avec CapsLock ne fait rien." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.scm:35 msgid "" "To insert notes hold down shift key while clicking the mouse. To add to a chord hold down Alt key, to delete hold down Control key while clicking.\n" "\tOr use keys a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (with Shift, Control or Alt).\n" "\tTo cut out excessive messages like this use Help menu ->Turn Excessive Tooltips Off/On." msgstr "" "Pour insérer une note laissez la touche Shift appuyée et cliquez avec la souris. Pour ajouter un accord, laissez la touche Alt appuyée, et pour supprimer laissez la touche Ctrl appuyée et cliquez.\tOu utilisez les touches a,b,c,d,e,f,g,0,1,2,3,4 (avec Shift, Control ou Alt).\n" "\tPour désactiver les messages excessifs tels celui-ci, rendez-vous dans le menu « Aide → Désactiver les infobulles excessives »." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Note Insertion" msgstr "Insertion de notes à la souris" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to change the prevailing duration." msgstr "Change l'utilisation de la souris lorsque Caps Lock est activé. Le clic gauche insert une note de la durée de référence. Les raccourcis claviers numériques permettent de changer la durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Default Composer Number Keys" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Loads the default composer numberkeys (Notes and Rests)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode" msgstr "Changer en numéros de choix de durée en mode « Compositeur »" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode." msgstr "Édite les touches numériques permettant de choisir la durée de référence en mode composition." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:1 msgid "NoOp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Does absolutely nothing. Use to \"blank\" a shortcut." msgid "Does absolutly nothing. Use to \"blank\" a key." msgstr "Ne fait absolument rien. À utiliser pour réinitialiser un raccourci." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:1 msgid "OpEight" msgstr "Opération huit" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses" msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypress" msgstr "Opération factices" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFive" msgstr "Opération cinq" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFour" msgstr "Opération quatre" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:1 msgid "OpNine" msgstr "Opération neuf" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:1 msgid "OpOne" msgstr "Opération une" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSeven" msgstr "Opération sept" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSix" msgstr "Opération six" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:1 msgid "OpThree" msgstr "Opération trois" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "OpTwo" msgstr "Opération deux" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:1 msgid "OpZero" msgstr "Opération zéro" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Named Bookmark" msgstr "Ajouter un signet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Ajoute un signet combiné à une marque de répétition LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Non-Printing Bookmark" msgstr "Ajouter un signet invisible" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output." msgstr "Ajoute un signet sans sortie LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Bookmark" msgstr "Signet suivant" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "Recherche un signet en avant dans la portée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Prev Bookmark" msgstr "Signet précédent" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "Recherche un signet en arrière dans la portée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Rehearsal/Bookmark" msgstr "Ajouter un signet et une répétition" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Ajoute un signet combiné à une marque de répétition par défaut" #. Object found #. no object even in the second round. Go to start position. #. user abort #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Bookmark" msgstr "Rechercher un signet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff." msgstr "Recherche un signet nommé dans la portée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Highest Note" msgstr "Aller à la note la plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la note la plus haute sur la position horizontale (dans un accord ou une note seule)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Lowest Note" msgstr "Aller à la note la plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la note la plus basse sur la position horizontale (dans un accord ou une note seule)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor down an octave." msgstr "Aller un octave plus bas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Left" msgid "JumpLeft" msgstr "Gauche" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Jumps to beginning of this measure or previous measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Right" msgid "JumpRight" msgstr "Droite" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Moves cursor to nearest note A" msgid "Moves cursor to start of next bar or to end." msgstr "Déplacer le curseur vers le La le plus proche" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor up one octave." msgstr "Aller un octave plus haut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement Beginning" msgstr "Aller au début du morceau" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection" msgstr "Déplace le curseur au début du morceau sans altérer la sélection." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement End" msgstr "Aller à la fin du morceau" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection." msgstr "Délace le curseur à la dernière mesure de la dernière portée, sans altérer la sélection." #. ToggleCursorHighlight #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cursor Highlighting (Off/On)" msgid "Cursor Highlighting Off/On" msgstr "Clignotement du curseur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)" msgstr "Affiche la position du curseur plus clairement (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:6 msgid "There is no link here, open the source document and click on it to place one." msgstr "Il n'y a pas de lien ici, ouvrez la source du document et cliquez dessus pour en placer un." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Follow Link to Source" msgstr "Suivre le lien à la source " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Follows the link at the cursor to a source document." msgstr "Suit le lien sélectionné à la source du document" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cursor to Note" msgid "Cursor to Marked Onset" msgstr "Aller à la note" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the Denemo cursor to the note to which the marked MIDI note onset belongs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgid "No MIDI file has been loaded" msgstr "Pas de filtre MIDI actif" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse Note Insertion" msgid "First Note Onset" msgstr "Insertion de notes à la souris" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:148 msgid "The first recorded or imported MIDI note onset in the current track becomes marked so that entered durations will be given its pitch." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:7 msgid "No Onset has been marked" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next Movement" msgid "Next Note Onset" msgstr "Morceau suivant" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:151 msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Previous Movement" msgid "Previous Note Onset" msgstr "Morceau précédent" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one" msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note onset to the one before the current one." msgstr "Insérer un morceau précédent l'actuel" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-mark Note Onsets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:149 msgid "Removes the mark from the MIDI note onset, so that inserting durations have their normal meaning." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Check for Irregular Measures" msgstr "Détecter les mesures irrégulières" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks each measure for complete number of beats, ignoring Anacrusis and ShortMeasure ones. Stops at anything bad." msgstr "Vérification de chaque mesure pour compléter le nombre de battements. Ignore les anacrouses et les mesures courtes. S'arrête à la première erreur." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Edit Point" msgstr "Trouver le point d'édition" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes." msgstr "Recherche en arrière les notes non imprimées." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Lower" msgstr "Note suivante plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor." msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la prochaine note basse" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Next Similar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints flat sign over the note at the cursor" msgid "Finds the next object similar to the one at the cursor." msgstr "Imprime un ♭ sur la note courante" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tied Notes" msgid "Find Note" msgstr "Notes liées" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning" msgid "Moves the cursor forward until it is on the note given by the user." msgstr "Déplace le curseur vers la gauche jusqu'à temps qu'il rencontre une mesure vide ou le début de la portée." #. GoToEmptyMeasure #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To Next Empty Measure" msgstr "Aller à la prochaine mesure vide" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends." msgstr "Déplace le curseur à l'endroit suivant de la portée courante où finit la musique." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToMeasureEnd.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Go to Measure" msgid "Go To End of Measure" msgstr "Aller à la mesure" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Previous Empty Measure" msgstr "Aller à la dernière mesure vide précédente" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning" msgstr "Déplace le curseur vers la gauche jusqu'à temps qu'il rencontre une mesure vide ou le début de la portée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Higher" msgstr "Note suivante plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton" msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la prochaine note haute" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Drops the audio track attached to the current movement." msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Use File->Open Audio to attach audio." msgstr "Relâcher la piste audio attachée au morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Source Audio File" msgstr "Fermer la piste audio" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:2 msgid "Drops the audio track attached to the current movement." msgstr "Relâcher la piste audio attachée au morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Synchronize Audio" msgstr "Synchroniser la piste audio" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Creates a timing bar for each space bar press. Music written in the staffs below will synchronize with the audio." msgstr "Joue la piste audio attachée au morceau courant. Crée une barre de mesure à chaque pression de la barre d'espace. La musique écrite dans les portées en dessous se synchronisera avec la piste audio." #. (fixMeasures) loops infinitely? #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass" msgstr "Convertir les accords MIDI par dessus la basse." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note." msgstr "Prend un enregistrement MIDI par dessus la ligne de basse et insère les accords en faisant correspondre les notes de la basse. Chaque accord doit inclure une note de la basse." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Play from Cursor to End" msgstr "Jouer du curseur à la fin" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement." msgstr "Joue toutes les portées à partir de la position du curseur, jusqu'à la fin du morceau." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:41 msgid "No fine found, assuming all" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:37 msgid "Dal Segno with no Segno - assuming Da Capo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:1 msgid "Performance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog" msgid "Plays the current movement, observing repeats, Da Capo, fine and Dal Segno." msgstr "Calcule le rendu du morceau et ouvre une fenêtre d'impression." #. PitchShift #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Pitch Change" msgstr "Changement de hauteur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Give amount =/-" msgstr "Entrer un montant =/-" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Shift Pitch" msgstr "Changer la hauteur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:2 msgid "Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given." msgstr "Envoie un signal de Pitch Bend au synthétiseur pour la valeur +/- 64 entrée." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Play Chord at Cursor" msgid "Play Music at Cursor" msgstr "Jouer l'accord au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the score for the duration of the note/chord at the cursor, starting at that note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Play" msgid "Play All" msgstr "Lecture" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the current movement from the start, observing any mute objects placed in the staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.scm:3 msgid "Click" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Playback and Record MIDI (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or stops) playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created - set the keysignature/enharmonic range before you start." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Chord at Cursor" msgstr "Jouer l'accord au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument." msgstr "Joue la note ou l'accord sélectionné avec l'instrument de la portée courante." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Timebase" msgstr "Créer une métrique" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:2 msgid "Recalculates the timing of each note." msgstr "Recalcule la durée de chaque note." #. ToggleConduct #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgid "Mouse Conductor (Off/On)" msgstr "Conducteur souris activé" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off moving the playback on by moving the mouse over the score area." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Immediate Playback" msgstr "Activer ou non la lecture immédiate" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing." msgstr "Active ou non la lecture immédiate d'une note après ajout ou édition." #. TogglePlayAlongPlayback #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Along Playback (Off/On)" msgstr "Lecture avec accompagnement (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In, or move the mouse over the music to drive the score along." msgid "Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In." msgstr "Désactive la lecture accompagnée. Lorsqu'activé la lecture n'avance pas passé le curseur jusqu'à ce que vous jouiez la note correcte via l'entrée MIDI, ou déplacez la souris au dessus des notes pour faire rouler la partition." #. Choose Palette #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:1 msgid "Select a Palette to Show" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:2 msgid "Offers the available palettes to un-hide." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Hidden Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Un-hides all non-empty palettes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Scale Display" msgstr "Échelle d'affichage" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Give % scaling required" msgstr "Entrez l'échelle requise" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Display Scale" msgstr "Définir le zoom" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Scales the display by value given by user." msgstr "Redimensionner l'affichage à l'échelle entrée par l'utilisateur." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn~.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "Zoom avant" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomOut.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "Zoom arrière" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:2 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%" msgstr "Zoom à 100%" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:4 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%, restore the original size" msgstr "Zoom à 100%, restaure la taille originale." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base " msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une quarte augmentée plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quarte augmentée (triton) plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une quarte diminuée plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quinte diminuée plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd above base" msgstr "Ajouter une seconde majeure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une seconde majeure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd above base" msgstr "Ajouter une tierce majeure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une tierce majeure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une sixte majeure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une sixte majeure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une septième majeure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une septième majeure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd above base" msgstr "Ajouter une seconde mineure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une seconde mineure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base " msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base" msgstr "Ajouter une tierce mineure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une tierce mineure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une sixte mineure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une sixte mineure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une septième mineure plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une septième mineure plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st above base" msgstr "Ajouter une prime juste plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une prime juste plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une quarte juste plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quarte juste plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th above base" msgstr "Ajouter une quinte juste plus haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quinte juste plus haute par rapport à la note la plus basse." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 4th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une quarte augmentée plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quarte augmentée plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une quinte diminuée plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quinte diminuée (triton) plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd below top" msgstr "Ajouter une seconde majeure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une seconde majeure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd below top" msgstr "Ajouter une tierce majeure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une tierce majeure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une sixte majeure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une sixte majeure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une septième majeure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une septième majeure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd below top" msgstr "Ajouter une seconde mineure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une seconde mineure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 3rd below top" msgstr "Ajouter une tierce mineure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une tierce mineure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une sixte mineure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une sixte mineure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une septième mineure plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une septième mineure plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st below top" msgstr "Ajouter une prime juste plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une prime juste plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une quarte juste plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quarte juste plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th below top" msgstr "Ajouter une quinte juste plus basse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Ajoute à l'accord une quinte juste plus basse par rapport à la note la plus haute." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to whole note" msgstr "Transforme le composant de l'accord en ronde" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Transforme un composant de l'accord en ronde sans changer la logique originale comme le calcul de la mesure ou la durée des composants de l'accord tout juste ajoutés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to half note" msgstr "Transforme le composant de l'accord en blanche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Transforme un composant de l'accord en blanche sans changer la logique originale comme le calcul de la mesure ou la durée des composants de l'accord tout juste ajoutés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change chord-member to half note" msgid "Change chord-member to quarter note" msgstr "Transforme le composant de l'accord en blanche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Transforme un composant de l'accord en noire sans changer la logique originale comme le calcul de la mesure ou la durée des composants de l'accord tout juste ajoutés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to breve" msgstr "Transforme le composant de l'accord en carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Transforme un composant de l'accord en carrée sans changer la logique originale comme le calcul de la mesure ou la durée des composants de l'accord tout juste ajoutés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to longa" msgstr "Transformer le composant de l'accord en double carrée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Transforme un composant de l'accord en double carrée sans changer la logique originale comme le calcul de la mesure ou la durée des composants de l'accord tout juste ajoutés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Chord" msgstr "Supprime le code LilyPond de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Supprime le code LilyPond de l'accord sélectionné par le curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.scm:4 msgid "hide" msgstr "masquer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide on Printing" msgstr "Masquer au rendu" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:2 msgid "Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output." msgstr "Commentaire sur l'accord à la sortie LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Chord" msgstr "Parenthéser l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing." msgstr "Met l'accord entre parenthèses au rendu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:1 msgid "Clef Chooser" msgstr "Sélecteur de clé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:10 msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef." msgstr "Choisissez un type de clé. Si le curseur est au début, la clé initiale sera modifiée, sinon une autre sera insérée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change." msgstr "Sur le rendu, ne pas afficher le changement de clé au curseur, ou la clé initiale sinon." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:1 msgid "Display Only Clef" msgstr "Clé invisible" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)." msgstr "Insertion d'une clé qui n'a d'effet qu'à l'affichage, pas au rendu. À utiliser après « ChangeStaff » dans la portée où sera la voix dans une clé différente. Aussi utile pour l'affichage dans une clé familière, et que vous souhaitez l'impression dans une clé moins familière." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose Soundfont" msgid "Choose Condition" msgstr "Choisir une banque de sons" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will only apply to the current Score Layout (see View->Score Layout)" msgid "Gives a menu for choosing whether the directive at the cursor should apply to the current part only or the default score or all layouts," msgstr "L'instruction denemo au curseur n'agira que sur la mise en page courante Voir « Affichage → Mise en page »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Reset for All Layouts" msgstr "Réinitialiser pour toutes les mises en page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all score layouts." msgstr "Efface le comportement conditionnel de cette mise en page. L'instruction agira sur toutes les mises en pages de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:5 msgid "Not for " msgstr "Pas pour" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore for Current Layout" msgstr "Ignorer pour la mise en page courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View->Score Layout)" msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View->Score Layout)" msgstr "L'instruction Denemo au curseur sera ignorée au rendu de la mise en page courante. Voir « Affichage → Mise en page »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:9 msgid "for " msgstr "pour" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Exclusive to Current Layout" msgstr "Exclusif à la mise en page courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will only apply to the current Score Layout (see View->Score Layout)" msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will only apply to the current Score Layout (see View->Score Layout)" msgstr "L'instruction denemo au curseur n'agira que sur la mise en page courante Voir « Affichage → Mise en page »" #. (disp "we have " current " now\n\n") #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Critical Comment" msgstr "Commentaire critique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:8 msgid "Give Comment" msgstr "Laissez un commentaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Cursor has Moved" msgstr "Le curseur a bougé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Apply Command to new position of cursor?" msgstr "Appliquer la commande à la nouvelle position du curseur ?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this)." msgstr "Ajout d'un commentaire qui peut être imprimé dans un commentaire critique à la fin de tous les morceaux (voir la commande « Commentaire critique » pour le créer)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:1 msgid "Enable Accordion 16'" msgstr "Activer l'accordéon 16'" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:2 msgid "Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to Insert will allow them to be inserted." msgstr "Définit les ouvertures et fermetures des soufflets d'accordéon pour cette partition. Peuvent être insérés depuis « Objets à insérer »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.scm:23 msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score" msgstr "Aucune définition n'a été créée pour cette partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Menu of Objects to Insert" msgstr "Menu d'objets à insérer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score->LilyPond Definition menu for this)" msgid "Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score->LilyPond Definition menu for this)" msgstr "Donne un menu du LilyPondDefinition précédemment créé. (Voir le menu « Partition → Définition LilyPond »)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:6 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Layout Directives" msgid "New LilyPond Directive" msgstr "Instructions de mise en page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit" msgid "Edit " msgstr "Édition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert Lilypond" msgid "Insert/Edit Lilypond" msgstr "Insérer du code LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas." msgstr "Insertion ou édition d'une instruction LilyPond. Peut être utilisée pour des espaces additionnels, transpositions, et presque tout. Consulter la documentation LilyPond pour plus d'idées." #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #. 6 #. 7 #. 8 #. 9 #. 0 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Barline" msgstr "Choix de barre de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose a barline " msgid "Choose a barline" msgstr "Choisit une barre de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Closing Barline" msgstr "Barre de fin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:111 msgid "Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker)." msgstr "Insère une barre de fin (une double barre où la seconde est épaisse)." #. DoubleBarline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Double Bar" msgstr "Double barre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:110 msgid "Insert a double barline at cursor position." msgstr "Insère une double barre de mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected." msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure au niveau du curseur, le nombre de mesures de Denemo reste inchangé." #. Half Barline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Half Barline" msgstr "Demi barre de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a barline with only half of its original size" msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure ayant la moitié de la taille normale." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End 1st/2nd Time Bar" msgid "Insert 1st & 2nd Time Bars" msgstr "Fin de volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:117 msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Omit Barline" msgstr "(Rendu) Oublier la barre de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:112 msgid "Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break." msgstr "Saute l'impression de toutes les barres de mesure automatiques ici - autorise un saut de ligne." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End-Start" msgstr "Fin et début de reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:109 msgid "Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another" msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure indiquant la fin d'un passage de reprise, puis le début d'un autre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End Barline" msgstr "Barre de fin de reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:108 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section." msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure indiquant la fin d'un passage de reprise." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat Start Barline" msgstr "Début de reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:107 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section." msgstr "Insère une barre de mesure indiquant le début d'un passage répété." #. if BaseBeat is not specified, must query the user as to what should be the first beat unit: #. use old BPM if there. Bug: Only good for 4=... #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Metronome Marking" msgstr "Marqueur de métronome" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 msgid "" "Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter) \n" " or enter n for none:" msgstr "Entrez l'unité de durée de rythme (par exemple 4. pour la noire pointée), ou entrez « n » pour aucune :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:26 msgid "n" msgstr "n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Give number of these " msgstr "Entrez leur nombre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid " beats per minute:" msgstr " battements par minutes :" #. let #. define GetBPM #. Begin of main function #. Input from the user what kind of beat change they want: #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:47 msgid "Beat Change" msgstr "Changement de rythme" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:48 msgid "Enter beat change as [beat1]=[beat2] with the beats in Lilypond syntax," msgstr "Entrez un changement de rythme suivant le modèle « [rythme1]=[rythme2] », avec les rythmes sous la syntaxe LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:49 msgid "" "\n" "i.e. 4 for quarter, 4. for dotted quarter, etc." msgstr "" "\n" "c.à.d. 4 pour une noire, 4. pour une noire pointée, etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:50 msgid "" "\n" "Place immediately after a barline to center the beat change over the barline." msgstr "" "\n" "Insérer juste après une barre de mesure afin de centrer le changement de rythme au dessus de la barre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Beat Change" msgid "BeatChange" msgstr "Changement de rythme" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Rest" msgid "Changes beat" msgstr "Éditer le silence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BreathMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Breath Mark" msgstr "Respiration" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BreathMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a Breath Mark" msgstr "Insère une respiration" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:60 msgid "Custom dynamic" msgstr "Nuance personnalisée :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:60 msgid "Enter dynamic text:" msgstr "Entrez le texte de la nuance :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:65 msgid "Dynamic setting" msgstr "Réglages des nuances" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:65 msgid "Enter loudness level (0-127):" msgstr "Entrez le niveau de volume sonore (de 0 à 127) :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose dynamics and midi volume level." msgstr "Choisit les nuances et leur volume sonor MIDI." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)" msgstr "(Rendu) Point d'orgue autonome (pour les barres de mesure)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline." msgstr "Ajoute un point d'orgue autonome qui n'a pas d'effet lors le la lecture. Peut être utilisé pour placer un point d'orgue sur une barre de mesure." #. want * 3/2 for dotted,*4 since midi uses quarters and divide by duration, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:55 msgid "BPM Printed" msgstr "BPM Imprimé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 msgid "BPM Not Printed" msgstr "BPM non imprimé" #. begin #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:60 msgid "Incorrect BPM syntax." msgstr "BPM incorrect." #. this did not fire using d-PopUpMenu so changed to RadioBoxMenu #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Tempi and Metronome Marks" msgstr "Marqueur de métronome" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo to suit" msgstr "Insère une marque de tempo ou de métronome, imprimable ou non, ajuste le tempo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rehearsal mark in the score. The default is to typeset as the letters A, B, ... The display shows simply A for all bookmarks. This mark also acts as a Denemo bookmark which can be searched for." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/BeamingOff.scm:4 msgid "No Beaming" msgstr "Pas de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/BeamingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop Beaming" msgstr "Fin de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/BeamingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print)Stop automatic beaming from current position in score." msgstr "(Rendu) Arrête les ligatures automatiques à partir de cette position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/BeamingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beaming" msgstr "Début de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/BeamingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off)." msgstr "(Rendu) Démarre la ligature automatique à partir de cette position. (Utilisé après un arrêt)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Cadenza" msgstr "Ouvrir une cadence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off barlines etc for cadenza" msgstr "Désactive les barres de mesure etc. pour la cadence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/EndVolta.xml.h:1 msgid "End 1st/2nd Time Bar" msgstr "Fin de volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/EndVolta.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:116 msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar" msgstr "Termine une volta (fin de reprises alternatives)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:1 msgid "End Cadenza" msgstr "Fermer une cadence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:2 msgid "Returns to normal barlines etc after a cadenza" msgstr "Réactive les barres de mesure etc. après la cadence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a First Time Bar" msgstr "Ouvre une prima volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:114 msgid "(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta." msgstr "(Rendu) Ouverture d'une prima volta, doit être suivie d'un « EndVolta »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a Second Time Bar" msgstr "Ouvre une seconda volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:115 msgid "(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta" msgstr "(Rendu) Ouvre une seconda volta, doit être suivie d'une EndVolta" #. OttavaStart #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:2 msgid "Give -1 for ottava bassa, 1 for ottava alta and 0 for end ottava" msgstr "Entrez -1 pour une octaviation inférieure, 1 pour une octaviation supérieure et 0 pour une fin d'octaviation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:1 msgid "Ottava" msgstr "Ottava" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started." msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes as typeset." msgstr "Insère une marque d'octave (transpose les notes en conséquence) ou termine une marque déjà commencée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "End Small Size" msgstr "Fin de petite taille" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Printing resumes normal size music." msgstr "Les notes sont affichées à la taille normale." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SmallFontStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Small Size" msgstr "Petite taille" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SmallFontStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Music after this is printed in a small size." msgstr "Les notes suivantes seront affichées en petite taille." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:31 msgid "Prints a Sustain Off Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:29 msgid "Prints a Sustain Pedal On Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:1 msgid "Footnote" msgstr "Annotation en pied de page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:15 msgid "Give footnote text" msgstr "Entrez une annotation en pied de page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 msgid "Give footnote marker" msgstr "Entrez un marqueur d'annotation en pied de page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:35 msgid "Orig. " msgstr "Orig." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert Note" msgid "Insert Footnote" msgstr "Insérer une note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgid "Inserts a footnote at the cursor position." msgstr "Insérer/Éditer un changement d'armure au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:12 msgid "Bold" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Right" msgid "Light" msgstr "Droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:18 msgid "Italic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:44 msgid "" "This directive has to be placed before a note, chord or rest.\n" "The text itself can be re-positioned by right-clicking in the typeset (print) view" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:64 msgid "This directive must be placed before a note to work" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:70 msgid "Text Annotation" msgstr "Annotation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.scm:71 msgid "" "Give text to be placed in score at cursor\n" "(it can be dragged in the typeset view)" msgstr "Entrez le texte à placer au curseur. (Peut-être tiré dans la vue de rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.xml.h:1 msgid "Textual Annotation" msgstr "Annotation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextAnnotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:1 msgid "8 Balance" msgstr "8 Balance" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player. " msgid "Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player." msgstr "Balance. Typiquement utilisé pour les réglages de signaux audio sans modifier le « pan ». Comme un lecteur CD." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:1 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Cannal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Channel of a staff" msgstr "Changer le canal d'une portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:1 msgid "11 Expression" msgstr "11 Expression" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Aka \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression. " msgid "AKA \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression." msgstr "Ou « Sub Volume » ou encore « Percent Volume ». Le volume « réel ». Utilisez « Volume » comme valeur initiale pour chaque portée/canal et changez les crescendos/decrescendos supplémentaires avec « Expression »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:1 msgid "Generic Control Change" msgstr "Changement de contrôle générique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too. " msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too." msgstr "Generic 0xB Control Change - L'utilisateur peut aussi entrer les octets MIDI." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 (On/Off)" msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 On/Off" msgstr "69 Pédale forte #2 (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually." msgstr "Sustain plus long mais pas infini." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)" msgstr "64 Pédale forte (droite au piano)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to \"Off\"" msgstr "Pédale forte On/Off. (Pédale droite du piano). Désactive « Note-off » jusqu'à la désactivation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "68 Legato Pedal (On/Off)" msgid "68 Legato Pedal On/Off" msgstr "68 Pédale de legato (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on." msgstr "Ne joue pas la partie attaque de l'enveloppe VCA. Pour des phrasés rappelant les vents ou cuivres, ou encore les hammer-on à la guitare." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:1 msgid "1 Modwheel" msgstr "1 Modwheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff" msgstr "Changer la valeur « Modwheel » d'une portée/canal courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:1 msgid "10 Pan" msgstr "10 Paronamique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:2 msgid "Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed." msgstr "Où dans le champ stéréo sera placé le canal de son." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "65 Portamento (On/Off)" msgid "65 Portamento On/Off" msgstr "65 Portamento (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:2 msgid "Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time" msgstr "Glisse entre deux notes. Peut être ajusté avec « Portamento time »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:1 msgid "Program" msgstr "Programme" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Program of the current channel/staff" msgstr "Changer le programme de la portée/cannal courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "67 Soft Pedal (On/Off) (Left Piano Pedal)" msgid "67 Soft Pedal On/Off (Left Piano Pedal)" msgstr "67 Pédale douce (On/Off) (gauche au piano)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played." msgstr "Pédale douce ou sourdine. (Pédale droite du piano). Réduit le volume des notes jouées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal (On/Off) (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)" msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal On/Off (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)" msgstr "66 Pédale de sustain (On/Off) (au centre au piano)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off." msgstr "Pédale de sustain. Toutes les notes couramment actives (sans fin de note) ne finiront pas tant qu'activé." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Volume of a channel/staff" msgstr "Changer le volume de la portée/cannal courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the Channel of a staff" msgid "Change Midi Channel" msgstr "Changer le canal d'une portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the Channel of a staff" msgid "Changes the MIDI channel of a staff" msgstr "Changer le canal d'une portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in A" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI playback minor third lower than printed, marks as Clarinet in A" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in B flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output is one tone lower than printed, inscribes clarinet in B flat above music" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Transposition Interval" msgid "Close Transposing Instrument" msgstr "Pas d'intervalle de transposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Returns MIDI output to transposition set on staff properties." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tempo" msgstr "Définir le tempo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout." msgstr "Envoie une commande MIDI pour changer le tempo. " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Temperament" msgid "Equal Temperament Start" msgstr "Tempérament" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI tuning becomes equal temperament from this point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "QuarterNote" msgid "Quarter Comma Meantone" msgstr "Noire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output becomes 1/4 comma mean tone from this point" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.scm:4 msgid "All Staffs: " msgstr "Toutes les portées :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning Across All Staffs" msgstr "Définir l'accordage de toutes les portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked." msgstr "À cet endroit de la lecture, passer au tempérament défini quand cette commande a été appelée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.scm:4 msgid "This Staff: " msgstr "Cette portée :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning for Current Staff" msgstr "Définir l'accordage de la portée courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked." msgstr "À ce moment de la lecture, l'accordage de la portée courant sera changée pour le tempérament choisi à l'appel de la commande." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:4 msgid "This sign allows a Line Break. The bar can be broken across a line at this point. Delete using Del or Backspace key." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:8 msgid "The cursor is on a voice. Put line breaks in the main staff that the voice belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Line Break" msgstr "Autoriser les sauts de page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point." msgstr "Permet au moteur de rendu d'effectuer un saut de page à cet endroit" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure." msgstr "(Rendu) Démarrer une nouvelle ligne (c.à.d. un système) à cette mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "No Line Break" msgstr "Pas de saut de ligne" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Disallow a line break at this measure." msgstr "Interdit les saut de ligne à cette mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Forces a new page at this barline." msgstr "(Rendu) Force une nouvelle page à cette barre de mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing" msgstr "(Rendu) Affichage des altérations" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints accidentals according to a chosen style. Affects following notes only." msgid "Prints accidentals according to a chosen style" msgstr "Affiche les altérations en fonction d'un style défini. N'affectes que les notes suivantes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Notes" msgstr "(Rendu) Début du rendu de la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes" msgstr "Les notes ne sont plus transmises à LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print) Hide Object" msgid "(Print) Hide object" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer l'objet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!" msgstr "Masque l'objet sélectionné grâce à une instruction LilyPond. Pour le moment seulement des notes et les trois signatures. Pas de silences !" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rests" msgstr "Silences multimesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:3 msgid "Give limit for use of church rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7 msgid "MMR Limit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multi-Measure Rests" msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Expand Limit" msgstr "Silences multimesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:2 msgid "In Multi-Measure rests: controls how many measures rest are notated as church rests before numbers are used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score" msgstr "Changer le numéro de la barre de mesure dans la fenêtre de rendu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Please enter a number to set the current bar number. The typeset score will continue to count up from there." msgstr "Définissez le numéro de la barre de mesure. La fenêtre de rendu continuera de compter à partir de ce numéro." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:6 msgid "BarNumber = " msgstr "Barre de mesure = " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Set Bar Number" msgstr "(Rendu) Définition du numéro de barre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgid "Enter a number to change the bar number in the typeset score. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgstr "Entrez un numéro pour éditer le numéro de barre LilyPond. Les notes suivantes auront un numéro partant de celui rentré." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 msgid "X-Y shift" msgstr "Décalage X-Y" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 msgid "Give horizontal shift required" msgstr "Entrez le décalage horizontal requis" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 msgid "Give vertical shift required" msgstr "Entrez le décalage vertical requis" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Shift Object" msgstr "(Rendu) Décaler l'objet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing." msgstr "Demande une valeur de décalage horizontal ou vertical puis insère une instruction pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné au rendu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)" msgstr "(Rendu) Arrêt du rendu de la portée, encore." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop Drawing Staff\" command" msgstr "Annule l'effet de la commande « Commence le rendu de la portée »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Staff" msgstr "(Rendu) Arrêt du rendu de la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn." msgstr "Ne dessine plus la portée et les barres de mesures dans LilyPond. Les notes sont toujours dessinées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Minimum Fret Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Give lowest fret number wanted: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:12 msgid "F" msgstr "Fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Fret Number Allowed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:2 msgid "In a Tab staff, restrict the frets available to larger than the given value." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:1 msgid "Restrain Open Strings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:2 msgid "Restrains the use of open strings in Tablature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:5 msgid "" "This directive causes the tab to be notated fully with beaming and other notation added\n" "Delete the directive to undo the effect." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:16 msgid "This Directive can only be added in a Tab Staff. See Staff menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:1 msgid "Full Tab Notation On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:2 msgid "Typeset beaming etc with Tablature from the cursor position on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block" msgstr "(Rendu) Ferme } un bloc LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)" msgstr "Ferme un bloc LilyPond. Une ouverture de bloc correspondante « { » doit précéder." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:4 msgid "Down8va" msgstr "Octave inférieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Down" msgstr "(Rendu) Ouvrir { octave inférieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock" msgstr "Ouvre un bloc affichant une octave inférieure : doit être suivi d'un CloseLilyBlock" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:4 msgid "Up8va" msgstr "Octave supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up" msgstr "(Rendu) Ouvre { Octave supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Opens a block to be transposed up one octave\n" #| "\tThis must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section." msgid "Opens a block to be transposed up one octave This must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section." msgstr "" "Ouvre un bloc de transposition à l'octave supérieure.\n" "\tDoit être suivi d'un bloc de fermeture « } » pour clore la section." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOff" msgstr "Rendu activé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on." msgstr "Désactive le rendu à partir de cet endroit, jusqu'à réactivation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOn" msgstr "Rendu désactivé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs." msgstr "Active le rendu à partir de cet endroit pour toutes les portées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)" msgstr "(Rendu) Début du rendu de la portée, encore." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop drawing notes\" command" msgstr "Annule l'effet de la commande « Arrête le rendu de la portée »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)" msgstr "Pré-réglage de voix 1 (Hampes supérieures)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for first voice. Stems up" msgstr "Pré-réglage pour la première voix. Hampes vers le haut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)" msgstr "Pré-réglage de voix 2 (Hampes inférieures)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for second voice. Stems down." msgstr "Pré-réglage pour la seconde voix. Hampes vers le bas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)" msgstr "Pré-réglage de voix 3 (Hampes supérieures)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for third voice. Stems up." msgstr "Pré-réglage pour la troisième voix. Hampes vers le haut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)" msgstr "Pré-réglage de voix 4 (Hampes inférieures)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for voice four. Stems down." msgstr "Pré-réglage pour la quatrième voix. Hampes vers le bas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset Automatic" msgstr "Préréglage automatique de voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour." msgstr "Restaure le comportement normal." #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset" msgstr "Préréglages de voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice." msgstr "Choix d'un préréglage pour quatre voix ou une voix automatique." #. VoiceSetting #. InitialVoiceSetting #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:4 msgid "Voice 1" msgstr "Voix 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:6 msgid "Voice 2" msgstr "Voix 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:8 msgid "Voice 3" msgstr "Voix 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:10 msgid "Voice 4" msgstr "Voix 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:12 msgid "Automatic Voice" msgstr "Voix automatique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Voice" msgstr "Choisir une voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:2 msgid "The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions" msgstr "Les commandes de voix 1,2,3,4 dirigent les hampes des voix 1 et 3 vers le haut, et 2 et 4 vers le bas. Les têtes de notes des voix 3 et 4 sont décalées horizontalement, et les silences dans les voix respectives sont automatiquement déplacées pour éviter les collisions. La commande « Voix automatique » remet toutes les voix par défaut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next" msgid "Hide Next" msgstr "Suivant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing the next music item will be omitted from the score. Use with conditional directives to leave out music for certain layouts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♭ Initial" msgstr "Bémoliser l'armure initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "Bémolise l'armure initiale de toutes les voix d'un degré." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♭" msgstr "♭" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature." msgstr "Bémolise l'armure sélectionnée d'un degré, ou l'armure initiale si aucune n'est sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change." msgstr "Sur le rendu, ne pas afficher le changement d'armure au curseur, ou l'armure initiale sinon." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♯ Initial" msgstr "Diéser l'armure initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "Dièse l'armure initiale de toutes les voix d'un degré." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♯" msgstr "♯" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature." msgstr "Dièse l'armure sélectionnée d'un degré, ou l'armure initiale si aucune n'est sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Verses will no longer be printed at the end of the piece" msgstr "Les couplets ne seront plus affichés à la fin de la pièce." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:11 msgid "Typesetting Verses at End" msgstr "Couplets à la fin dans le rendu final" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:11 msgid "Which verse to start at?" msgstr "À quel couplet commencer ?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:29 msgid "No verses found" msgstr "Aucun couplet trouvé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Verses at End" msgstr "Rendu des couplets à la fin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece (movement). Use a customized score layout to prevent them from appearing beneath the music in addition." msgstr "Vous permet de choisir le nombre de couplets à afficher à la fin du morceau. Utilisez une mise en page personnalisée pour ne pas les afficher en dessous de la musique additionnelle." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Duplicate Measure After" msgstr "Insère une copie en suivant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure." msgstr "Insère une copie en suivant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:22 msgid "Beam Start command on a note with no beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:27 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Beam" msgid "Second start Beam" msgstr "Début de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:35 msgid "Beam End command on a note with no beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End Tuplet with no start" msgid "End Beam with no start" msgstr "Terminer un n-olet sans commencement" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Tuplet with no end" msgid "Start Beam with no end" msgstr "Démarrer un n-olet sans fin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:55 msgid "No problem detected with beams in measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Beaming" msgid "Check Beaming" msgstr "Ligatures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor." msgid "Checks the current measure for beaming errors." msgstr "Scinder la mesure en deux au niveau du curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:26 msgid "End Tuplet with no start" msgstr "Terminer un n-olet sans commencement" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:40 msgid "Start Tuplet with no end" msgstr "Démarrer un n-olet sans fin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:45 msgid "All tuplets in measure are terminated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Tuplets" msgstr "Vérifier les n-olets" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure." msgstr "Vérification de la correspondance des débuts et fins de n-olets." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete Captured Measure" msgid "Delete Empty Measures" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure enregistrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all empty measures from the cursor until the next music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge with Next Measure" msgstr "Fusionner avec la mesure suivante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins two measures together." msgstr "Fusionner deux mesures." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close and Reopen Repeat" msgstr "Fin puis début de reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Closes and open repeat block and opens a new one." msgid "Closes an open repeat block and opens a new one." msgstr "Ferme un bloc de répétition puis en ouvre un nouveau." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close a Repeat Section" msgstr "Fermeture d'une reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)" msgstr "Ferme une section commençant par un début de reprise. N'est pas nécessaire avec les barre de prima et seconda volta. (Rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Second Time Bar" msgstr "Fermeture de la seconda volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Closes the second time bar peviously opened (printing)" msgid "Closes the second time bar previously opened (printing)" msgstr "Ferme la seconda volta précédemment ouverte." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "First Time Bar" msgstr "Prima volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)" msgstr "Clôture d'une section de reprise par une barre de « première fin »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Repeat Section" msgstr "Ouverture d'une reprise" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed." msgstr "Marque le point où la reprise commencera. Une marque de fermeture correspondant est nécessaire." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Second Time Bar" msgstr "Seconda volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)" msgstr "Clôture d'une section de reprise par une barre de « seconde fin »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Measure" msgstr "Mesure courte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued." msgstr "Permet de sous remplir la mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Measure at Cursor" msgstr "Scinder la mesure au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor." msgstr "Scinder la mesure en deux au niveau du curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underful, non-empty measures" msgid "Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underfull, non-empty measure" msgstr "Les levées ou mesures courtes ne peuvent être utilisés dans les mesures non remplies." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:52 msgid "Re-calculate" msgstr "Recalculer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:51 #, fuzzy msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, so that the notes in the measure form an upbeat. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Upbeat command." msgstr "Cet objet remplit la durée de cette mesure, pour que les notes de la mesure forment une levée. Cette commande doit être rappelée si vous changez la durée des notes dans la mesure. Pour ce faire, utilisez « Recalculer », ou supprimez ceci puis relancez la commande." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)" msgstr "Anacrouse (Levée)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted." msgstr "Conversion de la mesure actuelle en mesure partielle afin qu'elle ne soit remplie qu'avec les rythmes insérés." #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Repeat" msgstr "Reprise de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a whole measure repeat sign." msgstr "Insertion d'un signe de reprise de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (Score)" msgstr "Capture de mesure (Partition)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff " msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff" msgstr "Création d'une mesure vide pour chaque mesure enregistrée comme une capture d'écran d'une partition source. Affiche la source en utilisant n'importe quel programme. Cliquez sur les coins opposés de chaque mesure pour capturer cette mesure en tant qu'image denemo. Cliquez droit ou utilisez la molette pour changer les coins à ajuster. Appuyez sur n'importe quelle touche pour terminer. Cette commande écrit une partition par la capture d'entrée de toute la partition. Pour doubler chaque partie avec sa véritable mesure source, utilisez « CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure" msgstr "Supprimer la mesure enregistrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure." msgstr "Supprime l'image capturée de la mesure source pour la mesure courante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture and Insert One Measure" msgstr "Enregistre et insère une mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure." msgstr "Capture l'image d'une seule mesure, l'insérant à la mesure courante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:30 msgid "Non Empty Intro staff" msgstr "Introduction de portée non vide" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Intro" msgstr "Crée une introduction" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)" msgstr "Création d'une nouvelle portée avec une barre de mesure pour rien (une intro du bon nombre de pulsations)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Custos.xml.h:1 msgid "Custos (On/Off)" msgstr "Custos (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Custos.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat command to turn custos off." msgstr "Affiche un custos à la fin de chaque ligne du morceau courant. Rappeler la commande pour les désactiver." #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:1 msgid "Even Up the Staffs" msgstr "Égaliser les portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:2 msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short." msgstr "Ajout de mesures vides aux portées trop courtes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideBarlines.scm:7 msgid "Hide Barlines" msgstr "Masquer les barres de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide Barlines" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer les barres de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Omits barlines when printing." msgstr "N'imprime pas les barres de mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide Movement" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer le morceau" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Explains how to hide a movement when printing. Removes obsolete directives for this." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MarkupAtEnd.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MarkupAtEnd.scm:9 msgid "Markup At End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MarkupAtEnd.scm:9 msgid "Edit markup:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Movement" msgid "LilyPond After Movement" msgstr "Imprimer le morceau" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints the given name below the title of the current movement." msgid "Inserts the given Lilypond syntax after the current movement." msgstr "Affiche le nom entré en dessous du titre du morceau actuel." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break Before" msgstr "Saut de page avant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this movement starting on a new page" msgstr "Fait démarrer ce morceau sur une nouvelle page." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:3 msgid "Click to edit comment" msgstr "Cliquer pour éditer le commentaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Commentaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores textual comments for this movement" msgstr "Conserve les commentaires textuels pour ce morceau" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:1 msgid "Baroque" msgstr "Baroque" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:2 msgid "Baroque note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note baroque dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:2 msgid "Cross note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note en croix dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Default" msgstr "Par défaut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Default note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note par défaut pour le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Movement Notehead Settings" msgstr "Réinitialiser les têtes de notes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default." msgstr "Suppression des paramètres de tête de note du morceau. Remis à la valeur par défaut de la partition ou de LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:2 msgid "Diamond note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note diamant dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic-black" msgstr "Harmonique noire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note harmonique noire dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note harmonique dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:1 msgid "Mensural" msgstr "Mensurale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Mensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note neomensurale dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:1 msgid "Neomensural" msgstr "Neomensurale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Neomensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note neomensurale dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:1 msgid "Petrucci" msgstr "Petrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:2 msgid "Petrucci note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note petrucci dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:1 msgid "Slash" msgstr "Slash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:2 msgid "Slash note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note en slash dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:1 msgid "Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Xcircle note head style for the current movement." msgid "Triangle note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Tête de note cercleX dans le morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreIndent.scm:11 msgid "Choose indent of first system" msgstr "Choisir l'indentation du premier système" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:12 msgid "Give amount as decimal" msgstr "Entrez un montant décimal" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreIndent.xml.h:1 msgid "Indent" msgstr "Indentation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:2 msgid "Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement." msgstr "Modifie l'indentation du premier système du morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:21 msgid "" "There are unclosed tuplets in this bar.\n" " Please fix - see CheckTuplets command." msgstr "" "Il y a des n-olets non terminés dans cette mesure.\n" "Veuillez les corriger. Voir la commande CheckTuplets." #. query the user: should we split the note, or let him/her do it? #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:321 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:324 msgid "Split This Note" msgstr "Scinder cette note" #. need to stop if we hit cancel #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:321 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:323 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:324 msgid "Split All" msgstr "Tout scinder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:321 msgid "Stop Here" msgstr "S'arrêter ici" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:353 msgid "" "This measure's discrepancy requires a tuplet.\n" "Please adjust manually and run this script again." msgstr "" "Cette mesure n'est pas cohérente et nécessite un n-olet.\n" "Veuillez corriger manuellement et relancer ce script." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:374 msgid "Search for under/overfull bars" msgstr "Rechercher les mesures vides ou trop remplies" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:375 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:378 msgid "Pad underfull bars with rests" msgstr "Remplir les mesures sous remplies avec des silences" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:375 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:377 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:378 msgid "Pad underfull bars with blank rests" msgstr "Remplir les mesures sous remplies avec des silences invisibles" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:376 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:379 msgid "Rebar-Merge underfull, split overfull bars" msgstr "Fusionne les mesures sous remplies, scinde les mesures débordantes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:380 msgid "Entire Staff" msgstr "Portée entière" #. let's try to return cursor to here when done. #. Start at top staff, top voice #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:380 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386 msgid "This Point Onwards" msgstr "Ce point en avant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:380 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:383 msgid "Entire Movement" msgstr "Morceau entier" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:407 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths" msgid "Problem with measure length" msgstr "Ajuster la longueur des mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths" msgstr "Ajuster la longueur des mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature." msgstr "Supprime les sauts de durées entre les mesures, redistribues les notes en fonction de la métrique." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Tempo of Movement" msgstr "Tempo du morceau" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Give quarter notes per minute:" msgstr "Entrer le nombre de noires par minutes :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Tempo" msgstr "Tempo MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute." msgstr "Défini le tempo initial en noires par minutes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)" msgstr "(Rendu) Barres de mesures mensurales (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside." msgstr "Dessine les barres de mesure entre les portées, mais pas à l'intérieur." #. Chapter #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.scm:2 msgid "Give heading or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez une entête ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:1 msgid "Heading" msgstr "Entête" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a heading in upper case for the current movement." msgid "Prints a heading the current movement" msgstr "Imprime une entête en capitales pour le morceau actuel" #. Piece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.scm:2 msgid "Give name for this piece of the current movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez un nom à cette partie du morceau courant ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePiece.xml.h:1 msgid "Piece" msgstr "Pièce" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a piece name for the Movement" msgstr "Donne un nom de pièce au morceau" #. Section #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.scm:2 msgid "Give name for movement sub-title or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez un sous-titre au morceau, ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:1 msgid "Sub-Title" msgstr "Sous-titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a subtitle for the current movement" msgid "Prints a subtitle for the Movement" msgstr "Imprime un sous titre pour le morceau courant" #. TitledPiece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.scm:2 msgid "Give title for the movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez le titre du morceau, ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a subtitle for the current movement" msgid "Prints title for the current movement" msgstr "Imprime un sous titre pour le morceau courant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:1 msgid "Composer" msgstr "Compositeur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name for current movement." msgstr "Donne un nom de pièce au morceau" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement." msgstr "Affiche le nom entré au dessus à gauche au début du morceau." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Subtitle" msgstr "Sous-titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints the given name below the title of the current movement." msgid "Prints the name given below the title of this movement." msgstr "Affiche le nom entré en dessous du titre du morceau actuel." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title above the current movement." msgstr "Affiche le nom entré comme titre au dessus du morceau courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Insérer une chaîne de caractères inversée comme rythme binaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting." msgstr "Transformation d'une chaîne de caractères en rythme, à partir des caractères ASCII dans l'encodage binaire. La chaîne est inversée avant conversion." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Insérer une chaîne de caractères invérsée comme rythme binaire inversé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Transformation d'une chaîne de caractères en rythme, à partir des caractères ASCII dans l'encodage binaire. La chaîne est inversée, et le rythme de chaque lettre est inversé avant conversion." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Insérer une chaîne de caractères comme rythme binaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding" msgstr "Transformation d'une chaîne de caractères en rythme, à partir des caractères ASCII dans l'encodage binaire." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Insérer une chaîne de caractères comme rythme binaire inversé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Transformation d'une chaîne de caractères en rythme, à partir des caractères ASCII dans l'encodage binaire. Le rythme de chaque lettre est inversé avant conversion." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Shuffled Pool" msgstr "Insertion d'un ensemble mélangé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Insertion de toutes les notes d'un ensemble défini par l'utilisateur en syntaxe LilyPond, dans un ordre aléatoire." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)" msgstr "Inverse l'ordre de la sélection par rapport au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position." msgstr "Inverse les notes sélectionnées. L'axe est la position du curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Selected Objects" msgstr "Inverser les objets sélectionnés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Revert selected objects" msgstr "Inverser la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Shuffle Selected Objects" msgstr "Mélanger les objets sélectionnés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Shuffle the selected objects" msgstr "Mélanger les objets sélectionnés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Ascending)" msgstr "Tri ascendant de la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order." msgstr "Tri de la sélection en ordre ascendant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Descending)" msgstr "Tri descendant de la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, descending order." msgstr "Tri de la sélection en ordre descendant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:1 msgid "Twelve Tone Row" msgstr "Rangée de douze tons" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner. " msgid "Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner." msgstr "Génération de douze notes de durée de référence, chacune étant unique, afin que la gamme chromatique soit représentée dans le désordre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:1 msgid "Note from Pool" msgstr "Note d'un ensemble" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Insertion d'une note depuis un ensemble défini par l'utilisateur en syntaxe LilyPond." #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Chromatic within Clef Range" msgstr "Chromatique dans la tonalité." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum." msgstr "Insertion une note aléatoire." #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:1 msgid "asd" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature." msgstr "Insertion d'une note aléatoire dans la tonalité." #. (d-MoveCursorRight) #. (d-RefreshDisplay))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:1 msgid "Beam 4 Beats" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:2 msgid "Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4)." msgstr "" #. BeamLeftNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Left" msgstr "Pas de ligature à gauche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:123 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left." msgstr "Afficher la note sélectionnée sans ligature à gauche." #. BeamLeftOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Left" msgstr "Une ligature à gauche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:125 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to left." msgstr "N'afficher qu'une ligature à gauche." #. BeamLeftThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Left" msgstr "Trois ligatures à gauche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:129 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the left." msgstr "N'afficher que trois ligatures à gauche." #. BeamLeftTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Left" msgstr "Deux ligatures à gauche" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:127 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the left." msgstr "N'afficher que deux ligatures à gauche." #. BeamRightNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Right" msgstr "Pas de ligature à droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:122 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right." msgstr "Afficher la note sélectionnée sans ligature à droite." #. BeamRightOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Right" msgstr "Une ligature à droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:124 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to the right." msgstr "N'afficher qu'une ligature liée à droite." #. BeamRightThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Right" msgstr "Trois ligatures à droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:128 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the right." msgstr "N'afficher que trois ligatures à droite." #. BeamRightTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Right" msgstr "Deux ligatures à droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:126 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the right." msgstr "N'afficher que deux ligatures à droite." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Beaming Directive" msgstr "Supprimer l'instruction de ligatures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord." msgstr "Supprime les instructions « ] » et « [ » sur l'accord (fin et début de ligature)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "End Beam" msgstr "Fin de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:121 msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only." msgstr "Informe LilyPond de clore la ligature précédemment démarrée ici. (N'a d'effet qu'au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.scm:13 msgid "No beam possible here" msgstr "Pas de ligature possible à cet endroit" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam" msgstr "Pas de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:130 msgid "(Print) Removes beam from current note" msgstr "(Rendu) Supprime la ligature avant la note courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beam" msgstr "Début de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:120 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)" msgstr "Informe LilyPond de commencer la ligature ici. (N'a d'effet qu'au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:1 msgid "Augment" msgstr "Augmenter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Augments the current Note/Chord/Rest. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgstr "Augmente la note, accord ou silence. Une noire devient une blanche." #. not music #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve" msgstr "Carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Breve" msgstr "Change la durée de la note courante en carrée." #. not a chord #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa" msgstr "Double carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Longa" msgstr "Changer la durée de la note courante à double carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅝" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅝 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅗𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Modifier la durée de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:1 msgid "Diminish" msgstr "Diminuer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Diminishs the note/chord/rest. Quarter Note becomes Eight Note. " msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note." msgstr "Diminue la note, accord ou silence. Une noire devient une croche." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.scm:11 msgid "Cursor must be on a chord/note/rest" msgstr "Le curseur doit être placé sur un accord, une note ou un silence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:1 msgid "Dot" msgstr "Point" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double dotted." msgstr "Ajout d'un point de prolongation à l'accord, note ou silence. Supprime les points si double pointés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Slurred, Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm. Slurs the two notes together." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:1 msgid "Dottify" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a dotted rhythm with the same total duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects to new chord" msgstr "Rassembler les objets en nouvel accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes." msgstr "Rassembler toutes les notes, accords et silences de la sélection en un nouvel accord. Peut créer des notes liées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects" msgstr "Fusionner les objets" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch." msgstr "Fusionne les notes, accords ou silences sélectionnés en objets de même nature mais de durée plus longue. Peut créer des notes liés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Note/Chord" msgstr "Scinder la note ou l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests." msgstr "Scinde un accord en ses composants, en préservant les durées, générant des n-olets si nécessaire. Ne fonctionne pas pour les silences." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Insert Comment" msgstr "Insérer un commentaire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Comment this chord" msgstr "Commenter cet accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor" msgstr "Attache un commentaire textuel à l'accord courant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Note" msgstr "Supprime le code LilyPond de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is." msgstr "Supprime le code LilyPond de la note sélectionnée par le curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Breve" msgstr "Ajouter ou insérer une carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Longa duration" msgstr "Ajouter ou insérer une durée de quatre mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur0.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅝" msgid "⏜ 𝅝" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅝" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur0.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅝 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur1.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅗𝅥" msgid "⏜ 𝅗𝅥" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅗𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur1.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅗𝅥 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur2.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur2.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur3.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur3.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥𝅮 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur4.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur4.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥𝅯 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur5.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur5.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥𝅰 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur6.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur6.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥𝅱 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur7.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/Slur7.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅘𝅥𝅲 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/SlurBreve.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅜" msgid "⏜ 𝅜" msgstr " ⏜ 𝅜" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/SlurBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅜 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/SlurLonga.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid " ⏜ 𝅛" msgid "⏜ 𝅛" msgstr "⏜ 𝅛" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs/SlurLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Insère une 𝅛 liée a la note précédente, prolongeant la liaison le cas échéant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds dots" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "Altération de précaution" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:67 msgid "Forces the accidental on the note to be printed." msgstr "Force les altérations de la note à être affichées." #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Enharmonic +" msgid "Change Enharmonic Down" msgstr "Transformer en harmonique supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes" msgstr "Change en une variante enharmonique de la même note en direction de la note diatonique inférieure." #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Enharmonic +" msgid "Change Enharmonic Up" msgstr "Transformer en harmonique supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes." msgstr "Change en une variante enharmonique de la même note en direction de la note diatonique supérieure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:1 msgid "Ficta Accidental" msgstr "Altérations Ficta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Prints the accidental above rather than before the note.\n" #| " In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to\n" #| "chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain\n" #| "rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these\n" #| "accidentals are usually printed over the note." msgid "Prints the accidental above rather than before the note. In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these accidentals are usually printed over the note." msgstr "" "Affiche l'altération au dessus plutôt qu'à côté de la note.\n" " Dans la musique européenne des années 1600, les chanteurs devaient altérer chromatiquement les notes de leur propre initiative en fonction de certaines règles. C'était appelé « musica ficta ». Dans les transcriptions modernes, ces altérations sont généralement affichées au dessus de la note." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatten or Append Flattened" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Flatten note at cursor, or if appending flatten next note entered." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Accidental" msgstr "Masquer l'altération" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect the pitch." msgstr "Masque l'altération de la note sélectionnée à l'impression. Ne change pas le pitch." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "To Cursor" msgstr "Jusqu'au curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the nearest note to join the cursor" msgstr "Déplace la note la plus proche pour joindre le curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Reminder Accidental" msgstr "Altération de précaution aide mémoire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:68 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing" msgid "Prints the accidental in ()." msgstr "(Rendu) Affichage des altérations" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note" msgstr "Enlève un point pour chaque note de la sélection." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Sharpen or Append Sharpened" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback." msgid "Sharpens the note at the cursor, or if appending sharpen next entered note." msgstr "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en petite note, et vice-versa. Avec retour audio." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Flat" msgstr "Suggérer un bémol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints flat sign over the note at the cursor" msgid "Prints flat sign over note" msgstr "Imprime un ♭ sur la note courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Natural" msgstr "Suggérer un bécarre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor" msgstr "Imprime un ♮ sur la note courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Sharp" msgstr "Suggérer un dièse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a sharp above the note at the cursor" msgid "Prints a sharp above the note/chord" msgstr "Imprime un ♯ sur la note courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Place a fingering instruction on a note" msgid "Place a fingerin instruction on a note" msgstr "Place une instruction de doigtés sur une note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.scm:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n" "First create the main note, then follow it with the grace note(s) then invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note" msgstr "" "Le curseur n'est pas sur une petite note suivant une normale, ni un accorde.\n" "Veuillez d'abord créer une note normale, puis la faire suivre d'une petite note, et enfin appeler cette commande avec le curseur sur la petite note." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.scm:43 msgid "" "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n" "First create the main note, then then follow it with the grace note(s) then invoke this command with the cursor on the grace note" msgstr "" "Le curseur n'est pas sur une petite note suivant une normale, ni un accorde.\n" "Veuillez d'abord créer une note normale, puis la faire suivre d'une petite note, et enfin appeler cette commande avec le curseur sur la petite note." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace After" msgstr "Petite note après" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Print the grace note(s) at the cursor attached to the previous note. Beware! You must reissue this command if you change the notes in any way, only the pitch and duration when this command was issued will be printed." msgstr "Affiche les petites notes sélectionnées attachées à la note précédente. Attention ! Vous devez rappeler cette commande si vous voulez éditer une de ces notes par la suite. Seulement la hauteur et la durée lors de l'appel de la commande seront affichés." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace Note (On/Off)" msgstr "Petite note (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes." msgstr "Transformation des notes sélectionnées en petites notes." #. TwoGraceInsert with beaming into the score #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:2 msgid "Press a duration key to get two, beamed, grace notes" msgstr "Sélectionnez une durée pour obtenir deux petites notes ligaturées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:26 msgid "" "To use this function correctly you need to give a duration.\n" "This will insert two grace notes, beamed together if needed, with the given duration" msgstr "" "Afin d'utiliser correctement cette fonction vous devez indiquer une durée.\n" "Cela insèrera deux petites notes, ligaturées ensemble au besoin, avec la durée voulue." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Two" msgstr "Insérer deux petites notes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key." msgstr "Insert deux petites notes ligaturées entre elles au niveau du curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Grace Notes" msgid "Install Grace Note Hints" msgstr "Petites notes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:2 msgid "Where a grace note occurs at a boundary the LilyPond typesetter requires extra hints about positioning. This command installs them for the whole movement. It is usually run in the Check Score routine." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace/UnGrace" msgstr "Petite note/Note normale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback." msgstr "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en petite note, et vice-versa. Avec retour audio." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.scm:29 msgid "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n" msgstr "Le curseur n'est pas sur une petite note suivant une normale ou un accord.\n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-Grace After" msgstr "Rétablir ensuite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Make the grace note at the cursor closer to the following rather than preceding note." msgstr "Rends la petite note sélectionnée plus proche de la note suivante plutôt que de la précédente." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Note/Chord" msgstr "Duplique la note ou accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Duplicate a note or chord. Not for rests." msgid "Duplicates the current note or chord at the cursor. Not for rests." msgstr "Duplique notes et accords, pas les silences." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert a Breve" msgid "Insert Breve" msgstr "Insertion une carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a Longa" msgstr "Insertion d'une double carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une note de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:1 msgid "Accent (Off/On)" msgstr "Accent (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adds the > accent" msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "Ajouter l'accent >" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Arpeggio (Off/On)" msgstr "Arpège (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:81 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'arpège sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:1 msgid "DownBow (Off/On)" msgstr "Archet descendant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:79 msgid "Mark/Unmark selection or current object" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque sur la sélection ou l'objet courant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgstr "Point d'orgue (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:100 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata" msgstr "Ajouter ou supprimer un point d'orgue sur la sélection" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Flageolet" 12) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mordent (Off/On)" msgid "Flageolet (Off/On)" msgstr "Pincé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata" msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection of object with a Flageolet" msgstr "Ajouter ou supprimer un point d'orgue sur la sélection" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Harmonic" 12) #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gx "Harmonic" -2) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic (Off/On)" msgstr "Harmonique (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:80 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'harmonique sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trill (Off/On)" msgid "Lheel (Off/On)" msgstr "Trille (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Lheel" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" msgid "Ltoe (Off/On)" msgstr "Stoppé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Ltoe" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:1 msgid "Marcato (Off/On)" msgstr "Marcato (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:105 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de marcato sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:1 msgid "Portato (Off/On)" msgstr "Portato (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:82 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trill (Off/On)" msgid "Rheel (Off/On)" msgstr "Trille (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rheel" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" msgid "Rtoe (Off/On)" msgstr "Stoppé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rtoe" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mordent (Off/On)" msgid "Signumcongruentiae (Off/On)" msgstr "Pincé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped" msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes signumcongruentiae" msgstr "Marquer ou non les notes sélectionnées comme arrêtées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccatissimo (Off/On)" msgstr "Staccatissimo (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:102 msgid "Toggles Staccatissimo" msgstr "Active ou non du staccatissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccato (Off/On)" msgstr "Staccato (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:101 msgid "Adds the staccato dot or removes it" msgstr "Ajout ou suppression d'un point de staccato." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:1 msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" msgstr "Stoppé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:83 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped" msgstr "Marquer ou non les notes sélectionnées comme arrêtées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Tenuto (Off/On)" msgstr "Tenuto (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:103 msgid "Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off" msgstr "Active ou non la ligne de tenuto On/Off" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turn (Off/On)" msgid "Thumb (Off/On)" msgstr "Turn (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Thumb" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'arpège sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'archet descendant sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever le point d'orgue de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio" msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Flageolet" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'arpège sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'harmonique sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note lheel" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgid "LongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "Point d'orgue (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord longfermata" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note ltoe" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Portato" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque de portato sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rheel" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rtoe" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgid "ShortFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "Point d'orgue (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord shortfermata" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord signumcongruentiae" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque staccatissimo de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord staccato" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque staccato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord stopped" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque l'accent de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque tenuto de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord thumb" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever la marque marcato de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "UpBow (Off/On)" msgstr "Archet montant (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'archet montant sur l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgid "VeryLongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "Point d'orgue (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata" msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord with very long fermata" msgstr "Ajouter ou enlever le point d'orgue de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:78 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow" msgstr "Afficher ou masquer la marque d'archet montant sur la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:55 msgid "Above" msgstr "Au dessus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:56 msgid "Below" msgstr "Au dessous" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:3 msgid "Auto Position" msgstr "Position automatique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:6 msgid "Text" msgstr "Texte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:7 msgid "Give text to appear with note/chord: " msgstr "Entrer le texte qui apparaîtra avec la note ou accord :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:18 msgid "Delete this text?" msgstr "Supprimer ce texte ?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.xml.h:1 msgid "Text with Positioning" msgstr "Texte avec positionnement" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/AttachedText.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints text you give above/below/auto-positioned." msgstr "Affiche le texte entrée positionné au dessus, au dessous ou automatiquement." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Figured Bass Height" msgstr "Hauteur de la basse continue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): " msgstr "Entrez les ajustements de hauteur (unité = taille des portées) :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Height of Bass Figure" msgstr "Hauteur de la basse continue." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:134 msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff." msgstr "Définit la hauteur de la figure de basse au dessus de la note. L'unité est la distance entre deux lignes adjacentes de la portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 msgid "Give number of groups: " msgstr "Entrez le nombre de groupes :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:1 msgid "Heights of Groups" msgstr "Tailles des groupes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:135 msgid "Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height." msgstr "Permet à différents groupes de figures d'être individuellement ajustés en hauteur." #. PlaceFiguredBassBelow #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:1 msgid "Place Figures Below Bass Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:2 msgid "Places an instruction (between $ ... $) which tells the engraver to place the figures below from this note on. Any figure for this note should follow the last $" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:1 msgid "Mordent (Off/On)" msgstr "Pincé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:72 msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou enlève le pincé de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "PrallPrall (Off/On)" msgstr "Mordant double (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime le mordant double de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "Mordant (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:73 msgid "Adds/Removes a prall to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime le mordant de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "Turn inversé (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:76 msgid "Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime un turn inversé de la note." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:1 msgid "Trill (Off/On)" msgstr "Trille (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:23 msgid "Adds/Removes a trill to the note" msgstr "Ajouter/Enlever la trille sur la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "Turn (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adds/Removes a turn to the note" msgid "Add/Removes a Turn to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime un turn sur la note" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "UpPrall" -100) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Up Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "Mordant Montant (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:74 msgid "Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime l'ornement de mordant montant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c. Trill Above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill above note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c Trill Below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill below note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:55 msgid "Places the fingering above the chord" msgstr "Écrit le doigté au dessus de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:56 msgid "Places the fingering below the chord" msgstr "Écrit le doigté au dessous de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:57 msgid "Places the fingering to the left of the chord" msgstr "Écrit le doigté à la gauche de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:58 msgid "Places the fingering to the right of the chord" msgstr "Écrit le doigté à la droite de l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingering Position" msgstr "Doigtés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at the cursor." msgstr "Vous permet d'indiquer la position du doigté par rapport à la note ou accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 0" msgstr "Doigt 0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:84 msgid "Inserts fingering for open string" msgstr "Insère un doigté de corde vide." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 1" msgstr "Doigt 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:85 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 1" msgstr "Insère un doigté pour le doigt 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 2" msgstr "Doigt 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:86 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 2" msgstr "Insère un doigté pour le doigt 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 3" msgstr "Doigt 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:87 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 3" msgstr "Insère un doigté pour le doigt 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 4" msgstr "Doigt 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:88 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 4" msgstr "Insère un doigté pour le doigt 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 5" msgstr "Doigt 5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:89 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 5" msgstr "Insère un doigté pour le doigt 5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:1 msgid "Right Hand Fingering" msgstr "Doigté main droite" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete." msgstr "" #. d-StringNum #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:1 msgid "String Number" msgstr "Numéro de la corde" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:2 msgid "Followed by a number, places string number on note." msgstr "Suivi d'un nombre, affiche le numéro de corde sur la note." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:1 msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems" msgstr "Éviter les collisions avec les hampes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:2 msgid "Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on typesetting." msgstr "Les doigtés et numéros de cordes seront déplacés lors du rendu afin d'éviter les collisions avec les hampes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.scm:6 msgid "Give text to appear above music: " msgstr "Entrer le texte qui apparaîtra au dessus des notes :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Text" msgstr "Texte arbitraire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point" msgstr "Affiche votre texte au dessus des notes à cet endroit." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "Give string" msgstr "Entrez une corde" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "give your text" msgstr "entrez votre texte" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary Text" msgid "Arbitrary Text Above" msgstr "Texte arbitraire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord." msgid "Prints the text you give above the chord." msgstr "Écrit « Andante » en italique grasse au dessus de l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:1 msgid "Congruentia" msgstr "Congruentia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:2 msgid "Print congruentia / canon symbol" msgstr "Affiche un symbole de canon" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Dal Segno" msgstr "Renvoi" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Affiche un signe de renvoi (dal segno) sous l'accord sélectionné." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Replacing Text" msgstr "Remplacement du texte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Give new text" msgstr "Entrez un nouveau texte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 #, fuzzy msgid "D.C. Al Fine" msgstr "D.C.Al Fine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:51 msgid "No note or rest at cursor" msgstr "Pas de note ou silence sélectionné" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "D.C. al fine" msgid "D. C. al fine" msgstr "D.C. al fine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor." msgid "Puts Da Capo al fine over the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Affiche un signe de renvoi (dal segno) sous l'accord sélectionné." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Supprime une nuance rattachée à l'accord courant." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:1 msgid "Forte" msgstr "Forte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume" msgstr "Attache l'indication métronomique « Forte » à l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Fortissimo" msgstr "Fortissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor" msgstr "Écrit « ff » au dessus de l'accord" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:1 msgid "Largo" msgstr "Largo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints a sharp above the note at the cursor" msgid "Print Largo above note at cursor" msgstr "Imprime un ♯ sur la note courante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Forte" msgstr "Mezzo Forte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach mf indication to a chord." msgstr "Applique la marque « mf » à un accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Piano" msgstr "Mezzo Piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:2 msgid "prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#" msgstr "Affiche « mp » et joue un changement de volume MIDI." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:9 msgid "Fn" msgstr "Fn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:36 msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to" msgstr "Pas de note ou accord auquel attacher une annotation en pied de page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed above the note at the cursor." msgstr "Affiche un annotation au pied de la page courante. La marque est placée au dessus de la note sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:1 msgid "Glissando" msgstr "Glissando" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a glissando" msgstr "Insère un glissando" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Note" msgstr "Parenthéser la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed." msgstr "Met la note entre parenthèses au rendu." #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro Assai" msgstr "Allegro Assai" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication" msgstr "Affiche l'indication métronomique « Allegro Assai »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro" msgstr "Allegro" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Écrit « Allegro » en italique grasse au dessus de l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:1 msgid "Andante" msgstr "Andante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Écrit « Andante » en italique grasse au dessus de l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Largo to chord" msgstr "Attache l'indication métronomique « Largo » à l'accord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:1 msgid "Presto" msgstr "Presto" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Presto in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Écrit « Presto » en italique grasse au dessus de l'accord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:1 msgid "Coda (Off/On)" msgstr "Coda (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note" msgid "Adds/Removes a Coda to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou enlève le pincé de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)" msgid "Fine (end). (Off/On)" msgstr "Viser et cliquer (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the musical instruction \"fine\", in italics." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgstr "Renvoi (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adds/Removes a turn to the note" msgid "Adds/Removes a Segno to the note" msgstr "Ajoute ou supprime un turn sur la note" #. InsertMarkedMidi #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unset Mark" msgid "Insert Marked MIDI" msgstr "Supprimer la marque" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:152 msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Neo-mensural" msgstr "Neo-mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints note with neomensural style notehead." msgstr "Affichage des têtes de note dans le style neo-mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size" msgid "(Print) Normal Size" msgstr "(Rendu) Taille globale de la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in normal size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End Small Size" msgid "(Print) Small Size" msgstr "Fin de petite taille" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in small size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print) Hide" msgid "(Print) Tiny Size" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font." msgid "Prints out note heads in tiny size" msgstr "Affiche la portée courante dans une petite police." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bass" msgid "Bass Drum" msgstr "Fa4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration" msgid "Insert Bass Drum in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une silence de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:1 msgid "Drum GM2 Custom" msgstr "Batterie GM2 personnalisée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values." msgstr "Conversion de portée batterie MIDI classique en portée MIDI notation utilisateur. Veuillez éditer ce script pour entre vos propres valeurs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Hat with Foot" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgid "Insert HiHat with foot in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une note de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Tom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgid "Insert Hi Tom in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une note de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride Bell" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgid "Insert Ride Bell in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une note de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgid "Insert Ride in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Insertion d'une note de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tmbales Style Staff" msgid "Timbales Style Staff" msgstr "Style de portée « timbales »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes to a drum staff" msgid "Changes to print as a drum staff in timbales style" msgstr "Transformer en portée pour batterie" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Replace LilyPond" msgstr "Chemin d'accès à LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Suppresses the normal LilyPond typetting for the current note/chord/rest replacing it with syntax provided by user." msgstr "Suppression de la composition LilyPond pour l'accord, note ou silence courant et remplacement par une syntaxe fournie par l'utilisateur." #. DisplaceRestHorizontally #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 msgid "Horizontal shift" msgstr "Décalage horizontal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Horizontally" msgstr "Déplacer horizontalement le silence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing." msgstr "Demande la valeur du décalage horizontal et déplace le silence au curseur par cette valeur au rendu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Rest" msgstr "Insérer un silence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration" msgstr "Insertion d'une silence de durée de référence." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve Rest" msgstr "Bâton de pause" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with breve duration" msgstr "Insertion d'un bâton de pause." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa Rest" msgstr "Double bâton de pause" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with longa duration" msgstr "Insertion d'une pause de quatre mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Whole Measure Rest" msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "Pause" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. You must create the whole measure rests first." msgid "Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it." msgstr "Création d'un silence multimesures à partir de la pause suivant le curseur. Vous devez créer d'abord la pause." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Vertically" msgstr "Déplacer verticalement le silence" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height." msgstr "Transforme le silence sélectionné en silence polyphonique à la hauteur du curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:69 msgid "Grouped in mm rest" msgstr "Groupé en silence mm" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:87 msgid "" "This whole measure rest is grouped with adjacent ones to form a multi-measure rest.\n" "The first of the group should be the multi-measure rest itself." msgstr "" "Cette pause sera regroupée avec les pauses adjacentes pour former un silence multi-mesures.\n" "La première du groupe devrait être le silence multi-mesures lui-même." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:91 msgid "Recalculate" msgstr "Recalculer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:91 msgid "Un-group" msgstr "Dégrouper" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:94 msgid "" "This represents a number of whole measure rests.\n" "The following measure rests are grouped with this one when typeset on their own. In full score they are typeset separately to match the other parts.\n" "If you add further grouped whole measure rests, this Directive will need re-calculating.\n" "The check score routine that is run before printing will do this for you." msgstr "" "Cela représente un nombre de pauses.\n" "Les pauses suivantes sont regroupées au rendu avec celle-ci. Dans le rendu global, elle sont affichées séparément afin de correspondre avec les autres parties.\n" "Si vous ajoutez des silences multi-mesures supplémentaires, cette instruction devra être rappelée.\n" "La routine « Vérifier la partition » appelée avant le rendu le fera pour vous." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:99 msgid "Invoke this command with the cursor on the first whole measure rest to be grouped" msgstr "Appelez cette commande avec le curseur sur la première pause pour regrouper" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. You must create the whole measure rests first." msgstr "Création d'un silence multimesures à partir de la pause suivant le curseur. Vous devez créer d'abord la pause." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "Pause" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor" msgstr "Insère une pause au niveau du curseur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve" msgstr "Définit la durée de référence comme carrée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet." msgstr "Définit la double carrée comme durée de référence, l'installe comme un fragment musical." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:7 msgid "Slur/Accidental avoidance removed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:14 msgid "Use only on a slur start to make the slur avoid accidentals on following notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems" msgid "Avoid Slur Collision" msgstr "Éviter les collisions avec les hampes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:2 msgid "Avoids slur colliding with accidental (Print)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Phrasing Slur" msgstr "Début de liaison de phrasé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begins a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "End Phrasing Slur" msgstr "Fin de liaison de phrasé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note." msgid "Ends a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "Termine une liaison de phrasé sur la note sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Extend Slur" msgstr "Étendre la liaison" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Extends the slur finishing at the cursor." msgstr "Extension de la liaison de phrasé finissant au curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End Slur" msgid "Inside Slur " msgstr "Fin de liaison de phrasé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Marking Inside Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Shorten Slur from End" msgstr "Raccourcir la liaison de phrasé par la fin." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Shorten a slur that ends at the cursor." msgstr "Raccourci une liaison terminant au curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cursor Down" msgid "Slur Down" msgstr "Aller en bas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Preview" msgid "Prints slur below" msgstr "Rendu final" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stem Direction" msgid "Auto Slur Directions" msgstr "Direction des hampes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slurs as normal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Slur with Next Note" msgid "Slur with Next Two Notes" msgstr "Lier avec la note suivante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Slur over next two notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur with Next Note" msgstr "Lier avec la note suivante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a slur from current note to next note." msgstr "Création d'une liaison de phrasé de la note courante à la suivante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Slur Shape" msgid "Slur Up" msgstr "Forme de la liaison" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print out 8va up" msgid "Prints slurs up" msgstr "Afficher « 8va supérieure »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next text marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Extend Slur" msgid "Text Inside Slur" msgstr "Étendre la liaison" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next text marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgid "Begin Slur Below (Off/On)" msgstr "Renvoi (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur below the chord at the cursor. If deleting be sure to delete the end slur as well." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur." msgstr "Commence une liaison de phrasé sur la note sélectionnée. Il peut y avoir des liaisons normales (partiellement) à l'intérieur du phrasé." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgid "Begin Slur Up (Off/On)" msgstr "Renvoi (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur above the chord at the cursor. Follow with End Slur on a later chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note." msgstr "Termine une liaison de phrasé sur la note sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:3 msgid "OneVoice: Default-For a single voice on a staff" msgstr "Une voix : Par défaut pour une voix seule sur une portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:4 msgid "VoiceOne: Designate as upper voice" msgstr "Voix une : désignée comme voix supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "VoiceTwo: Designate as lower voice" msgstr "Voix deux : Désignée comme voix inférieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "" "VoiceThree: \n" "Horizontally offset upper voice" msgstr "Voix trois : décalage horizontal de la voix supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:7 msgid "VoiceFour: Horizontally offset lower voice" msgstr "Voix quatre : décalage horizontal de la voix inférieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:13 msgid "Voice1" msgstr "Voix 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:15 msgid "Voice2" msgstr "Voix 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:17 msgid "Voice3" msgstr "Voix 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:19 msgid "Voice4" msgstr "Voix 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:21 msgid "1Voice" msgstr "1 Voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Join Voices" msgid "Designate Voice" msgstr "Fusionner les voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "These commands are used when entering several voices per staff. VoiceOne is for the upper voice-it sets the direction of slurs, beams, etc. up to avoid clashes. VoiceTwo is for the lower voice, and it sets the directions down. Additional voices beyond two are offset slightly to the right." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Down" msgstr "Hampes inférieures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point downward." msgstr "Les hampes des notes sont dirigées vers le bas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Up" msgstr "Hampes supérieures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point upward." msgstr "Les hampes des notes sont dirigées vers le haut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach Tied Note" msgstr "Attacher une note liée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback." msgid "Toggles a tie on the note at the cursor and moves right for inserting a note to tie to with duration key. Gives audible feedback." msgstr "Transformation de la note sélectionnée en petite note, et vice-versa. Avec retour audio." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Convexity of Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Give extra to flatten by (+/-):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatter/More Curved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie more or less curved depending on the value given. The change is relative to the current shape, not the default shape." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Height of Bass Figure" msgid "Height of Tie" msgstr "Hauteur de la basse continue." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): " msgid "Give amount to raise (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "Entrez les ajustements de hauteur (unité = taille des portées) :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Higher/Lower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton" msgid "Moves the next tie higher/lower by the amount given from the current position." msgstr "Déplace le curseur à la prochaine note haute" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 msgid "Width of Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): " msgid "Give additional width (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "Entrez les ajustements de hauteur (unité = taille des portées) :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Widen Measures" msgid "Widen/Make Narrower" msgstr "Élargir les mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie wider/narrower by the amount given. The change is relative to the default value." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:4 msgid "Widen/Narrow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Flatten Next Note" msgid "Flatten/Bend More" msgstr "Bémoliser la note suivante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:6 msgid "Raise/Lower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a choice of modifications to make to the following tie." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Lier la note vers le bas (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove." msgstr "Lie la note à un accord, le lien vers le haut. Répéter pour annuler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Liaison de note individuelle (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgstr "Lie les notes sélectionnées en laissant les autres notes de l'accord inchangées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Lier la note vers le haut (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to remove." msgstr "Lie la note à un accord, le lien vers le haut. Répéter pour annuler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DownBow (Off/On)" msgid "Down Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Archet descendant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties to the following note/chord with tie downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "UpBow (Off/On)" msgid "Up Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Archet montant (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties to next note, tie upwards, or removes tie." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step down" msgstr "Degré inférieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un degré vers le bas, en restant dans la tonalité." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose down" msgstr "Transposition basse arbitraire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un nombre arbitraire de tons plus bas. L'utilisateur peut spécifier l'intervalle souhaitée via une fenêtre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose up" msgstr "Transposition haute arbitraire" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un nombre arbitraire de tons plus haut. L'utilisateur peut spécifier l'intervalle souhaitée via une fenêtre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone down" msgstr "Demi ton inférieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down" msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un demi ton inférieur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone up" msgstr "Demi ton supérieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up" msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un demi ton supérieur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "Décale la sélection courante à l'octave inférieure en préservant les altérations. Synonyme d'une réelle transposition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "Décale la sélection courante à l'octave supérieure en préservant les altérations. Synonyme d'une réelle transposition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone down" msgstr "Ton inférieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down" msgstr "Transpose la sélection un ton plus bas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone up" msgstr "Ton supérieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up" msgstr "Transpose la sélection un ton plus haut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step up" msgstr "Degré supérieur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "Transpose la sélection d'un degré vers le bas, en restant dans la tonalité." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:4 msgid "" "To use this function correctly you need to press a keyboard shortcut for a duration command\n" "The duration will be used to divide the note at the cursor when printed. Durations 3-7 are valid (that is eighth note and shorter)" msgstr "" "Pour utiliser cette fonction correctement, vous devrez utiliser le raccourci clavier d'une commande de durée.\n" "La durée sera utilisée pour diviser la note sélectionnée au rendu. Les durées valides sont celles de 3 à 7 (croches et suivantes)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:9 msgid "Click on the display and press a shortcut key 3-7 for the duration into which the note at the cursor is to be divided" msgstr "Cliquez dans la zone d'affichage et appuyez sur les touches 3 à 7 pour les durées par lesquelles la note au curseur sera divisée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo" msgstr "Tremolo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:2 msgid "Follow with a duration key for the subdivisions required: prints the note at the cursor with the tremolo marking." msgstr "Faire suivre d'une métrique pour les sous-divisions requises : affiche la note au curseur avec une marque de tremolo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Script" msgid "Create Slurred Triplet" msgstr "Créer un script" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the current note twice making a triplet and slurring all three notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Script" msgid "Create Triplet" msgstr "Créer un script" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes the current note and appends two more making all three a triplet." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tuplet Numbering (On/Off)" msgid "No Tuplet Numbers" msgstr "Numérotation des n-olet (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop the printing of tuplet numbers from this point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:7 msgid "Enter tuplet numerator " msgstr "Entrer le numérateur du n-olet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:8 msgid "" "Enter the fraction to multiply the duration by,\n" "numerator first. E.g., for triplets, enter 2, then 3. \n" "Numerator:" msgstr "" "Entrer la fraction par laquelle devra être multipliée la durée, en commençant par le numérateur.\n" "Par exemple pour un triolet, entrer 2 puis 3.\n" "Numérateur :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter tuplet denominator" msgstr "Entrer le dénominateur du n-olet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter the fraction's denominator:" msgstr "Entrer le dénominateur de la fraction." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Arbitrary Tuplet" msgstr "Insérer un n-olet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc." msgstr "Demande quel n-olet insérer et le commence ici. Utiliser la commande « Fin de n-olet » après avoir entré les notes du n-olet. Notez que l'affichage de Denemo ne groupe pas automatiquement le n-olet, mais le rendu attendu sera imprimé, avec les ligatures etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)" msgstr "Entrée triolet (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately." msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuplet alternately." msgstr "Insertion alternative de début de triolet et de fin de n-olet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets (On/Off)" msgstr "Crochets des n-olets (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off/on for beamed notes (when printed)" msgstr "Ouvre ou ferme les crochets des n-olets pour les notes liée (à l'affichage)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tuplet Brackets (On/Off)" msgid "Tuplet Brackets On/Off" msgstr "Crochets des n-olets (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off/on for beamed notes (when printed)" msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off or on." msgstr "Ouvre ou ferme les crochets des n-olets pour les notes liée (à l'affichage)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tuplet Numbering (On/Off)" msgid "Tuplet Numbering On/Off" msgstr "Numérotation des n-olet (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:2 msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets." msgstr "Contrôle l'affichage des numéros au dessus des n-olets." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.scm:17 msgid "This command needs a note or chord to turn into a triplet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize (Slurred)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height." msgid "Turns the note at or before the cursor into a triplet of the same total duration, slurring the triplet." msgstr "Transforme le silence sélectionné en silence polyphonique à la hauteur du curseur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a triplet of notes with the same total duration." msgstr "" #. AccompanistsScore #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Accompanist's Score" msgstr "(Rendu) Partition de l'accompagnateur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only." msgstr "Active ou non la portée supérieure de chaque morceau en petite police. La petite portée est celle de l'accompagnateur, et la normale celle du musicien. Effet au rendu seulement." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score" msgid "No problem detected in this score" msgstr "Aucune définition n'a été créée pour cette partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Score" msgstr "Vérifier la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc." msgstr "Vérification des mauvaises durées de mesures, n-oltes indéterminés, liaisons, etc. " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:5 msgid "Edit Score Prolog" msgstr "Éditer le prologue de la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:6 msgid "Edit LilyPond to apply to whole score" msgstr "Édition de code LilyPond à appliquer à toute la partition" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit Score Prolog" msgid "Edit Prolog" msgstr "Éditer le prologue de la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to edit the LilyPond score prolog; here you can set transposition for the printed version and much more." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Creating LilyPond Definition" msgstr "Crée une définition LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 msgid "Give name (alphabetical only): " msgstr "Entrez un nom (caractères alphabêtiques seulement) :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Give valid LilyPond syntax for this definition: " msgstr "Entrez une syntaxe LilyPond valide pour cette définition :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Definition" msgstr "Définition LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond output. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation." msgid "Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond text. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation." msgstr "Crée une définition en tête de la sortie LilyPond. Celle-ci peut être référencée dans le morceau. Voir la documentation LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:14 msgid "Include LilyPond File" msgstr "Insérer un fichier LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:14 msgid "Give LilyPond file name:" msgstr "Entrez le nom de fichier LilyPond :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:17 msgid "LilyPondInclude unchanged" msgstr "Inclusion LilyPond inchangée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Include File" msgstr "Inclusion de fichier LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files." msgstr "Permet l'inclusion de fichier LilyPond à partir des fichiers fournis par Denemo." #. FIXME there are 13 other types of directive to refresh ,,, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Refresh Dynamic Directives" msgstr "Rafraîchir les instructions dynamiques" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Re-runs any directives that may have become stale." msgstr "Relancer toutes les instructions obsolètes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog" msgstr "Entête LilyPond des morceaux" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement)." msgstr "Insertion de code LilyPond au début de chaque morceau." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score." msgstr "Conserve n'importe quel commentaire textuel que vous avez entrée pour cette partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Prolog" msgstr "Entête LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 msgid "Give LilyPond:" msgstr "Code LilyPond :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:13 msgid "Prolog unchanged" msgstr "Prologue inchangé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score." msgstr "Insertion de syntaxe LilyPond pour les inclusions de fichier etc en entête de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.scm:5 msgid "Returning to the first Movement for thumbnail selection" msgstr "Retourner au premier morceau pour la sélection de miniature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Thumbnail Selection Complete" msgstr "Sélection de miniature complétée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Create thumbnail now?" msgstr "Créer une miniature maintenant ?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.scm:15 msgid "" "No Selection to set the thumbnail to\n" "Create a selection and re-run the command." msgstr "" "Pas de sélection sur laquelle appliquer une miniature.\n" "Sélectionnez quelque chose puis relancez la commande." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.scm:16 msgid "Save the score before trying to set the thumbnail" msgstr "Enregistrez la partition avant d'essayer de définir une miniature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Thumbnail from Selection" msgstr "Définir une miniature pour la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/SetThumbnail.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the thumbnail to the section made in the first movement." msgstr "Définition d'une miniature pour la section faite dans le premier morceau." #. BookArranger #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:2 msgid "Give name for arranger etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'arrangeur de la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:1 msgid "Arranger" msgstr "Arrangeur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the arranger name on title page" msgstr "Affichage du nom de l'arrangeur sur la page de titre." #. BookComposer #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:2 msgid "Give name for composer or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez le nom du compositeur de la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name on title page" msgstr "Affiche un nom de compositeur sur la page principale" #. BookCopyright #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:2 msgid "Give copyright notice or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez un texte de copyright pour la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:1 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Droit d'auteur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a copyright notice on title page" msgstr "Affichage de la note de copyright sur la page de titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:4 msgid "Give date for score or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez un date pour la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:1 msgid "Date" msgstr "Date" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a date on the title page." msgstr "Affichage de la date en page de titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.scm:4 msgid "Give instrumentation for the default layout or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrer l'instrumentation pour la mise en page par défaut, ou laisser vide pour supprimer l'entrée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrumentation" msgstr "Instrumentation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts that print just one part or section." msgstr "Affiche l'instrumentation sur la page de titre. Cela peut être réglé pour les mises en page qui n'affichent qu'une partie ou section." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:4 msgid "Give name for poet/lyricist/librettist etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez le nom du poète ou parolier pour la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet/Lyricist" msgstr "Parolier" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page" msgstr "Affichage du nom du poète ou du parolier sur la page de titre." #. BookTitle #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:2 msgid "Give a title for the whole score or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Entrez un titre pour la partition ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a title on title page" msgstr "Affichage d'un titre sur la page de titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Title and Introduction" msgstr "Titre et introduction" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score." msgstr "Un bouton est créé pour insérer un titre et un texte d'introduction pour un commentaire critique à la fin de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid "At m" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid " v" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:55 msgid " b" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:55 msgid ": " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:1 msgid "(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary" msgstr "(Re)créer l'épilogue - commentaire critique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:2 msgid "Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command." msgstr "Recueille tous les commentaires critique de la partition et les place dans un épilogue à la fin de la partition. Le titre et le texte de l'épilogue sont créés avec la commande « Début de commentaire critique », et les commentaires critiques sont ajoutés avec la commande « Commentaire critique »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.scm:21 msgid "Incipit" msgstr "Incipit" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Incipit from Selection" msgstr "Incipit" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the title page. Only one voice is supported." msgstr "Création d'un incipit à partir de la sélection. La musique sera affichée sur la page titre. Seule une voix est supportée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Table of Contents Title" msgstr "Titre de la table des matières" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 msgid "" "Give title for the table of contents\n" "Blank to delete" msgstr "Entrez le titre de la table des matières, ou laissez vide pour supprimer le champ." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:9 msgid "Table of Contents Page Break Control" msgstr "Table des matières et gestion des sauts des page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:9 msgid "" "Give 0 - No page breaks\n" "1 - Page Break before Table of Contents\n" "2 - Page Break after\n" "3 - Both" msgstr "" "0 - Pas de saut de page.\n" "1 - Saut de page avant la table des matières.\n" "2 - Saut de page après la table des matières.\n" "3 - Saut de page avant et après la table des matières." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book." msgstr "Donne une entête pour la table des matière, insère la table dans un livre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline" msgstr "Sous-titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid " Centered at the bottom of the last page." msgid "Centered at the bottom of the last page." msgstr "Centré en bas de la dernière page." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:10 msgid "v 1.0" msgstr "v 1.0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:11 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:11 msgid "Give a version for this edition:" msgstr "Entrez une version pour cette édition :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:1 msgid "Score Version" msgstr "Version de la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a tiny text in top right corner of the first page." msgstr "Affiche un petit texte dans le coin haut-droit de la première page" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer." msgstr "Nom de l'arrangeur, à droite du composeur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Page Break Before" msgid "Breakbefore" msgstr "Saut de page avant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:2 msgid "This forces the title to start on a new page (set to ##t or ##f)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle." msgstr "Nom du composeur, à droite du sous-titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding." msgstr "Note de copyright, centrée en bas de la première page. Pour insérer le symbole copyright, voir la documentation LilyPond." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:1 msgid "Dedication" msgstr "Dédicace" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:2 msgid "The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page." msgstr "La dédicace du morceau, centrée en haut de la première page." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrument" msgstr "Instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name of the instrument, centered below the subsubtitle. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page)." msgid "Name of the instrument, centered below the score title. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page)." msgstr "Nom de l'instrument, centré en dessous du sous-titre ainsi qu'en haut des autres pages." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:1 msgid "Meter" msgstr "Pulsation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:2 msgid "Meter string, flush-left below the poet." msgstr "Note de pulsation, à gauche en dessous du poète." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreOpus.xml.h:1 msgid "Opus" msgstr "Opus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreOpus.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the opus, flush-right below the arranger." msgstr "Nom de l'opus, à droite de l'arrangeur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePiece.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle." msgid "Name of the piece, flush-left below the meter." msgstr "Nom du poète, à gauche en dessous du sous-titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet" msgstr "Poète" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle." msgstr "Nom du poète, à gauche en dessous du sous-titre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Subtitle" msgid "Subsubtitle" msgstr "Sous-titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subsubtitle, centered below the subtitle." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subtitle, centered below the title." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score." msgstr "Affiche le nom entré comme titre centré au début de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline with Link" msgstr "Sous-titre avec lien" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:3 msgid "Give URL to link to" msgstr "Entrer une URL" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:4 msgid "Give text for tagline" msgstr "Entrez le texte du sous-titre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:4 msgid "Source file at http://denemo.org" msgstr "Fichier source sur denemo.org" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output." msgstr "Crée un sous-titre avec un lien dans la sortie PDF." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Trill Style as +" msgstr "Trilles en croix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign." msgstr "Affichage des trilles dans le style du 18e siècle : « + »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures" msgstr "(Rendu) Masquer les métriques" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:2 msgid "Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active." msgstr "Désactive les marqueurs de métrique pour la partition. Ils ne sont pas affichés mais seront toujours effectifs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Barlines Literally" msgstr "Rendu des barres de mesures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing." msgstr "Rendu des barres de mesures de Denemo, sans souci de la métrique." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.scm:9 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs" msgstr "Masquer les portées vides" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Masquer les portées vides (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed." msgstr "Contrôle l'affichage des portées ne contenant que des silences." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16 msgid "Limit on space between systems removed" msgstr "La limite d'espace entre les portées a été supprimée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:18 msgid "Spacing Between Systems" msgstr "Espace entre les systèmes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:18 msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)" msgstr "Entrer une limite d'espace (1 = pas d'espace supplémentaire)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Limit Space Between Systems" msgstr "Limiter l'espace entre les sytèmes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:2 msgid "Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page." msgstr "Limitation de l'espace qui sépare les lignes afin de remplir la page." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Normal Beam Endings" msgstr "Fins normales de ligature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends beams in the expected places (print)." msgstr "Termine les ligatures aux endroits attendus (Rendu)." #. BarNumberingInterval #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bar Numbering" msgid "Regular Bar Numbering" msgstr "Numérotation des barres de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:2 msgid "Give interval at which to place bar numbers: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score" msgid "Default bar numbering restored" msgstr "Changer le numéro de la barre de mesure dans la fenêtre de rendu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bar Numbering" msgid "Bar Numbering Interval" msgstr "Numérotation des barres de mesure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets." msgid "Sets the interval at which bar numbers will be printed on typesetting." msgstr "Contrôle l'affichage des numéros au dessus des n-olets." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bar Numbers (On/Off)" msgid "Bar Numbers On/Off" msgstr "Numérotation des barres de mesures (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns bar numbering on/off in print out." msgstr "Contrôle l'affichage de la numérotation des barres de mesure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:11 msgid "Paper Size =" msgstr "Taille du papier :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Paper Size and Orientation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Specifies how the printed page should be." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:5 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now On.\n" "This means that you will be able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be larger though." msgstr "" "Pointer-et-cliquer est activé.\n" "Cela signifie que vous pourrez cliquer sur le rendu pour déplacer le curseur sur une note définie, ou éditer etc.\n" "Les fichiers PDF générés seront cependant plus volumineux." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:7 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now Off.\n" "This means that you will be not able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be smaller. Use this for pdf export" msgstr "" "Pointer-et-cliquer est désactivé.\n" "Cela signifie que vous ne pourrez pas cliquer sur le rendu pour déplacer le curseur sur une note définie, ou éditer etc.\n" "Les fichiers PDF seront moins volumineux. À utiliser pour l'export PDF." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:1 msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)" msgstr "Viser et cliquer (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:2 msgid "When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the Export menu. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this as then it is not needed." msgstr "Quand l'on clique sur une note dans la fenêtre d'aperçu, le curseur est amené à cette note. Cela fonctionne aussi pour les marques de répétitions ainsi que bien d'autres objets de la partition. La seule raison pour désactiver cette option serait l'export PDF. Cependant, la commande « Imprimer dans un fichier » est un meilleur moyen de faire ceci, auquel cas désactiver cette option n'est pas requis." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/RaggedBottom.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/RaggedBottom.xml.h:2 msgid "This turns ragged bottom off/on. If set, systems will not spread vertically down the page. This does not affect the last page. This should be set for pieces that have only two or three systems per page, for example orchestral scores." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Reduce Space Between Systems" msgstr "Réduire l'espace entre les portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page." msgstr "Réduction de l'espace entre les sytèmes de portées sur une page." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreIndent.scm:11 msgid "Give amount in decimal" msgstr "Entrer un montant décimal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreIndent.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:60 msgid "indent=" msgstr "indentation : " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreIndent.xml.h:2 msgid "Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount." msgstr "Indente le premier système de chaque morceau de la valeur entrée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetFontSize.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size" msgstr "(Rendu) Taille globale de la partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetFontSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up." msgstr "Choix de la police de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Spacing Between Systems" msgid "Padding Between Systems" msgstr "Espace entre les systèmes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)" msgid "Give extra padding (1=no extra space, staff units)" msgstr "Entrer une limite d'espace (1 = pas d'espace supplémentaire)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set Padding" msgid "System to System Padding" msgstr "Définir le remplissage" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows control over the padding between successive systems down the page. (A system is all the staffs representing the music at one time, sometimes called a \"line\" of music)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:15 msgid "Curve Control Points On" msgstr "Points de contrôle des courbes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:16 msgid "" "Typeset score will have curves marked with control points\n" "Use these for accurate reshaping of curves via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" "Le rendu comportera des courbes et des points de contrôle.\n" "À utiliser pour une mise en forme précise des courbes via l'éditeur WYSIWYG." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)" msgstr "Rendu des points de contrôle des courbes (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "" "Le rendu comportera les points de contrôle des courbes.\n" "À utiliser pour des réglages précis des positions en cliquant et tirant sur le rendu final." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:16 msgid "Wysiwyg Marks On" msgstr "Marques WYSIWIG" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:17 msgid "" "Typeset score will have graphical objects marked with red dots\n" "Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" "Le rendu comportera des objets marqués par des points rouges.\n" "À utiliser pour des réglages précis des positions via l'éditeur WYSIWYG." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)" msgstr "Rendu des points rouges (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "" "Le rendu comportera des objets marqués par des points rouges.\n" "À utiliser pour des réglages précis des positions en cliquant et tirant sur le rendu final." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.scm:2 msgid "Print out 8va up" msgstr "Afficher « 8va supérieure »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose Octave Up" msgstr "(Rendu) Transposition à l'octave supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up." msgstr "Indique à LilyPond de transposer cette partition à l'octave supérieure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3 msgid "⬅Edit the interval and click Transpose button above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:18 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transpose Music" msgid "Transpose" msgstr "Transposer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transpose Music" msgid "Transpose on Print" msgstr "Transposer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets an interval from the user: the entire score is transposed by this interval on typesetting - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:6 msgid "Set Transpose Interval" msgstr "Définir l'intervalle de transposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" #| " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" #| "Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" #| "\"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" #| "\"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" #| "Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" #| "single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" #| "e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" #| "You do not have to start with c\n" #| "e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" " Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" " \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" " \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" " Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" " single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" " e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" " You do not have to start with c\n" " e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" " " msgstr "" "Entrez l'intervalle de transposition via deux noms de note.\n" "Par exemple « c g » désigne une transposition à la quinte supérieure.Les noms de notes sont en néerlandais ! a,b,c… ont la même signification mais\n" "« es » signifie « bémol » donc e.g. « bes » signifie « Si bémol »,« is » signifie « dièse » donc e.g. « fis » signifie « Fa dièse ».Utilisez les virgules pour les octaves basses, guillemets simples pour les octaves hautes. e.g. « c c' » signifie « à l'octave ».\n" "Vous n'êtes pas obligés de commencer par « c », e.g. « d e » signifie un ton au dessus.\n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transposed" msgstr "(Rendu) Transposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score transposed by the interval selected by SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection" msgstr "Affiche la partition transposée par l'intervalle sélectionnée par la commande « Définir l'intervalle de transposition à partir de la sélection »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (one staff)" msgstr "Enregistre des mesures sur une portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command" msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command" msgstr "Création d'une mesure vide pour chaque mesure enregistrée comme une capture d'écran issue d'un ensemble de parties. Affiche la source en utilisant n'importe quel programme. Cliquez sur les coins opposés de chaque mesure pour capturer cette mesure en tant qu'image denemo. Cliquez droit ou utilisez la molette pour changer les coins à ajuster. Appuyez sur n'importe quelle touche pour terminer. Cette commande écrit une partition par la capture d'entrée de plusieurs parties. Pour capturer toute la partition d'un coup, utilisez la commande « CaptureMeasures »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure." msgstr "Supprimer la mesure enregistrée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current staff." msgstr "Supprime l'image de mesure capturée pour la mesure courante sur la portée courante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure in the current staff." msgstr "Capture l'image d'une seule mesure, l'insérant à la mesure courante dans la portée courante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Staff" msgstr "Changer de portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:32 msgid "(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name." msgstr "(Rendu) La voix courante est déplacée à la portée que vous choisissez." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:19 msgid "Tied notes not the same" msgstr "Les notes liées ne sont pas les mêmes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:39 msgid "All ties in this staff are correctly placed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Ties" msgstr "Vérifier les liaisons de tenue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff." msgstr "Vérifie les notes liées incorrectement dans la portée courante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Cues" msgstr "Créer des citations" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole measure rest." msgstr "Parcoure la portée et cherche les longs silences. Crée une citation dans la pause." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:7 msgid "Arpeggios will not cross staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:9 msgid "Arpeggios will cross staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:10 msgid " Cross Staff Arpeggios " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Cross Staff Arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Allow arpeggio sign to extend across staffs. Piano staffs obey this by default, other staff groups need the Span_arpeggio_engraver including in the Score context for it to work." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Fix Slurs" msgstr "Corriger les liaisons" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff." msgstr "Supprime les marqueur de début et de fin de liaisons de phrasé mal placés sur la portée. " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.scm:20 msgid "This staff is purely for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes or spacers) and will align with each other. Create this between the staffs for a piano work." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Staff Before" msgid "Add Staff for Dynamics" msgstr "Insérer une portée avant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:27 msgid "Adds a staff to be used purely for dynamic markings, insert after right hand piano staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:77 msgid "Click Track Creation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:77 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give number of these " msgid "Give number of measures required: " msgstr "Entrez leur nombre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Ossia Staff" msgid "Create Click Track Staff" msgstr "Création d'une portée ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI file, using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:11 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save Selection" msgid "MIDI Track Selection" msgstr "Sauvegarder la sélection" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select Duration" msgid "Select track to import" msgstr "Sélectionner la durée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:23 msgid "Out of range" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgid "No MIDI file loaded" msgstr "Pas de filtre MIDI actif" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Staff for MIDI Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:145 msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:6 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the last staff" msgid "This is the last track" msgstr "Ceci est la dernière portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Next Midi Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:147 msgid "Creates a staff for the next MIDI track after the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:6 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the first staff" msgid "This is the first track" msgstr "Ceci est la première portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Previous MIDI Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:146 msgid "Creates a staff for the imported MIDI track previous to the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff After Current" msgstr "Nouvelle portée en suivant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, after the current staff. Use the staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the previous staff." msgstr "Création d'une nouvelle portée avec le nom entré, à la suite de la portée courante. Utilisez la commande « Transformer la portée en voix » si vous voulez faire de cette portée une voix de la précédente." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff Before Current" msgstr "Nouvelle portée en prédédent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, before the current staff." msgstr "Crée une nouvelle portée précédente avec le nom donné " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Beat Structure" msgid "New Structured Staff" msgstr "Structure rythmique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff below the current staff with the same time signature changes inserted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:6 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete Current Staff" msgid "Replace Current Staff?" msgstr "Supprimer la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete Current Staff" msgid "Keep Current Staff" msgstr "Supprimer la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:9 msgid "RH" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:14 msgid "LH" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Piano Staff" msgstr "Ajouter une portée en fin de partition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:30 msgid "Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Ossia Staff" msgstr "Création d'une portée ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures." msgstr "Création d'une petite portée au dessus de la courante pour insérer des citations, passages d'ossia etc. Utilisez « Afficher l'ossia » et « Masquer l'ossia » pour afficher des mesures spécifiques." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Ossia" msgstr "Masquer l'ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "Place cette partie de l'ossia à la fin de la portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:4 msgid "Show" msgstr "Afficher" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Ossia" msgstr "Affichage de l'ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "Place cette partie de l'ossia au début de la portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:1 msgid "Mute" msgstr "Sourdine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback." msgstr "Sourdine sur la portée courante. N'affecte que la lecture." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes playback on this staff by placing a volume=zero directive at the start." msgstr "Active la sourdine sur la lecture de cette portée en mettant le volume à 0." #. clears any extras in the staff-prolog #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Smaller Staff" msgid "Normal Staff" msgstr "Diminuer la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the extra staff prolog - restoring the normal staff settings." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "No Transposition Interval" msgstr "Pas d'intervalle de transposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use this function you need to place the cursor\n" "on the first of two notes which define\n" "the transposition required" msgstr "Pour utiliser cette fonction vous devez placer le curseur sur la première de deux notes qui définissent l'intervalle de transposition requis." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transpose Music" msgid "Transpose Output" msgstr "Transposer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy msgid "Transpose this staff in the print out. The cursor must be on the first of two notes that define the interval to use." msgstr "Pour utiliser cette fonction vous devez placer le curseur sur la première de deux notes qui définissent l'intervalle de transposition requis." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:1 msgid "Simplify Ties" msgstr "Simplifier les liaisons de tenue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties." msgstr "Converti les notes liées en notes plus longues." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "ChoirStaff End" msgstr "Fin de portée de chorale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop ChoirStaff multi-stave system." msgstr "Arrêt du système multiportées de chorale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "ChoirStaff Start" msgstr "Début de portée de chorale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected. " msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected." msgstr "Commence à grouper les portées seules ensemble dans le but de former un système multiportées, le groupe commence avec une accolade, mais les barres de mesures ne sont pas connectées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete all staff contexts" msgid "Delete all staff groupings" msgstr "Supprimer les contextes de toutes les portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:2 msgid "Clear the staff from all groupings" msgstr "Fin de tout type de groupement sur la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "GrandStaff End" msgstr "Fin de grande portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop GrandStaff multi-stave system." msgstr "Fin de sytème de grandes portées multiples" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GrandStaff Start" msgstr "Début de grande portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves." msgstr "Commence à grouper les portées indépendantes dans le but de créer un système multiportées. Dans une grande portée, le groupe commence avec une accolade, et les barres de mesures sont connectées entre elles entre les portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "GroupStaff End" msgstr "Fin de groupement de portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop GroupStaff multi-stave system." msgstr "Fin du système multiportées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GroupStaff Start" msgstr "Début de groupement de portées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the StaffGroup context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves." msgstr "Commence à grouper les portées indépendantes dans le but de créer un système multiportées. Dans le contexte « StaffGroup », le groupe est commencé avec une accolade et les barres de mesure sont dessinées sur toutes les portées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "PianoStaff End" msgstr "Fin de portée piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop PianoStaff multi-stave system." msgstr "Fin de système multiportées piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffName.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrument Name" msgstr "Nom de l'instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffName.scm:5 #, fuzzy msgid "Give name of instrument for staff group starting here:" msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'instrument, voix ou partie de la portée courante :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffName.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy msgid "Piano Staff Name" msgstr "Début de portée piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffName.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting them blank." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "PianoStaff Start" msgstr "Début de portée piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly." msgstr "Commence à grouper les portées indépendantes dans le but de créer un système multiportées. Les portées piano sont similaires aux grandes portées, mis à part qu'elle supportent l'affichage du nom de l'instrument." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Groups of whole measure rests of three or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff." msgid "Groups of whole measure rests of two or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff." msgstr "Les groupes de pauses de trois et plus sont transformés en silences multimesures sur la portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print) Ambitus (On/Off)" msgid "(Print) Ambitus On/Off" msgstr "(Rendu) Ambitus (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off" msgstr "Active ou non l'affichage de l'ambitus pour cette portée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols. Normally you will use this on a voice, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:15 msgid "InstrumentName" msgstr "Nom de l'instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:15 msgid "" "Give name of instrument/voice/part\n" "for current staff:" msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'instrument, voix ou partie de la portée courante :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:38 msgid "" "This sets the name in Movement 1\n" "Set this name for the same staff in other movements?" msgstr "" "Cela définit le nom du Morceau 1\n" "Définir ce nom pour les les mêmes portées dans les autres morceaux ?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Instrument name before staff at start of score," msgstr "Affiche le nom de l'instrument avant la portée au début de la partition." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Non-Printing Staff" msgid "Non Printing Staff" msgstr "Portée invisible au rendu" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the on/off whether this staff will be typeset. The staff still displays normally but will be dropped for the print view." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Instrument Name" msgstr "Nom court de l'instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:11 msgid "Give Short Instrument Name:" msgstr "Nom court de l'instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff\n" #| "for second and subsequent systems" msgid "Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff for second and subsequent systems" msgstr "Affiche le nom raccourci de l'instrument avant la portée pour le second système, et suivants." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Smaller Staff" msgstr "Diminuer la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment" msgstr "La portée courante sera plus petite. À utiliser pour les parties solo au dessus de l'accompagnement pour piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves textual comments for this staff" msgstr "Enregistrer les commentaires textuels de cette portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up" msgid "(Print) Octave Up" msgstr "(Rendu) Ouvre { Octave supérieure" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point" msgid "Prints out the music of this staff one octave higher." msgstr "Affiche votre texte au dessus des notes à cet endroit." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Setting Staff Size" msgstr "Définition de la taille de portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Give Staff Size (for printing), 0 for default" msgstr "Entrer la taille de la portée (pour l'impression), 0 par défaut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Size" msgstr "Définir la taille de la portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 is tiny 3 is large." msgstr "" "Définition de la taille de la portée au rendu par rapport à la valeur par défaut 0.\n" "-3 est très petit3 est grand" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Strings" msgid "Set Open Strings" msgstr "Cordes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgid "Sets the open strings for tablature\\nto the notes of the current chord." msgstr "Lie les notes sélectionnées en laissant les autres notes de l'accord inchangées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tablature" msgstr "Tablature" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts to tablature notation (print only)" msgstr "Conversion en notation tablature (affichage seulement)" #. TinyStaff #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff" msgstr "Petite portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font." msgstr "Affiche la portée courante dans une petite police." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:6 msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by\n" "e.g. c ees means up minor third.\n" "es = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" "is = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" "Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" "single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" "e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" msgstr "" "Entrez l'intervalle de transposition.\n" "« e.g. c ees » signifie « tierce mineure ».\n" "« e.g. bes » signifie « si bémol » puisque « es » signifie « bémol ».\n" "« e.g. fis » signifie « fa dièse » puisque « is » signifie « dièse ».\n" "Utilisez les virgules pour les octaves basses, guillemets simples pour les octaves hautes. « e.g. c c' » signifie « à l'octave ».\n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:15 msgid "Print transposed: " msgstr "Afficher transposé :" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose" msgstr "(Rendu) Transposer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addtion to any score-wide transposition" msgstr "Cette portée (seulement) sera transposée. Cumulable avec une transposition de la partition entière." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff in All Movements" msgstr "Petite portée sur tous les morceaux." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements." msgstr "Prend un numéro de portée entré par l'utilisateur la rétrécit dans tous les morceaux." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts (Treble First)" msgstr "Créer parties (aigus d'abord)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first." msgstr "Création d'un ensemble de parties, plaçant la plus aigu en première position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts" msgstr "Fractionner" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Create three parts from the current staff." msgstr "Crée trois fractions à partir de la portée actuelle." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Automatic Voice" msgstr "Voix initiale automatique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Undoes the effect of the VoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc." msgid "Undoes the effect of the InitialVoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc." msgstr "Restaure l'effet des commandes des voix 1, 2 … La directions des hampes, du positionnement des liaisons etc. est variable pour la voix." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.scm:4 msgid "Voice Four" msgstr "Voix quatre" #. to compensate for the insertion of the stem directive #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Four" msgstr "Voix quatre initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Définit la voix 4 comme voix principale (cela affectera le sens des hampes, les liaisons etc. au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.scm:4 msgid "Voice One" msgstr "Voix une" #. to compensate for the insertion of the stem directive #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice One" msgstr "Voix une initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Définit la voix 1 comme voix principale (cela affectera le sens des hampes, les liaisons etc. au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.scm:4 msgid "Voice Three" msgstr "Voix trois" #. to compensate for the insertion of the stem directive #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Three" msgstr "Voix trois initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Définit la voix 3 comme voix principale (cela affectera le sens des hampes, les liaisons etc. au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.scm:4 msgid "Voice Two" msgstr "Voix deux" #. to compensate for the insertion of the stem directive #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Two" msgstr "Voix deux initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Définit la voix 2 comme voix principale (cela affectera le sens des hampes, les liaisons etc. au rendu)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Initial Voice" msgstr "Choisir la voix initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgstr "Choisir à quelle voix cette portée appartient. Pour éditer cette voix en milieu de partition, voir le menu « Instructions → Voix »" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.scm:5 msgid "Turning off merging of rests, use Merge Rests command to turn it on" msgstr "Désactive la fusion des silences, utilisez la commande « Fusion des silences » pour la réactiver." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge Rests" msgstr "Fusionner les silences" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:94 msgid "(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Not for whole measure or multi-measure rests." msgstr "(Rendu) Fusion des silences communs à deux voix. Ne fonctionne pas pour les pauses et silences multimesures." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:92 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired." msgstr "Ajout d'une voix à la portée courante, initialement indépendante, pour la lisibilité. Elle sera affichée présente sur la portée supérieure, et pourra y être affichée en utilisant la commande « Joindre les voix »." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Horizontal Shift" msgstr "Décalage horizontal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Give amount (staff spaces)" msgstr "Entrez un montant (espace de portées)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Force Note Shift" msgstr "Forcer le décalage de la note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:97 msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord is in a different voice." msgstr "Au rendu la note ou accord courant sera le résultat de la transposition des notes ou accords dans d'autres voix, d'un décalage que vous entrerez. À utiliser avec « Préréglages de voix » pour s'assurer que l'accord est dans une voix différente." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:9 msgid "Parts are now uncombined" msgstr "Les parties sont maintenant unifiées" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:18 msgid "Part Combine " msgstr "Combiner partiellement" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:25 msgid "Can only part-combine two voices" msgstr "Seules deux voix peuvent être combinées partiellement." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:31 msgid "Only two voices can be part-combined" msgstr "Seules deux voix peuvent être unifiées." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.scm:33 msgid "Must be on a staff with two voices" msgstr "Nécessite d'être sur une portée comprenant deux voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.xml.h:1 msgid "Part Combine Two Voices" msgstr "Combiner les deux voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/PartCombine.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:93 msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)" msgstr "Les parties communes aux deux voix ne seront affichées qu'une seule fois. (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.scm:4 msgid "The current staff is already a voice" msgstr "La portée courante est déjà une voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Voice" msgstr "Transformer la portée en voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above." msgstr "Transformation de la portée courante en voix de la portée supérieure." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.scm:4 msgid "The current staff is not voice" msgstr "La portée courante n'est pas une voix" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice to Staff" msgstr "Transformer la voix en portée" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current voice will be typeset on its own staff." msgstr "Transformation de la voix courante en portée indépendante." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.scm:6 msgid "No Shift" msgstr "Pas de décalage" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:1 msgid "No Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "Désactiver les décalage horizontaux" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:95 msgid "Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)" msgstr "Désactive la possibilité de déplacer des notes horizontalement (ce qui empêche les collisions entre plusieurs parties)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.scm:6 msgid "Shift" msgstr "Décalage" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "Désactiver les décalage horizontaux activés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:96 msgid "Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed." msgstr "Active la possibilité de déplacer des notes horizontalement." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inital Time Signature" msgid "Apparent Time Signature" msgstr "Métrique initiale" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a time signature which is not the one actually being used. This is used in polymetric music, often in conjunction with a tuplet spanning the whole staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Typical Time Signature" msgstr "Choisir une métrique typique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose from a set of typical time signatures" msgstr "Choisir à partir d'un jeu standard de métriques" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change." msgstr "Sur le rendu, ne pas afficher le changement de métrique courant, ou la métrique initiale si aucune métrique n'est sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Single Digit (On/Off)" msgstr "(Rendu) Chiffre unique (On/Off)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the time signature at the cursor single digit; if no time signature at cursor applies to initial timesig of staff. Operates as On/Off toggle." msgstr "Affiche comme un nombre la métrique sélectionnée, ou initiale si aucun n'est sélectionnée." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:8 msgid "Beat Structure" msgstr "Structure rythmique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:5 msgid "" "Give beat:\n" "(smallest note that beams can split at\n" "e.g. 1/8 for eighth notes.)" msgstr "" "Entrez un battement :\n" "(La plus petite note à laquelle une ligature peut s'accrocher, e.g. 1/8 pour une croche)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:9 msgid "" "Give grouping of beats desired:\n" "A set of numbers with spaces between\n" "each number is how many beats before the beam breaks." msgstr "" "Donnez les groupements de battements désirés :\n" "Un ensemble de nombres séparés par des espaces désignant le nombre de battements avant rupture de la ligature." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:1 msgid "Time Signature with Beat Structure" msgstr "Signature rythmique avec structure rythmique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgstr "Insère une signature rythmique avec les indications sur comment ligaturer les notes. À insérer un début de portée afin de remplacer la signature rythmique originale." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.scm:9 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a time signature directive" msgid "Double time signature removed" msgstr "Sélectionner une instruction de métrique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Time Signatures" msgid "Two Time Signatures" msgstr "Métrique" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints two time-signatures, the second is active." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects 𝅝 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:3 msgid "Selects 𝅗𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:4 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:5 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅮 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:6 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅯 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:7 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅱 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately." msgid "Alternates inserting start triplet and end triplet markers" msgstr "Insertion alternative de début de triolet et de fin de n-olet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:9 #, fuzzy #| msgid "General" msgid "General" msgstr "Général" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:13 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Add a note to the current chord\n" #| "The cursor position determines which note to add" msgid "Add a note to the current chord The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" "Ajoute une note à l'accord courant.\n" "La position du curseur détermine quelle note ajouter." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:14 msgid "Begin Slur from note/chord at cursor, or remove a Begin Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:15 msgid "End Slur at note/chord at cursor, or remove an End Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:16 msgid "Tie from the note/chord at the cursor - will be ignored by the LilyPond typesetter if next note is not at the same pitch" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:17 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgid "Insert a tempo change at cursor" msgstr "Insérer/Éditer un changement d'armure au curseur" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:18 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position" msgid "Insert a Dynamic Marking at the cursor" msgstr "Insère une nuance à la position du curseur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:19 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Attaches tempo marking to chord at cursor" msgid "Start Crescrendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Insère une marque de tempo à l'accord" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:20 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor" msgid "End Crescendo on note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Écrit « ff » au dessus de l'accord" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:21 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor." msgid "Start Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor " msgstr "Affiche un signe de renvoi (dal segno) sous l'accord sélectionné." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:22 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu:\n" #| "To insert random notes at cursor" msgid "End Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "" "Menu :\n" "Insertion de notes aléatoires au curseur" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:24 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose the mouse button" msgid "Choose more palettes of buttons." msgstr "Choisir le bouton de souris" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:26 msgid "Help with chord symbol entry methods." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:28 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PianoStaff Start" msgid "Pianoforte" msgstr "Début de portée piano" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:33 msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started." msgstr "Insère une marque d'octave (transpose les notes en conséquence) ou termine une marque déjà commencée." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:34 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Append/Insert Longa duration" msgid "Insert or Append Duration" msgstr "Ajouter ou insérer une durée de quatre mesures" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅝 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:36 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:38 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When appending, appends a 𝅝 \n" #| "With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note\n" #| "The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active\n" #| " - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch" msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "À l'ajout, à joute une 𝅝.\n" "Quand le curseur est sur une note, insertion d'un 𝅝 avant la note.\n" "La note sera sans hauteur (affichée en jaune, pas au rendu, avec un son de percussion) si l'entrée MIDI est active.\n" "Le clavier MIDI fournira la hauteur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:42 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:43 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:45 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:46 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Insérer un 𝄻" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor" msgid "Dot, double dot or undot the note at the cursor" msgstr "Lier ou délier la note sous le curseur" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:53 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Transformer la note actuelle en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Diminishs the note/chord/rest. Quarter Note becomes Eight Note. " msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note. " msgstr "Diminue la note, accord ou silence. Une noire devient une croche." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Note" msgid "Change or Append Notes" msgstr "Modifier la hauteur" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:58 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:59 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:60 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:61 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:62 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:63 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:64 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "Lie les notes sélectionnées en laissant les autres notes de l'accord inchangées." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:70 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "Lie les notes sélectionnées en laissant les autres notes de l'accord inchangées." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:77 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Instruments" msgid "Stringed Instruments" msgstr "Instruments" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:90 msgid "The given number as right hand fingering, using the conventional p,m,i indicators. Use Cancel to delete" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:91 msgid "Polyphony" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions" msgid "Select a voice for the music following the cursor position. The Voice 1,2,3,4 choices set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice setting returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions" msgstr "Les commandes de voix 1,2,3,4 dirigent les hampes des voix 1 et 3 vers le haut, et 2 et 4 vers le bas. Les têtes de notes des voix 3 et 4 sont décalées horizontalement, et les silences dans les voix respectives sont automatiquement déplacées pour éviter les collisions. La commande « Voix automatique » remet toutes les voix par défaut." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:104 msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "Ajouter l'accent >" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hide Barlines" msgid "Barlines" msgstr "Masquer les barres de mesure" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repeat" msgid "Repeats" msgstr "Reprise" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repeat the command?" msgid "Help with beaming commands." msgstr "Répéter la commande ?" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature. Time Signature can be hidden on printing - see Time Signatures menu." msgstr "Insère une signature rythmique avec les indications sur comment ligaturer les notes. À insérer un début de portée afin de remplacer la signature rythmique originale." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Chord Symbols" msgid "Chord Symbols or Fake Chords" msgstr "Symboles d'accord" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgid "Attach a chord symbol to the note at the cursor position. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "Autorise des symboles d'accords à être ajoutés à la note courante. Par exemple « csi:dim7 » pour un Do♯⁷ diminué. Voir la documentation Lilypond pour la notation." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:139 msgid "The current staff becomes a chord symbol staff. The music on this staff will be typeset as chord symbols. Normally you will make this staff a voice on the melody staff, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Midi Input" msgid "Midi Import" msgstr "Entrée Midi" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:142 msgid "Starts playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:144 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:11 msgid "Score Check: Error in this measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Layout" msgid "Print Anyway" msgstr "Mise en page" #~ msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" #~ msgstr "Arrêté (Off/On)" #~ msgid "Attaches a tied note: you must give the duration after invoking this function." #~ msgstr "Rattache une note liée : vous devez entrer la durée après avoir appelé cette commande." #~ msgid "Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to next note, else beeps." #~ msgstr "Compare la note courante avec une note de l'entrée MIDI. Si elles sont de même hauteur, avance à la note suivante, sinon émet un « Bip »." #~ msgid "Puts a da capo in the score. Position is adjusted via the numbers in the script." #~ msgstr "Insère un « da capo » dans la partition. La position est ajustée par les numéros dans le script." #~ msgid "Shows the accidental in the print out inside (). Display shows accidental but plain." #~ msgstr "Affiche l'altération en parenthèses au rendu. L'affichage à l'écran reste normal." #~ msgid "Hides the movement on printing." #~ msgstr "Masque ce morceau au rendu." #~ msgid "Adagio" #~ msgstr "Adagio" #~ msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest" #~ msgstr "Insertion d'une pause" #~ msgid "Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it. Do not invoke in a populated measure preceding an empty measure." #~ msgstr "Insère/Ajoute une pause. Ne pas utiliser dans une mesure non-vide précédant une mesure vide." #~ msgid "Adds an Augmentation Dot to current note/chord/rest." #~ msgstr "Ajout d'un point de prolongation à l'accord, note ou silence courant." #~ msgid "Go To Measure End" #~ msgstr "Aller à la fin de la mesure" #~ msgid "Deletes the object at the cursor. For Chords it deletes the chord stage by stage." #~ msgstr "Suppression de l'objet sélectionné. Pour les accords les notes sont supprimées une à une." #~ msgid "Null Operation" #~ msgstr "Opération nulle" #~ msgid "Reset Keys in Composer Mode" #~ msgstr "Redéfinit l'armure dans le mode compositeur" #~ msgid "Diatonic within Clef Range" #~ msgstr "Diatonique dans la tonalité" #~ msgid "Set Pitch Bend Controller" #~ msgstr "Définition du contrôleur Pitch Bend" #~ msgid "Takes two keyboard shortcuts and sets the commands as the actions for Pitch Bend controller wheel up/down" #~ msgstr "Prend deux raccourcis clavier et définit l'ensemble de commandes comme les actions de la roue Pitch Bend." #~ msgid "Record and Convert" #~ msgstr "Enregistrer et convertir" #~ msgid "Starts playing the score and recording from MIDI-in. When finished it converts the recording to notation." #~ msgstr "Début de la lecture de la partition et enregistrement à partir de l'entrée MIDI. Quand l'enregistrement est fini, il est converti en notation musicale." #~ msgid "Xcircle" #~ msgstr "CercleX" #~ msgid "Change Chordmember to Quarter " #~ msgstr "Transforme le composant de l'accord en noire" #~ msgid "Change Enharmonic -" #~ msgstr "Transformer en harmonique inférieure" #~ msgid "Prints title for the current movement, which will get a page reference in a table of contents." #~ msgstr "Affichage du titre du morceau actuel, qui aura une entrée dans la table des matières." #~ msgid "Follow with a number keypress, the note at the cursor is typeset with the given number as right hand fingering. Use a non-number to delete." #~ msgstr "Entrez un chiffre au clavier en suivant. La note sélectionnée sera affichée avec le chiffre entré comme doigté main droite. Entrez une lettre pour supprimer." #~ msgid "Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning." #~ msgstr "Permet de placer du texte arbitraire sur la partition. Ce texte pourra être déplacé dans le rendu final pour un ajustement plus fin." #~ msgid "A" #~ msgstr "La" #~ msgid "Append/Edit A" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un La" #~ msgid "B" #~ msgstr "Si" #~ msgid "Append/Edit B" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Si" #~ msgid "C" #~ msgstr "Do" #~ msgid "Append/Edit C" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Do" #~ msgid "D" #~ msgstr "Ré" #~ msgid "Append/Edit D" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Ré" #~ msgid "E" #~ msgstr "Mi" #~ msgid "Append/Edit E" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Mi" #~ msgid "Append/Edit F" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Fa" #~ msgid "G" #~ msgstr "Sol" #~ msgid "Append/Edit G" #~ msgstr "Ajouter ou éditer un Sol" #~ msgid "𝄼" #~ msgstr "𝄼" #~ msgid "𝄽" #~ msgstr "𝄽" #~ msgid "𝄾" #~ msgstr "𝄾" #~ msgid "𝄿" #~ msgstr "𝄿" #~ msgid "𝅀" #~ msgstr "𝅀" #~ msgid "𝅁" #~ msgstr "𝅁" #~ msgid "𝄻 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝄻" #~ msgid "𝄼 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝄼" #~ msgid "𝄽 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝄽" #~ msgid "𝄾 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝄾" #~ msgid "𝄿 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝄿" #~ msgid "𝅀 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝅀" #~ msgid "𝅁 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝅁" #~ msgid "𝅂 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝅂" #~ msgid "𝅃 Spacer" #~ msgstr "Espaceur 𝅃" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Displays the final finished score in your PDF viewer" #~ msgstr "Affiche le rendu final de la partition dans le lecteur PDF." #~ msgid "Print Excerpt" #~ msgstr "Afficher un extrait" #~ msgid "" #~ "Menu:\n" #~ "Deleting notes, measures staffs keysigs etc" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Menu :\n" #~ "Supprimer des notes, mesures, portées, armures etc." #~ msgid "" #~ "Menu:\n" #~ "For affecting how MIDI in works. MIDI in refers to MIDI keyboards or other controllers connected to the computer. You may need to configure this using the Audio/MIDI section of the Preferences." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Menu :\n" #~ "Affecte le fonctionnement MIDI. MIDI désigne les claviers ou autres contrôleurs MIDI connectés à l'ordinateur. Vous pouvez configurer ces paramètres via « Audio MIDI » dans le menu de préférences." #~ msgid "Keyboard shortcuts could not be found" #~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver les raccourcis clavier" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No commands file was found in either the systemwide Denemo directory or in .denemo directory within your home directory. This is an installation error. You can use Edit/Command Management to construct a custom interface or to load one from a commandset file." #~ msgstr "Aucun fichier de commande n'a été trouvé dans le répertoire système de Denemo, ni dans votre dossier personnel. C'est sans doute dû à une erreur d'installation. Vous pouvez aller dans Édition / Gestion des commandes pour créer une interface personnalisée ou charger un jeu de commandes." #~ msgid "Find " #~ msgstr "Trouver" #~ msgid "" #~ "Usage: denemo [OPTION]... [FILE]\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Run denemo, optionally starting with FILE\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n" #~ "It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting\n" #~ "Denemo is part of the GNU project.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Options:\n" #~ " -h,--help print this help and exit\n" #~ " -c file use commandset found in system file\n" #~ " -k file use commandset found in local file (in ~/.denemo)\n" #~ " -i pathtofile process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open\n" #~ " -s filename process scheme commands from system file on file open\n" #~ " -a scheme process the scheme on startup\n" #~ " -n non-interactive. No GUI.\n" #~ " -v,--version print version number and exit\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Usage : denemo [OPTION... [FICHIER]\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Lance denemo en ouvrant le fichier FICHIER\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Denemo est un éditeur graphique de notation musicale. Il produit des\n" #~ "fichiers aux formats GNU Lilypond (permettant un rendu immédiat\n" #~ "avec GNU Lilypond) et JTF d'Adam Tee. Denemo est un logiciel du\n" #~ "projet GNU.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Options :\n" #~ " -h,--help affiche cette aide\n" #~ " -c file utilise le jeu de commandes du système de fichiers\n" #~ " -k file utilise le jeu de commandes local (dans ~/.denemo)\n" #~ " -i FICHIER exécute les commandes scheme du fichier FICHIER à l'ouverture\n" #~ " -s FICHIER exécute les commandes scheme du fichier système FICHIER à l'ouverture\n" #~ " -a scheme exécute le code scheme à l'ouverture\n" #~ " -n non interactif. Pas d'interface graphique\n" #~ " -v,--version affiche la version du programme\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Faire part des anomalies à bug-denemo@gnu.org\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "(c) 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2011 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see\n" #~ "the file COPYING for details.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "This software may be redistributed and modified under the\n" #~ "terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file\n" #~ "COPYING for details.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "(c) 1999, 2000, 2001 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, et autres.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Ce programme est fourni SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE ; se reporter\n" #~ " au fichier COPYING pour les détails.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Ce programme peut être redistibué et modifié selon les termes\n" #~ " de la licence publique générale GNU ; à nouveau, se reporter\n" #~ " au fichier COPYING pour les détails.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" #~ msgstr "Afficher la barre des rythmes" #~ msgid "Pdf Viewer" #~ msgstr "Lecteur PDF" #~ msgid "Use Denemo modally" #~ msgstr "Utiliser Denemo de façon modale" #~ msgid "Could not find %s" #~ msgstr "N'a pas pu trouver %s" #~ msgid "Please edit lilypond path in the preferences." #~ msgstr "Éditer le chemin d'accès à lilypond dans les préférences" #~ msgid "Change a 𝄻" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝄻" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅝." #~ msgid "Change a 𝄼" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝄼" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅗𝅥." #~ msgid "Change a 𝄽" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝄽" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥." #~ msgid "Change a 𝄾" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝄾" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅮." #~ msgid "Change a 𝄿" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝄿" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅯." #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅰." #~ msgid "Change a 𝅁" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝅁" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅱." #~ msgid "Change a 𝅂" #~ msgstr "Éditer une 𝅂" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅘𝅥𝅲." #~ msgid "Change a 𝅃" #~ msgstr "Éditer un 𝅃" #~ msgid "" #~ "Changes a rest at cursor position\n" #~ "Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Édite le silence à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Définition de la durée de référence à 𝅥." #~ msgid "The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window." #~ msgstr "Le texte LilyPond pour cette mise en page peut être éditée dans la fenêtre LilyPond." #~ msgid "Set staff height" #~ msgstr "Hauteur de portée" #~ msgid "Enter space (in pixels) between staves:" #~ msgstr "Espace entre les portées (en pixels) :" #~ msgid "unnamed" #~ msgstr "Sans nom" #~ msgid "Note and Rest Entry" #~ msgstr "Notes et silences" #~ msgid "" #~ "Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n" #~ "you to enter notes and rests using the mouse" #~ msgstr "Afficher ou masquer une barre d'outils permettant l'utilisation de la souris pour entrer notes et silences." #~ msgid "No mode" #~ msgstr "Pas de mode" #~ msgid "Classic" #~ msgstr "Classique" #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode for inserting notes into the score at the cursor position\n" #~ "Uses prevailing duration/rhythm\n" #~ "Use the durations to set the prevailing duration\n" #~ "Use the note names to insert the note" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mode permettant l'insertion de notes dans la partition à la position du curseur.\n" #~ "Utilise la durée de référence.\n" #~ "Utilisez les durées pour régler la durée de référence.\n" #~ "Utilisez le nom des notes pour insérer une note." #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode for changing the note at cursor (name, duration)\n" #~ "and to enter notes by duration (rhythms)\n" #~ "Use the durations to insert notes" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mode permettant de changer la note sous le curseur (nom, durée)\n" #~ "et d'entrer des notes par durée (rythmes)\n" #~ "Utilisez les durées pour insérer des notes" #~ msgid "Normal (note) entry" #~ msgstr "Entrée normale de note" #~ msgid "Entering rests not notes" #~ msgstr "Entrée de silences ou de notes" #~ msgid "Non printing rests" #~ msgstr "Silences cachés" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enters rests which will not be printed (just take up space)\n" #~ "Used for positioning polyphonic voice entries" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entre des silence qui ne seront pas affichés (prenant seulement de l'espace)\n" #~ "Utilisé pour le positionnement de voix multiples" #~ msgid "Audible Feedback" #~ msgstr "Retour audio" #~ msgid "Gives feedback as you enter durations" #~ msgstr "Donne un retour quand vous entrez des durées." #~ msgid "This bar has buttons for entering notes and rests. The highlighted duration is the prevailing duration, that is the duration which will be applied to the next note entered. You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu->Edit->Change Preferences->Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" #~ msgstr "Cette barre contient des boutons pour entrer des notes et des silences. La durée surlignée est la durée de référence, c'est à dire la durée qui sera appliquée à toutes les notes entrées. Vous pouvez masquer cette barre (afin de faire plus d'espace sur votre écran) en utilisant le menu « Affichage ». Vous pouvez régler vos préférences afin de ne jamais l'afficher." #~ msgid " secs." #~ msgstr " secondes." #~ msgid "" #~ "To re-shape slurs you need to have the control points marked.\n" #~ "Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour remodeler les liaisons vous avez besoin d'afficher les points de contrôle.\n" #~ "Utilisez le menu contextuel pour les activer avant d'appeler cette commande." #~ msgid "" #~ "Put notes/rests in the first measure for the upbeat required\n" #~ "Then issue this command" #~ msgstr "Placer les notes ou silences dans la première mesure pour la levée. Puis appeler cette commande." #~ msgid "Upbeat" #~ msgstr "Levée" #~ msgid "" #~ "This measure's duration is too complex for this script.\n" #~ "Simplify or insert the required lilypond manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La durée de la mesure est trop complexe pour ce script.\n" #~ "Simplifiez la ou insérez le code LilyPond manuellement." #~ msgid "NO PRINT" #~ msgstr "PAS DE RENDU" #~ msgid "" #~ "Give unit beat duration \n" #~ "(e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter):" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez une durée de rythme.\n" #~ "(par exemple 4. pour des noires pointées)" #~ msgid "Give number of these beats per minute:" #~ msgstr "Entrer le nombre de noires par minutes :" #~ msgid "Incorrect syntax." #~ msgstr "Syntaxe incorrecte." #~ msgid "Offset the Position" #~ msgstr "Décaler la position" #~ msgid "Vivace" #~ msgstr "Vivace" #~ msgid "Moderato" #~ msgstr "Moderato" #~ msgid "Lento" #~ msgstr "Lento" #~ msgid "Tempo Adjust (ritardando, etc.)" #~ msgstr "Ajustements de tempo (ritardanto, etc.)" #~ msgid "Custom tempo (e.g., Allegro assai)" #~ msgstr "Tempo personalisé (par exemple : Allegro assai)" #~ msgid "Beat Change (e.g., 4=4.)" #~ msgstr "Changement de rythme (par exemple 4=4.)" #~ msgid "No Tempo Text-Metronome Only" #~ msgstr "Pas de texte seulement texte-métronome" #~ msgid "Tempo setting" #~ msgstr "Paramètre de tempo" #~ msgid "Enter tempo text:" #~ msgstr "Entrez le texte de tempo :" #~ msgid "Allegro assai" #~ msgstr "Allegro assai" #~ msgid "Tempo adjust" #~ msgstr "Ajustement de tempo" #~ msgid "Enter text:" #~ msgstr "Entrez le texte :" #~ msgid "rit." #~ msgstr "rit." #~ msgid "Neutral" #~ msgstr "Neutre" #~ msgid "This LilyPond insert is locked" #~ msgstr "L'insertion LilyPond est vérouillée" #~ msgid "Really delete it?" #~ msgstr "Confirmer la suppression ?" #~ msgid "Hides the staff in LilyPond print out." #~ msgstr "Masque la portée à LilyPond." #~ msgid "Up Prall" #~ msgstr "Mordant montant" #~ msgid "Allows you to play in chords to Handel's continuo practice material" #~ msgstr "Vous permet de jouer des accords du manuel d'entraînement de basse continue Handel." #~ msgid "Drag to desired offset" #~ msgstr "Glissez jusqu'au décalage désiré" #~ msgid "Console" #~ msgstr "Console" #~ msgid "InsertBlankWholeNote" #~ msgstr "𝄻 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankHalfNote" #~ msgstr "𝄼 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankQuarterNote" #~ msgstr "𝄽 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankEighthNote" #~ msgstr "𝄾 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankSixteenthNote" #~ msgstr "𝄿 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankThirtysecondNote" #~ msgstr "𝅀 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote" #~ msgstr "𝅁 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote" #~ msgstr "𝅂 invisible" #~ msgid "InsertBlankTwoHundredFiftySixthNote" #~ msgstr "𝅃 invisible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Metronome Marking 𝅘𝅥 = ... bpm " #~ msgstr "Marqueur de métronome" #~ msgid "Followed by a number, print Left Hand fingering on note" #~ msgstr "Suivi d'un nombre, affiche le doigté main gauche sur la note" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Tempo" #~ msgstr "Tempo :" #~ msgid "RH Fingerings" #~ msgstr "Doigtés main droite" #~ msgid "Violin" #~ msgstr "Violon" #~ msgid "No Layouts Visible - check View->Score Layout" #~ msgstr "Aucune mise en page visible. Vérifiez Affichage → Mises en page de la partition" #~ msgid "Beam Position/Angle" #~ msgstr "Position et angle de la ligature" #~ msgid "" #~ "Allows you to drag the ends of the beaming, \n" #~ "Note that you must click on the noteheads to start, not on the beam itself!" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet de tirer les fins d'une ligature,\n" #~ "Notez que vous devez cliquer sur les têtes de note pour commencer, pas sur la ligature !" #~ msgid "" #~ "Lets you hint to the typesetter where you would like the slur.\n" #~ "Note you have to click on the noteheads to start, not on the slur ends." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous permet d'indiquer au moteur de rendu où vous voulez placer la liaison.\n" #~ "Notez que vous devez cliquer sur les têtes de note pour commencer, pas sur les extrémités de la liaison." #~ msgid "Drag a space for padding" #~ msgstr "Tirez un espace de remplissage" #~ msgid "(Repeat) Drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle" #~ msgstr "(Reprise) Tirez les marqueurs de début et de fin pour définir une position et un angle de liaison" #~ msgid "Drag ..." #~ msgstr "Tirer…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Good (though Denemo hasn't checked that this is a slur start)\n" #~ "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bien (bien que Denemo n'ait pas vérifié que ce soit un début de liaison)\n" #~ "Maintenant, sélectionnez la tête de note de la note où la liaison termine." #~ msgid "Do not recognize target, sorry" #~ msgstr "Cible non reconnue, désolé." #~ msgid "Returning to the first Movement to set this title" #~ msgstr "Retourner au premier morceau pour y appliquer ce titre" #~ msgid "" #~ "To move the ends of the beam, first click on the notehead where the beam ends, then position/angle with mouse movements\n" #~ "Up/Down = start point, Left/Right = end point." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour déplacer la fin de la ligature, cliquer d'abord sur la tête de la note où la ligature termine, puis choisissez la position et l'angle en déplaçant la souris.\n" #~ "Haut/Bas : point de départ. Gauche/Droite : point de terminaison." #~ msgid "" #~ "To move the ends of the slur, first click on the notehead where the slur ends, then position/angle with mouse movements\n" #~ "Up/Down = start point, Left/Right = end point." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour déplacer la fin de la liaison, cliquez d'abord sur la tête de note où la liaison termine, puis définissez l'angle avec le mouvement de votre souris.\n" #~ "Haut / Bas = point de départ, Gauche / Droite = point terminal." #~ msgid "Now drag to point the object should move to" #~ msgstr "Maintenant glissez la souris vers l'objet." #~ msgid "Drag to get position and slope required. Drag up/down for end of slur, left/right for start of slur." #~ msgstr "Glissez la souris pour obtenir la position et l'inclinaison souhaitées. De haut en bas pour la fin de la liaison, de gauche à droite pour le début de la liaison." #~ msgid "Drag to get position and slope required. Drag up/down for end of beam, left/right for start of beam." #~ msgstr "Tirer pour obtenir la position et l'inclinaison souhaitées. Tirer en haut et en bas pour éditer la fin de la ligature, à gauche et à droite pour le début." #~ msgid "Now right click on the selected notehead and drag." #~ msgstr "Maintenant, cliquez sur la tête de note sélectionnée et glissez la souris."